Nas107 Optimization Seminar

The
MacNeal-Schwendler
Corporation
815 Colorado Boulevard
Los Angeles, California 90041-1777
Tel: (213) 258-9111

FAX: (213) 259-3838
Design Sensitivity and Optimization in MSC/NASTRAN

SEMINAR NOTES
NAV70.5ZZZSM-NAS107-NT1
February 1999
DISCLAIMER
The concepts, methods, and examples presented in this text are for educational
purposes only and are not intended to be exhaustive or to apply to any particular
engineering problem or design. The MacNeal-Schwendler Corporation assumes no
liability or responsibility to any person or company for direct or indirect damages
resulting from the use of any information contained herein.
Printed in U.S.A.
1998 by The MacNeal-Schwendler Corporation
All rights reserved.
The MacNeal-Schwendler Corporation

Seminar Questionnaire
Seminar
____________________________
Date
Location
____________________________
Instructor ____________________________
Your Name ____________________________

Company
____________________________
Title
____________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Your feedback is very important in helping MSC meet the training needs of its clients. Your specific
written comments are especially helpful. Please use the following scale:
1 = poor
Rating
2 = marginal
3 = average
4 = good
Category
5 = very good
Comments
Effectiveness of instructor in
explaining technical concepts.
Ability of instructor to relate

seminar content to real-world
problem solving.
Organization of material in a
clear and understandable
manner.
Balance of material (i.e., theory

vs. practical, applied
engineering).
(Continued on back)
Rev 5/93
The MacNeal-Schwendler Corporation

Seminar Questionnaire (Cont.)
1 = poor
Rating
2 = marginal
3 = average
Category
4 = good
5 = very good
Comments
Quality of course handouts.
Usefulness of maps. Were you

able to locate the seminar room?
Any suggestions?
Impression of hotel
accommodations. At which
hotel did you stay? Any
problems?
How were the seminar lunches?
Overall impression of seminar.

Please offer suggestions for
improvement.
Would you recommend this instructor for future classes? Why or why not? ______________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
Rev 5/93
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE
1.0
SECTION
INTRODUCTION
WHAT IS DESIGN OPTIMIZATION? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASIC FEATURES IMPLEMENTED IN MSC/NASTRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MSC/NASTRAN IMPLEMENTATION OF STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION. . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONCEPTS PRESENTED IN THIS COURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STRENGTHS OF MSC/NASTRAN STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GENERAL FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SUMMARY OF NEW CAPABILITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASIC OPTIMIZATION PROBLEM STATEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXAMPLE FORMULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ONE BAR SUBJECT TO COMPRESSIVE LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.0
NUMERICAL OPTIMIZATION
MINIMIZATION OF FUNCTIONS OF A SINGLE VARIABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GRADIENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNCONSTRAINED MINIMIZATION METHODS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KUHN-TUCKER CONDITIONS FOR OPTIMALITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIMPLE CANTILEVER EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SERIES APPROXIMATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SEQUENTIAL LINEAR PROGRAMMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
METHOD OF FEASIBLE DIRECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODIFIED METHOD OF FEASIBLE DIRECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NUMERICAL IDENTIFICATION OF ACTIVE AND VIOLATED CONSTRAINTS. . . . . . . . .
3.0
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-8
1-10
1-11
1-16
2-1
2-4
2-6
2-10
2-12
2-15
2-19
2-22
2-26
2-32
DESIGN MODELING I
WHAT IS A DESIGN MODEL?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HOW ARE THE DESIGN AND ANALYSIS MODELS RELATED?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS MODEL COMPARISON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DESIGN MODEL DEFINITION PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEFINING THE ANALYSIS DISCIPLINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEFINING THE DESIGN VARIABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DESVAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RELATING DESIGN VARIABLES TO PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVPREL1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IDENTIFYING THE DESIGN RESPONSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRESP1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEFINING THE OBJECTIVE FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DESOBJ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEFINING THE DESIGN CONSTRAINTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DCONSTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DCONADD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DESSUB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DESGLB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASIC DESIGN PROCESS CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DOPTPRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iii
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-10
3-11
3-15
3-16
3-24
3-25
3-27
3-28
3-31
3-33
3-34
3-38
3-39
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE
4.0
SECTION
EXAMPLES I
EXAMPLE 3-BAR TRUSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-BAR TRUSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-BAR TRUSS RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEAM VIBRATION FREQUENCY AS A DESIGN CONSTRAINT (M. J. Turner 1970) . . . .
BEAM VIBRATION FREQUENCY AS A DESIGN CONSTRAINT RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . .
5.0
SPECIAL MODELING TOPICS I

DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DLINK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REDUCED BASIS FORMULATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DESIGN RESPONSES AND CASE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODE TRACKING FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODE TRACKING REQUEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODE TRACKING PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EQUALITY CONSTRAINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FREQUENCY MATCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.0
5-1
5-2
5-5
5-9
5-11
5-12
5-13
5-14
5-15
DESIGN MODELING II
DESIGN MODEL DEFINITION PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USER-DEFINED DESIGN VARIABLE-TO-PROPERTY RELATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVPREL2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEQATN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXAMPLE DEFINING A RECTANGULAR SECTION BAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USER-DEFINED RESPONSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRESP2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXAMPLE DEFORMATION CONTROL WITH TYPE-2 RESPONSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXAMPLE BAR AXIAL PLUS BENDING STRESSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RESTRICTIONS IN FORMING SYNTHETIC RESPONSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.0
4-1
4-6
4-10
4-15
4-22
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-5
6-9
6-10
6-11
6-13
6-16
6-19
6-20
EXAMPLES II
STIFFENED PANEL WEIGHT MINIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
25-BAR TRUSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
CANTILEVER PLATE (REDUCED BASIS FORMULATION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
8.0
SPECIAL MODELING TOPICS II

BEAM CROSS-SECTION LIBRARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEAM CROSS-SECTION LIBRAY OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COMPARISON BETWEEN DESIGNING PBAR AND PBARL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVPREL1 INCLUDED ON DRESP2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONSTRAINT EQUATION SCALING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEAM DESIGN GENERAL ISSUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BEAM DESIGN SIMPLE EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iv
8-1
8-2
8-3
8-5
8-6
8-9
8-13
8-16
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE
9.0
SECTION
FUNDAMENTALS OF STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION
STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION THE DIFFICULTIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION THE SOLUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING IN SHAPE REDESIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GENERATION OF CONSTRAINTS IN MSC/NASTRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONSTRAINT SCREENING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FORMAL APPROXIMATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
APRCOD SELECTION OF APPROXIMATE FORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SEMIANALYTIC SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DELB FINITE DIFFERENCE STEP SIZE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS IMPLEMENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY THEORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DESIGN SENSITIVITY COEFFICIENT MATRICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSAPRT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FORMATTED SENSITIVITY PRINT EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MOVE LIMITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MOVE LIMITS IMPOSED ON ANALYSIS MODEL PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MOVE LIMITS IMPOSED ON DESIGN VARIABLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOMATIC UPDATES OF MOVE LIMITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MOVE LIMITS UPDATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PARAM OPTEXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FLOW CHART FOR SOLUTION 200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONVERGENCE AT THE DESIGN CYCLE LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONVERGENCE CRITERIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SUMMARY OF PARAMETERS FOR DESIGN OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.0
9-1
9-3
9-7
9-11
9-15
9-16
9-18
9-21
9-28
9-30
9-31
9-33
9-35
9-37
9-38
9-47
9-49
9-51
9-52
9-53
9-55
9-56
9-57
9-58
9-59
9-63
9-65
9-67
SHAPE OPTIMIZATION
BASIC EQUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASIS VECTORS EXAMPLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SHAPE BASIS VECTORS IN THE DESIGN MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DESIGN MODELING INPUT FOR
SHAPE OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MANUAL GRID VARIATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVGRID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUXILIARY MODELS IN SHAPE OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXAMPLE DIRECT INPUT OF SHAPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVSHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUXILIARY BOUNDARY MODELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXAMPLE ANALYTIC BOUNDARY SHAPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUXCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUXMODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BNDGRID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVBSHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-1
10-2
10-6
10-7
10-8
10-10
10-12
10-14
10-19
10-24
10-26
10-30
10-31
10-32
10-33
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE
SECTION
SUMMARY OF SHAPE BASIS VECTOR GENERATION METHODS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
GUIDELINES, RECOMMENDATIONS AND LIMITATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
11.0
DYNAMIC RESPONSE OPTIMIZATION

DYNAMIC RESPONSE OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASIC EQUATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXAMPLE MODAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE OPTIMIZATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXAMPLE ACOUSTIC OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.0
11-1
11-2
11-3
11-6
11-18
SUPERELEMENT OPTIMIZATION
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
CASE CONTROL SPECIFICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
EXAMPLE TWENTY FIVE BAR TRUSS, SUPERELEMENT OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . 12-5
13.0
AEROELASTIC OPTIMIZATION
AEROELASTIC OPTIMIZATION MSC BACKGROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATIC AEROELASTICITY DESIGN CONDITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STATIC AEROELASTICITY SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FLUTTER DESIGN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FLUTTER RESPONSE PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FLUTTER RESPONSE SENSITIVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEROELASTIC DESIGN EXAMPLE (HA200A and B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANALYSIS CONDITIONS FOR EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DESIGN CONDITIONS FOR EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HA200B OBJECTIVE RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HA200B DESIGN VARIABLE RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HA200B FLUTTER RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HA200A INPUT FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DESIGN MODEL AND BULK DATA INPUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HA200A SELECTED RESULTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HA200B SELECTED RESULTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13-1
13-2
13-3
13-4
13-5
13-6
13-7
13-9
13-10
13-12
13-13
13-14
13-15
13-17
13-23
13-31
CASE CONTROL COMMANDS AND BULK DATA ENTRIES

DESIGN MODELING INPUT DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CASE CONTROL COMMANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUXCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUXMODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DESGLB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DESOBJ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DESSUB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODTRAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BULK DATA ENTRIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BNDGRID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DCONADD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DCONSTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEQATN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vi
A-1
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
A-7
A-8
A-9
A-10
A-11
A-12
A-13
A-15
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE
SECTION
DESVAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DLINK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DOPTPRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRESP1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRESP2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSAPRT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVBSHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVGRID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVPREL1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVPREL2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DVSHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MODTRAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vii
A-19
A-20
A-21
A-25
A-31
A-34
A-37
A-39
A-40
A-41
A-43
A-46
A-48
A-49
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
WHAT IS DESIGN OPTIMIZATION? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
BASIC FEATURES IMPLEMENTED IN MSC/NASTRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
MSC/NASTRAN IMPLEMENTATION OF STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION. . . . . . . . 1-3
CONCEPTS PRESENTED IN THIS COURSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
STRENGTHS OF MSC/NASTRAN STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
GENERAL FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
SUMMARY OF NEW CAPABILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
BASIC OPTIMIZATION PROBLEM STATEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
EXAMPLE FORMULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
ONE BAR SUBJECT TO COMPRESSIVE LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
WHAT IS DESIGN OPTIMIZATION?
Automated modifications of the analysis model parameters to achieve

a desired objective while satisfying specified design requirements.
WHAT ARE THE POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS?
Structural design improvements (optimization)
Generation of feasible designs from infeasible designs
Model matching to produce similar structural responses
System parameter identification
Configuration evaluations
Sensitivity analysis
Others - (depends on designers creativity)
1-1
BASIC FEATURES IMPLEMENTED IN MSC/NASTRAN

Easy access to design synthesis capabilities
Concept of design model
Flexibility for design model representation
User-supplied equation interpretation capability
Efficient solution for problems of any size
Number of finite element analyses as the measure of efficiency
1-2
MSC/NASTRAN Implementation of Structural

Optimization
Initial
Design
Improved
Design
The required number of
iterations of the external loop
must be small.
Structural
Response
Analysis
Approximate
Model
Constraint
Screening
Sensitivity
Analysis
Optimizer
Many Times
Finite Element
Analysis
One time around the loop is referred to as a design cycle or design

iteration.
1-3
Concepts Presented in this Course

Optimization
Sensitivity Analysis
Objective Function
Constrants
Design Model
Approximate Problem
Constraint Screening
Move Limits
Convergence
1-4
STRENGTHS OF MSC/NASTRAN STRUCTURAL

OPTIMIZATION
Efficient performance for small- to large-scale problems
Reliable convergence characteristics
Flexible user interface and user-defined equations
Full implementation of approximation concepts
Continuous enhancements
Results dependent on the proven reliability of MSC/NASTRAN
analysis
Commercial level support as a part of MSC/NASTRAN
Access to the familiar analysis tools in MSC/NASTRAN
1-5
GENERAL FUNCTIONS
Solution Sequence
200 - supports design sensitivity and optimization
Analysis Types
Statics
Normal modes
Buckling
Direct frequency*
Modal frequency*
Modal transient*
Static aeroelastic
Aeroelastic flutter
(*Includes acoustic responses)
Design Variables
Sizing properties(including superelements)
Shape(superelements with manual grid variation only)
1-6
SUMMARY OF NEW CAPABILITIES

Version 69
Beam Cross Section Library
Element and Property Input Checks
Formatted Sensitivity Prints
Mode Tracking
Multiple Boundary Conditions
Buckling
Normal Modes
Flutter
New Natural Frequency Response Type
1-7
SUMMARY OF NEW CAPABILITIES (Cont.)

Version 70
Adjoint Sensitivity Method
NVH Applications
Over 10x Performance and Disk Space Improvements
Response Type Dependent Approximation
1-8
SUMMARY OF NEW CAPABILITIES (Cont.)

Version 70.5
Machine Precision Optimization
Presentation of Weight as a Function of Material ID
Rigid Element Shape Sensitivities
Simultaneous Static and Static Aeroelasticity Analyses
1-9
BASIC OPTIMIZATION PROBLEM STATEMENT

Design variables
Find {X} = (X1, X2, . . ., XN)
Objective function:
Minimize F(X)
Subject to:
Inequality constraints:
Gj (X) 0
j = 1, 2, . . ., L
Equality constraints:
Hk (X) = 0
k = 1, 2, . . ., M
Side constraints:
x iL x i x iu
i = 1, 2, . . ., N
1-10
EXAMPLE FORMULATIONS
Example 1:
Determination of equilibrium position in a two-spring system
(geometrically nonlinear deformation)
l1 = 10 cm
P2
K1 = 8N/cm
X2
P1
P2 = 5N
P1 = 5N
l2 = 10 cm
X1
K2 = 1N/cm
Undeformed
Deformed
1-11
EXAMPLE FORMULATIONS (Cont.)

Potential energy of the system:
1
1
PE = --- K 1 ( l 1 ) 2 + --- K 2 ( l 2 ) 2 P 1 X 1 P 2 X 2
2
2
1
2
PE ( X 1, X 2 ) = --- K 1 [ X 12 + ( l 1 X 2 ) 2 l 1 ]
2
2
1
+ --- K 2 [ X 12 + ( l 2 X 2 ) 2 l 2 ] P 1 X 1 P 2 X 2
2
Equilibrium position may be found by minimizing the total potential

energy of the system:
Find X = (X1, X2)
min F(X) = PE(X1, X2)
1-12

Example 2: Gussetted Tube Connection
t3
t2
t1
h
P
l
--4
l
Minimize structural mass with constraints on:

Stresses in the gussets:
min plate plate max plate
Buckling stresses in the tube:
tube buck
Sizing and gauge requirements:
t 1 t 1min,
2t 1 b
t 2 t 2min,
2t 2 h
t 3 t 3min,
t3 b
1-13

Optimization task statement
Minimize:
2
l
v = t 3 --- + l [ bh ( h 2t 2 ) ( b 2t 1 ) ]
4
where: { x } = [ b h t 1 t 2 t 3 ]
Design
Variables
min plate plate 0

plate max plate 0
Response
Constraints
tube buck 0
2t 1 b 0
2t 2 h 0
Design
Constraints
t3 b 0
t1
min
t1 0
t2
min
t2 0
t3
min
t3 0
1-14
Side
Constraints

Example 3: Best choice design among candidate designs
Assume three trial designs exist:
{ Y }1 , { Y }2 , { Y }3
where { Y } i = { A 1 , A 2 , r 1 , r 2 , t, l 1 , l 2 }
i
Not all designs may satisfy design requirements.
Choose the appropriate combination of { Y } 1 , { Y } 2 , and { Y } 3
which will minimize the structural weight, yet still satisfy all the
design requirements.
Proposed design:
{ Y } = 1 { Y } 1 + 2 { Y } 2 + 3 { Y } 3
Minimize:
W = F ( 1 , 2 , 3 )
Subject to:
g j = g j ( 1 , 2 , 3 ) 0
hk = hk ( 1 , 2 , 3 ) = 0
1-15
ONE BAR SUBJECT TO COMPRESSIVE LOAD

Design problem:
Minimize the weight of the structure by changing the bar
cross-sectional area, without violating limits on compressive
stress
P
P = 1.0E4 N
L = 500 mm
2
Ainit = 75 mm
, A, E
E = 7.0E4 N/mm
2
3
= 2.7E6 kg/mm
max = 200 N/mm
Optimal Design:
P
max = ------------A opt
A opt = 1.0E4 N 200 N mm
= 50 mm
1-16
ONE BAR SUBJECT TO COMPRESSIVE LOAD (Cont.)

ID MSC, D200X9
TIME 5
SOL 200
CEND
TITLE
= STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION TEST PROBLEM (STATIC LOADING)
SUBTITLE = SINGLE BAR, 1 DOF, SUBJECT TO COMPRESSIVE LOAD
STRESS
= ALL
DISP
= ALL
SPC
= 1
LOAD
= 1
ANALYSIS = STATICS
DESOBJ(MIN) = 20
$ OBJECTIVE FUNCTION DEFINITION
DESSUB = 100
$ CONSTRAINT SET SELECTION
BEGIN BULK
$
$ ANALYSIS MODEL
$
$ units are N, kg, mm:
$
GRID,
1,
,
0.0,
0.0,
0.0
GRID,
2,
,
0.0,
0.0,
500.0
SPC,
1,
1,
123456
SPC,
1,
2,
12456
CROD,
1,
1,
1,
2
PROD,
1,
1,
75.
$
mm**2
MAT1,
1,
7.0E4, ,
0.3,
2.7E-6
$
N/mm**2
kg/mm**3
FORCE, 1,
2,
,
1.0,
0.0,
0.0,
-1.0E4
$
N
$
$ DESIGN MODEL DESCRIPTION
$
DESVAR, 1,
A,
75.,
10.,
150.
DVPREL1,1,
PROD,
1,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DVP1, 1,
1.0
DRESP1, 10,
STRESS, STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
1
DRESP1, 20,
WEIGHT, WEIGHT
DCONSTR,100,
10,
-200., 200.
$
N/mm**2
DSCREEN,STRESS, -0.5,
1
DOPTPRM,IPRINT, 2,
DESMAX, 10,
DELP,
0.5,
P1,
1
+,
P2,
15
ENDDATA
1-17
+DVP1

***** NORMAL CONVERGENCE CRITERIA SATISFIED ***** (HARD CONVERGENCE DECISION LOGIC)
**************************************************************************************
CONVERGENCE ACHIEVED BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA
(HARD CONVERGENCE DECISION LOGIC)
RELATIVE CHANGE IN OBJECTIVE
0.0000E+00 MUST BE LESS THAN
1.0000E-03
ABSOLUTE CHANGE IN OBJECTIVE
1.0000E-02
--- AND --MAXIMUM CONSTRAINT VALUE
3.1044E-04 MUST BE LESS THAN
5.0000E-03
(CONVERGENCE TO A FEASIBLE DESIGN)
--- OR --MAXIMUM OF RELATIVE PROP. CHANGES
1.0000E-03
AND
MAXIMUM OF RELATIVE D.V. CHANGES
1.0000E-03
(CONVERGENCE TO A BEST COMPROMISE INFEASIBLE DESIGN)
**************************************************************************************
OR
1-18
1-19
***************************************************************
S U M M A R Y
O F
D E S I G N
C Y C L E
H I S T O R Y
***************************************************************
(HARD CONVERGENCE ACHIEVED)
(SOFT CONVERGENCE ACHIEVED)
NUMBER OF FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSES COMPLETED
3
NUMBER OF OPTIMIZATIONS W.R.T. APPROXIMATE MODELS
2
OBJECTIVE AND MAXIMUM CONSTRAINT HISTORY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------OBJECTIVE FROM
OBJECTIVE FROM
FRACTIONAL ERROR
MAXIMUM VALUE
CYCLE
APPROXIMATE
EXACT
OF
OF
NUMBER
OPTIMIZATION
ANALYSIS
APPROXIMATION
CONSTRAINT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INITIAL
1.012500E-01
-3.333334E-01
1
6.746810E-02
6.747905E-02
-1.623075E-04
3.104401E-04
2
6.747905E-02
6.747905E-02
0.000000E+00
3.104401E-04
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION TEST PROBLEM (STATIC LOADING)
APRIL 20, 1995 MSC/NASTRAN
8/17/94
PAGE 38
SINGLE BAR, 1 DOF, SUBJECT TO COMPRESSIVE LOAD
DESIGN VARIABLE HISTORY

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL |
EXTERNAL
|
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID.
|
LABEL
|
INITIAL
:
1
:
2
:
3
:
4
:
5 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| A
|
7.5000E+01 :
4.9984E+01 :
4.9984E+01 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0*** USER INFORMATION MESSAGE 6464 (DOM12E)
RUN TERMINATED DUE TO HARD CONVERGENCE TO AN OPTIMUM AT CYCLE NUMBER =
2.
1-20
SECTION 2
NUMERICAL OPTIMIZATION
MINIMIZATION OF FUNCTIONS OF A SINGLE VARIABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
GRADIENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
UNCONSTRAINED MINIMIZATION METHODS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
KUHN-TUCKER CONDITIONS FOR OPTIMALITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
SIMPLE CANTILEVER EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
SERIES APPROXIMATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
SEQUENTIAL LINEAR PROGRAMMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
METHOD OF FEASIBLE DIRECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
MODIFIED METHOD OF FEASIBLE DIRECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
NUMERICAL IDENTIFICATION OF ACTIVE AND VIOLATED CONSTRAINTS . . 2-32
MINIMIZATION OF FUNCTIONS OF A SINGLE

VARIABLE
Consider the following function of a single variable X

F = F(X)
dF
extremum is defined for X at which -------- = 0
dX
The numerical optimizer samples this continuous function and uses

this data to estimate an extremum. For example, if the following
information is available:
( X 0 , F 0 ), ( X 0 , F 0 ), ( X 1 , F 1 )
we could use a quadratic polynomial approximation of the form:
2
F ( X ) = a 0 + a 1 X + a 2 X
2-1

VARIABLE (Cont.)
to construct 3 equations in 3 unknowns:
F 0 = a 1 + 2a 2 X 0
2
F0 = a0 + a1 X0 + a2 X0
2
F1 = a0 + a1 X1 + a2 X1
From which:
( F1 F0 ) ( ( X1 X0 ) F0 )
a 2 = ----------------------------------------------------------------------( X1 X0 )
a 1 = F 0 2a 2 X 0
2
a0 = F0 a1 X0 a2 X0
Therefore
( X ) = a + 2a X = 0
F
1
2
a1
X ---------2a 2
F ( X ) = 2a 2
Minimum at X if a2 > 0
Maximum at X if a2 < 0
2-2

VARIABLE (Cont.)
Unconstrained minimum:
F(X)
Fopt
X0
X1
Constrained minimum:
F(X)
XX
Fopt
X0
Side constraint
X
XX
X = X
2-3
X1
GRADIENTS
Multivariate function minimization in MSC/NASTRAN is gradientbased.
Let:
f = f ( X 1 , X 2 , , X n )
i.e., a scalar function of n independent variables.
Gradient of a scalar function is defined as:
f
f
f
f = ---------- e 1 + ---------- e 2 + + ---------- e n
X 1
X 2
X n
where e 1 , e 2 , , e n are unit vectors in the n
th
direction.
Gradient operator is defined as:
= ---------- e 1 + ---------- e 2 + + ---------- e n

X 1
X 2
X n
or in tensor notation as:
= --------e i
X i
2-4
GRADIENTS (Cont.)
Gradient of a scalar vector field
2
Example: f ( X 1 , X 2 ) = X 1 + X 2
(Note that this is the equation for a family of circles in the X1, X2
plane with centers at the origin and radii of
f .)
f
f
f ( X 1 , X 2 ) = ---------- e 1 + ---------- e 2
X 1
X 2
= 2X 1 e 1 + 2X 2 e 2
or
2X 1
f ( X 1 , X 2 ) =
2X 2
f and f are continuous functions

Graphically:
X2
f ( X 1, X 2 )
X1
Note that f points in the direction of increasing function values.
2-5
UNCONSTRAINED MINIMIZATION METHODS

Example: Equilibrium of two-spring system
Theoretical solution:
1
PE = --- K 1
2
X1 + ( l 1 X2 ) l 1
1
+ --- K 2
2
2
2
X1 + ( l 2 X2 ) l 2
P1 X1 P2 X2
minimum occurs at
( PE )
-
--------------X
1
( PE ) =
= 0
(
PE
)
----------------
X
2
PEmin = 41.81 N cm
X1
= 8.631 cm
X2
= 4.533 cm
The corresponding two-variable design space is illustrated on the

next page.
2-6
UNCONSTRAINED MINIMIZATION METHODS (Cont.)

Steepest descent:
Reductions in the objective function are sought by searching in a
direction given by the negative of the gradient.
100
80
60
X*
+
40
30
20
10
q1
q
+ S
Design updates given by:
40
10
20 30
= X
2-7
10
12

where
q
q1
S = F ( X
) =
q1
F
---------X 1
F
---------X 2
.
.
.
F
---------X 1
This method is popular, but inefficient. In MSC/NASTRAN we only

use it as the first iteration of other, more efficient methods.
2-8

Conjugate direction method
First iteration (q = 1)
S
th
= F ( X
q1
iteration (q > 1)
= F ( X
q1 2
) + S
q1
(Bias the new search direction

with previous information)
F ( X
)
where = ---------------------------------q2 2
F ( X
)
q1
100
80
60
6
0
X
1
S
40
30
1
20
2
S
10
2S
10
20 30
X*
40
10
12
This method is easy to code and is a dramatic improvement over

the steepest descent method.
2-9
KUHN-TUCKER CONDITIONS FOR OPTIMALITY

Kuhn-Tucker conditions for optimality follow directly from a
generalization of Lagrange multipliers.
An optimum design is at hand if:
1.
X is feasible
j = 1, , m
k = 1, , l
gj ( X ) 0
hk ( X ) = 0
2.
j g ( X ) = 0
j
j = 1, , m
j 0
3.
F ( X ) +
j gj ( X
j=1
)+
k + m hk ( X
) = 0
k=1
k + m unrestricted in sign, but not used in MSC/NASTRAN
2-10
KUHN-TUCKER CONDITIONS FOR

OPTIMALITY (Cont.)
X2
F ( X ) = constant
F ( X )
g1 ( X ) = 0
X1
g 2 ( X )
g 1 ( X )
g2 ( X ) = 0
F ( X )
1 g 1 ( X )
2 g 2 ( X )
F ( X )
2-11
SIMPLE CANTILEVER EXAMPLE

Problem description
P = 2250 N
A
L = 500 cm
Section A-A
H
B
6 N
E = 1 10 -----------2
cm
2-12
SIMPLE CANTILEVER EXAMPLE (Cont.)

Minimize V = B H L
Subject to:
Mc
= -------- 700
l
3
Bending Stress
PL
= ----------- 2.54
3El
Tip Deflection
H
---- 12
B
Aspect Ratio
1 B 20
Gauge Requirements
20 H 50
2-13
SIMPLE CANTILEVER EXAMPLE (Cont.)

The Design Space
H/B = 12
65
60
V = 200000
175000
100000
Height H (cm)
55
150000
125000
H = 50
50
Optimum
45
= 2.54
40
75000
50000
b = 700
35
2.5
5
Width B (cm)
2-14
7.5
SERIES APPROXIMATIONS
Function gradient information can be used to construct first-order
Taylor Series approximations
2
2
x
df
d
f ( x + x ) = f ( x ) + ------ x + ---------f ---------- +
o
2!
2
dx x
dx x o
o
2
f ( x o + x ) = f ( x o ) + df
------- o x + 0 ( x )
dx x
where
2
0 ( x ) error on the order of x
2-15
SERIES APPROXIMATIONS (Cont.)

Using the Simple Cantilever to illustrate:
Minimize V = B H L
Design variables B and H
Subject to:
N
6PL
MC
= --------- = ------------ 700 -----------2
2
I
cm
BH
3
4PL
PL
= ----------- = ---------------- 2.54 cm
3
3EI
BH E
2-16

First-order approximations:
o
o
o o
V ( B + B, H + H, L ) = V ( B , H , L )
V
V
+ ------ o o B + ------- o o H
B B , H
H B , H
o
o
o o
( B + B, H + H, L ) = ( B , H , L )
+ ------ o o B + ------- o o H
B B , H
H B , H
o
o
o o
( B + B, H + H, L ) = ( B , H , L )
+ ------ o o B + ------- o o H
H B , H
B B , H
o
At ( B , H ) = ( 6, 45 )
o
V ( B + B, H + H, L ) = 1.35 10 + 2.25 10 B + 3.0 10 H

( B + B, H + H, L ) = 555.56 92.593B 24.691H
( B + B, H + H, L ) = 2.0576 0.34294B 0.13717H
2-17

The resultant linearized design space
H/B = 12
65
60
175000
Height H (cm)
55
100000
150000
125000
H = 50
50
Optimum
Approximate
Optimum
X
45
75000
40
35
2.5
7.5
Width B (cm)
In this case, the approximate optimum actually violates some of the

true constraints. It does, however, form a good starting point for
the next iteration. This is the basis of a sequential linearization
method of solution.
2-18
SEQUENTIAL LINEAR PROGRAMMING

First linearize:
o
o
o
F ( x + x ) = F ( x ) + F ( x ) x
o
o
o
g j ( x + x ) = g j ( x ) + g j ( x ) x
x = x x
j J, (J set of
active constraints)
Solve this linear approximate problem using Simplex or other

optimizer.
Relinearize and repeat to convergence.
This option is available in MSC/NASTRAN. (Set METHOD to 2 on
the DOPTPRM Bulk Data entry.)
2-19
SEQUENTIAL LINEAR PROGRAMMING (Cont.)

Typical design cycle history:
x2
o
F ( x )
x
x
x1
Boxes around each design represent move limits.
2-20
SEQUENTIAL LINEAR PROGRAMMING (Cont.)

Why move limits are necessary:
move limits
X2
o
F ( X )
unbounded linear approximation

true optimum
o
g ( X )
g(X) = 0
X1
Move limits are required because higher order terms have been
ignored
2-21
METHOD OF FEASIBLE DIRECTIONS

In contrast with SLP, the method of feasible directions treats
active, nonlinear constraints directly.
X2
F ( X )
g j ( X )
F = Constant
gj ( X )
X1
Usable search direction:

F S 0
Feasible search direction:
g j S 0
X2
Feasible
Usable/Feasible
S
Usable
gj ( X )
2-22
X1
METHOD OF FEASIBLE DIRECTIONS (Cont.)

Determination of S (direction finding subproblem)
To maintain feasibility:
g j S + j 0
(1)
where j is the push-off factor

To maintain usability:
F S + 0
(2)
A nonzero j and ensure a search direction that reduces the

th
objective function without violating the j

move in that direction.
constraint for some finite
It is apparent that we would like to maximize in order to make the

greatest possible reductions in the objective.
2-23

Sequence of iterations using cantilever design space as an
example:
H/B = 12
60
Height H (cm)
55
H = 50
50
Optimum
45
= 2.54
40
= 700
35
3
5
6
Width B (cm)
2-24

The problem with the method is that it may tend to zigzag between
active and inactive constraints as the optimum is approached.
X2
g1 ( X )
X
X
g2 ( X )
F ( X ) = Constant
3
4
X X
X1
In structural applications, unnecessary function evaluations must
be kept to a minimum.
Faster convergence can usually be obtained if the constraint
surfaces are followed to the optimum.
2-25
MODIFIED METHOD OF FEASIBLE DIRECTIONS

Combines best features of the method of feasible directions and
generalized reduced gradients. This method is the MSC/NASTRAN
default
In the direction-finding problem, all push-off factors j are set to
zero
Maximize
F s
Subject to:
g j ( X ) s 0
jJ
ss1
2-26
MODIFIED METHOD OF FEASIBLE

DIRECTIONS (Cont.)
Search direction s (inequality constrained problem)
If all g j < 0
s = F
j = 1, ..., m
Direction of steepest descent
Use conjugate direction if unconstrained
for more than one iteration.
If some gj = 0
j J , within a specified tolerance

(J = set of active constraints)
Direction finding subproblem:

maximize F s
subject to:
g j ( X ) s 0
ss1
for j J
If design is not feasible, use a large push-off factor for violated

constraints and find the search direction as in the method of
feasible directions.
2-27

DIRECTIONS (Cont.)
One-dimensional Search Modifications
A move in direction S will go into the infeasible region for nonlinear
convex constraints. Using the gradients of the active constraints, a
step back to the constraint boundary is taken, so the design follows
the constraints.
First take a step
= X
q1
+ S
Evaluate the constraints and perturb the proposed design back to

the constraint boundary by:
T
T 1
X = A [ AA ]
where A contains the gradients of the active constraints and G

contains the constraint values.
This is effectively a minimum norm move back to the constraint
boundary and may need several applications.
2-28

DIRECTIONS (Cont.)
Features
Rapidly obtains an optimum design
Deals with both inequality and equality constraints
Usually satisfies the constraints with high precision at the optimum
2-29

DIRECTIONS (Cont.)
Sequence of iterations using cantilever design space as an
example
H/B = 12
60
Height H (cm)
55
H = 50
50
Optimum
45
= 2.54
40
= 700
35
5
6
Width B (cm)
2-30

DIRECTIONS (Cont.)
Recovery from infeasible designs
x2
F = Constant
F
Minimize Constraint
Violation
G
x1
Minimize Objective
Function
Compromise Direction
x2
No Feasible Design
2-31
x1
NUMERICAL IDENTIFICATION OF ACTIVE AND

VIOLATED CONSTRAINTS
Parameters of interest
Gj(X) is inactive if Gj(X) < CT.
Gj(X) is active if CT Gj(X) CTMIN.
Gj(X) is violated if Gj(X) > CTMIN.
CT and CTMIN may both be changed using the DOPTPRM Bulk
Data entry.
x2
Feasible Region
gj ( x ) < 0
g j ( x ) = CT
gj ( x ) = 0
Infeasible Region
gj ( x ) > 0
g j ( x ) = CTMIN
x1
2-32
NUMERICAL IDENTIFICATION OF ACTIVE AND

VIOLATED CONSTRAINTS (Cont.)
Gj(X)
Feasible
Violated
Active
CTMIN
X
Numerical Constraint
Boundary
CT
Exact Constraint
Boundary
CT
= 0.03
CTMIN = 0.003
2-33
SECTION 3
DESIGN MODELING I
WHAT IS A DESIGN MODEL? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
HOW ARE THE DESIGN AND ANALYSIS MODELS RELATED? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS MODEL COMPARISON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
DESIGN MODEL DEFINITION PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
DEFINING THE ANALYSIS DISCIPLINES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
DEFINING THE DESIGN VARIABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
DESVAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
RELATING DESIGN VARIABLES TO PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
DVPREL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
IDENTIFYING THE DESIGN RESPONSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
DRESP1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
DEFINING THE OBJECTIVE FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
DESOBJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
DEFINING THE DESIGN CONSTRAINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
DCONSTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
DCONADD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
DESSUB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
DESGLB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
BASIC DESIGN PROCESS CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
DOPTPRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
WHAT IS A DESIGN MODEL?
A design model is a statement of allowable changes that can be made

in the search for an optimal design. It also defines what is meant by
improvement.
It must:
Define the design variables
Relate design variables to changes in property or shape
Define the objective function (scalar measure of quality)
Place bounds on responses
3-1
HOW ARE THE DESIGN AND ANALYSIS MODELS

RELATED?
DESIGN MODEL
DESIGN
IMPROVEMENT
DESIGN
VARIABLES
OBJECTIVE,
CONSTRAINTS
CAD MODEL,
PROTOTYPE
GEOMETRY,
PROPERTIES
LOADS,
BOUNDARY
CONDITIONS
ANALYSIS MODEL
3-2
RESPONSES
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS MODEL COMPARISON

Consider a structure consisting of I-section beams:
tw
tf
...
PBAR
21
The design model is design variable based:

h, b, tw, tf
3-3
...
...
...
21
...
101
...
A, I1, I2, I12, J, ...
CBAR
...
Analysis model states properties and connectivity:
2.36 ...
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS MODEL

COMPARISON (Cont.)
Analysis model properties are functions of the design variables:
A = 2bt f + ( h 2t f )t w
3 (b t )
3
bh
w
I 1 = -------------- -------------------- ( h 2t f )
12
12
Analysis
Cross-sectional properties
Design
Cross-section dimensions
3-4
DESIGN MODEL DEFINITION PROCESS

Flowchart for Design Modeling
Define Analysis Disciplines

(Executive Control: SOL 200;
Case Control: Analysis =)
Define Design Variables

(Bulk Data: DESVAR)
Relate Design Variables to

Analysis Model:
(Bulk Data: DVPREL1)
Define Design Responses

(Bulk Data: DRESP1)
Define Objective (Case Control: DESOBJ)

and Constraints (Bulk Data: DCONSTR, DCONADD;
Case Control: DESGLB, DESSUB)
Provide Optional Parameters

(Bulk Data: DOPTPRM)
3-5
DEFINING THE ANALYSIS DISCIPLINES

Executive Section
SOL 200
Case Control Section
STATICS statics
Analysis =
MODES
normal modes
BUCK
buckling
DFREQ
direct frequency*
MFREQ
modal frequency*
MTRAN
modal transient*
SAERO
static aeroelasticity
FLUTTER flutter
*Includes acoustics
3-6
DEFINING THE DESIGN VARIABLES

Design variables are the quantities the optimizer modifies in its
search for an improved design.
The DESVAR entry defines a design variable, its initial value, and
bounds. It also can provide design cycle move limits.
3-7
DESVAR
Design Variable
DESVAR a design variable for design optimization.

Defines
Design Variable
Format:
1
DESVAR
ID
LABEL
XINIT
XLB
XUB
DELXV
BARA1
35.0
10.
100.
0.2
10
Example:
DESVAR
Field
Contents
ID
Unique design variable identification number. (Integer > 0)
LABEL
User-supplied name for printing purposes. (Character)
XINIT
Initial value. (Real, XLB XINIT XUB)
XLB
Lower bound. (Real, Default = 1.0E+20)
XUB
Upper bound. (Real, Default= +1.0E+20)
DELXV
Fractional change allowed for the design variable during approximate

optimization. (Real > 0.0, for Default see Remark 2.)
Remarks:
1.
DELXV can be used to control the change in the design variable during one optimization
cycle.
2.
If DELXV is blank, the default is taken from the specification of the DELX parameter on
the DOPTPRM entry. If DELX is not specified, then the default is 1.0.
3-8
DEFINING THE DESIGN VARIABLES (Cont.)

Example:
$ESVAR, ID,
$
DESVAR, 10,
DESVAR, 11,
$
LABEL,
XINIT,
AREA1, 0.05,
THICK1, 0.03,
XLB,
XUB,
0.01,
0.01,
0.1
0.08
DELXV
0.01 x 10 0.1
0.01 x 11 0.08
The entire set of DESVAR entries defines a vector of design variables:
X = [ x 1, x 2, , x n ]
with corresponding bounds,
I
xi xi xi
3-9
RELATING DESIGN VARIABLES TO PROPERTIES

As the optimizer changes design variables, the analysis model
properties must also change.
The simplest relation is a linear one:
pj = Co +
Ci xi
i
The above can be written using the DVPREL1 entry.
3-10
DVPREL1
Design Variable to Property Relation
DVPREL1 the relation between an analysis model property and design variables.
Defines
Format:
1
DVPREL1
ID
TYPE
PID
FID
PMIN
PMAX
C0
DVID1
COEF1
DVID2
COEF2
DVID3
-etc.-
12
PBAR
612
0.2
3.0
0.25
20
20.0
0.3
10
Example:
DVPREL1
Field
Contents
ID
Unique identification number. (Integer > 0)
TYPE
Name of a property entry, such as PBAR, PBEAM, etc. (Character)
PID
Property entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
FlD
Field position of the property entry, or word position in the element property table
of the analysis model. (Integer 0)
PMIN
Minimum value allowed for this property. If FID references a stress recovery
location, then the default value for PMIN is 1.0+35. PMIN must be explicitly set
to a negative number for properties that may be less than zero (for example, field
ZO on the PCOMP entry). (Real; Default = 1.0E20)
PMAX
Maximum value allowed for this property. (Real; Default = 1.0E20)
C0
Constant term of relation. (Real; Default = 0.0)
DVIDi
DESVAR entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
COEFi
Coefficient of linear relation. (Real)
Remarks:
1.
The relationship between the analysis model property and design variables is given by:
P i = C0 + COEFi DVIDi
i
2.
The continuation entry is required.

(Continued)
3-11
DVPREL1
3.
PTYPE = PBEND is not supported, either directly through FIDs or indirectly via word positions in the element property table.
4.
FID may be either a positive or a negative number. If FID > 0, it identifies the field position
on a property entry. If FID < 0, it identifies the word position of an entry in the element
property table. For example, to specify the area of a PBAR, either FID = +4 or FID = 3
can be used. However, if PTYPE = PBEAM, FID must be negative. See the following
element property table for the word positions for PBEAM.
Table 1. EPT Section for PTYPE = PBEAM.
Word
Type
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 through 13
14 through 21
22
23
24 through 29
30 through 37
38
39
40 through 45
46 through 53
54
55
56 through 61
62 through 69
70
71
72 through 77
78 through 85
86
87
88 through 93
94 through 101
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
Property ID
Material ID
Number of segments
Constant cross section flag (1 = yes, 0 = no)
Unused
Stress output request flag, SO (1 = yes, 0 = no)
X/XB ratio; at end A, X/XB = 0.0
A, I1, I2, I12, J, NSM
C1, C2, D1, D2, E1, E2, F1, F2
Repeat of words 6 through 21 for the 1st intermediate
station
2nd intermediate station
3rd intermediate station
4th intermediate station
(Continued)
3-12
DVPREL1
Word
Type
102
103
104 through 109
110 through 117
I
R
R
R
118
119
120 through 125
126 through 133
134
135
136 through 141
142 through 149
150
151
152 through 157
158 through 165
166
167
168 through 173
174 through 181
182 through 189
190 through 197
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
R
R
Item
End B
K1, K2, S1, S2, NSI(A), NSI(B), CW(A), CW(B)
M1(A), M2(A), M1(B), M2(B), N1(A), N2(A), N1(B),
N2(B)
3-13
RELATING DESIGN VARIABLES TO

PROPERTIES (Cont.)
Example:
Web
t i = 1.0 x 2
Web Cap
A i = 1.0 x 3
Plate
t i = 1.0 x 1
for the base plate thickness,
PSHELL, 1,
1,
0.15,
1
$
$...Define the design variables:
$
$DESVAR,ID,
LABEL, XINIT, XLB,
XUB,
DELXV
DESVAR, 1,
T-PLATE,0.15,
0.001, 10.0
$
$...Relate the design variables to analysis model properties
$
(linear relations, so use DVPREL1)
$
$DVPREL1,ID,
TYPE,
PID,
FID,
PMIN,
PMAX,
C0,
$+,
DVID1, COEF1, DVID2, COEF2, ...
DVPREL1,1,
PSHELL, 1,
4,
0.01,
,
,
+DP1,
1,
1.0
3-14
+DP1
IDENTIFYING THE DESIGN RESPONSES

Prior to defining the objective and constraint functions, the responses
on which they are based need to be identified.
The DRESP1 entry identifies responses that are computed from an
MSC/NASTRAN analysis.
3-15
DRESP1
Design Sensitivity Response Quantities
DRESP1
Sensitivity
Responseor
Quantities
Defines a set of structural responses that is used in the designDesign
either
as constraints
as an
objective.
Format:
1
DRESP1
ID
LABEL
RTYPE
PTYPE
REGION
ATTA
ATTB
ATT1
ATT2
-etc.-
DX1
STRESS
PROD
10
Example:
DRESP1
102
103
Field
Contents
ID
Unique entry identifier. (Integer > 0)
LABEL
User-defined label. (Character)
RTYPE
Response type. See table below. (Character)
PTYPE
Element flag (PTYPE = ELEM) or property entry name. Used with element type
responses (stress, strain, force, etc.) to identify the property type, since property
entry IDs are not unique across property types. (Character: ELEM, PBAR,
PSHELL, etc.)
REGION
Region identifier for constraint screening.

(Integer > 0)
ATTA, ATTB,
ATTi
Response attributes. See Table 1. (Integer > 0 or Real or blank)
(Continued)
3-16
See Remark 10 for defaults.
DRESP1

Table 1. Design Sensitivity Response Attributes.
Response
Type
(RTYPE)
Response Attributes
ATTA (Integer > 0)
ATTB (Integer > 0 or

Real > 0.0)
ATTi (Integer > 0)
WEIGHT
Blank
Blank
SEIDi or ALL
VOLUME
Blank
Blank
SEIDi or ALL
EIGN
Normal Modes Mode

Number
Approximation Code.
See Remark 19.
Blank
FREQ
Normal Modes Mode

Number
See Remark 18.
Approximation Code.
See Remark 19.
Blank
LAMA
Buckling Mode Number
Approximation Code.
See Remark 19.
Blank
DISP
Displacement Component
Blank
Grid ID
STRAIN
Strain Item Code
Blank
Property entry (PID)
STRESS
Stress Item Code
Blank
FORCE
Force Item Code
Blank
CSTRAIN
Strain Item Code
LAMINA Number
(Integer; Default = 1)
CSTRESS
Stress Item Code
LAMINA Number
CFAILURE
Failure Criterion Item

Code
LAMINA Number
FRDISP
Frequency Value. (Real >

0.0) See Remark 15.
Grid ID
FRVELO
Velocity Component

0.0) See Remark 15.
Grid ID
FRACCL
Acceleration Component

0.0) See Remark 15.
Grid ID
FRSPCF
SPC Force Component

0.0) See Remark 15.
Grid ID
FRSTRE
Stress Item Code

0.0) See Remark 15..
(Continued)
3-17
DRESP1
Response
Type
(RTYPE)
Response Attributes
ATTA (Integer > 0)

Real > 0.0)
ATTi (Integer > 0)
FRFORC
Force Item Code

0.0) See Remark 15.
TDISP
Time Value. (Real) See

Remark 16.
Grid ID
TVELO
Velocity Component

Remark 16.
Grid ID
TACCL

Remark 16.
Grid ID
TSPCF
SPC Force Component

Remark 16.
Grid ID
TSTRE
Stress Item Code

Remark 16.
TFORC
Force Item Code

Remark 16.
TRIM
AESTAT or AESURF
Entry ID
Blank
Blank
STABDER
AESTAT or AESURF
Entry ID
Restraint Flag. (Integer 0

or 1) See Remark 13.
Component
FLUTTER
Blank
Method (PK or PKNL,

Default = PK).
See Remark 14.
Remarks:
1.
Stress, strain, and force item codes can be found in the MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference
Guide, Appendix A. For stress or strain item codes that have dual meanings, such as von
Mises or maximum shear, the option specified in the Case Control Section will be used;
i.e., STRESS(VONM) or STRESS(MAXS).
2.
RTYPE=CSTRESS, CSTRAIN, and CFAILURE are used only with the PCOMP entry.
CSTRESS and CSTRAIN item codes are described under Table 1. (Element
Stress/Strain Item Codes) in the MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference Guide, Appendix A.
CFAILURE item codes are described under Table Table 2. (Element Force Item Codes)
in the MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference Guide, Appendix A. Only force item codes that
refer to failure indices of direct stress and interlaminar shear stress are valid.
(Continued)
3-18
DRESP1
The CFAILURE response type requires the following specifications on the applicable
entries:
a.
Failure theory in the FT field on PCOMP entry.
b.
Allowable bonding shear stress in the SB field on PCOMP entry.
c.
Stress limits in the ST, SC, and SS fields on all MATi entries.
3.
ATTB is used only for responses of composite laminae, dynamics, and stability derivatives. For other responses, this field must be blank.
4.
All grids associated with a DRESP1 entry are considered to be in the same region for
screening purposes. Only up to NSTR displacement constraints (see DSCREEN entry)
per group per load case will be retained in the design optimization phase.
5.
DRESP1 identification numbers must be unique with respect to DRESP2 identification

numbers.
6.
If PTYPE = ELEM, the ATTi correspond to element identification numbers.
7.
If RTYPE = DISP, TDISP, TVELO, TACCL or TSPCF, multiple component numbers (any unique combination of the digits 1 through 6 with no embedded blanks) may be
specified on a single entry. Multiple response components may not be used on any other
response types.
8.
If RTYPE = FRDISP, FRVELO, FRACCL, or FRSPCF only one component number

may be specified in the ATTA field. Numbers 1 through 6 correspond to real (or magnitude) components and 7 through 12 imaginary (or phase) components. If more than one
component for the same grid is desired, then a separate entry is required.
9.
Real/imaginary representation is the default for complex response types. Magnitude/phase representation must be requested by the corresponding Case Control
command; e.g., DlSP(PHASE) = ALL.
10.
REGION is used for constraint screening. The NSTR field on DSCREEN entries gives the
maximum number of constraints retained for each region per load case.
IF RTYPE = WEIGHT, VOLUME, LAMA, EIGN or FREQ, no REGION identification
number should be specified. For all other responses, if the REGION field is left blank, the
default specified in Table 2 is used. Usually, the default value is appropriate.
If the REGION field is not blank, all the responses on this entry as well as all responses on
other DRESP1 entries that have the same RTYPE and REGION identification number will
be grouped into the same region.
(Continued)
3-19
DRESP1

Table 2. Default Regions for Design Sensitivity Response Types.
Response Type
Default Region
WEIGHT
No region
VOLUME
No region
LAMA
No region
EIGN
No region
FREQ
No region
DISP
One region per DRESP1 entry
FRDISP
FRVELO
FRACCL
FRSPCF
TDISP
TVELO
TACCL
TSPCF
FLUTTER
OTHER
One region per PROPERTY entry. If PTYPE = ELEM,

then one region per DRESP1 entry
11.
REGION is valid only among the same type of responses. Responses of different types
will never be grouped into the same region, even if they are assigned the same REGION
identification number by the user.
12.
If RTYPE = WEIGHT or VOLUME, field ATTi = ALL implies total weight/volume of all
superelements except external superelements.
13.
RTYPE = STABDER identifies a stability derivative response. ATTB is the restraint flag
for the stability derivative. ATTB = 0 means unrestrained, and ATTB = 1 means restrained. For example, ATTA = 4000, ATTB = 0, and ATT1 = 3 reference the unrestrained
Cz derivative for the AESTAT (or AESURF) entry ID = 4000.
(Continued)
3-20

14.
DRESP1
RTYPE = FLUTTER identifies a set of damping responses. The set is specified by ATTi:
ATT1 = Identification number of a SET1 entry that specifies a set of modes.
ATT2 = Identification number of an FLFACT entry that specifies a list of densities.
ATT3 = Identification number of an FLFACT entry that specifies a list of Mach numbers.
ATT4 = Identification number of an FLFACT entry that specifies a list of velocities.
15.
For RTYP = FRDISP, FRVELO, FRACCL, FRSPCF, FRFORC, and FRSTRE,

ATTB specifies a frequency value in cycles per unit time. If ATTB is specified, then the
responses are evaluated at the closest frequency selected by the OFREQ command. The
default for ATTB is all frequencies selected by the OFREQ command.
16.
For RTYPE = TDISP, TVELO, TACCL, TSPCF, TFORC, and TSTRE, ATTB
specifies a time value. If ATTB is specified, then the responses are evaluated at the closest time selected by the OTIME command. The default for ATTB is all time steps selected
by the OTIME command.
17.
Intermediate station responses on CBAR elements due to PLOAD1 and/or CBARAO entries may not be defined on the DRESP1 entry.
18.
RTYPE = EIGN refers to normal modes response in terms of eigenvalue (radian/time)2 while RTYPE = FREQ refers to normal modes response in terms of natural
frequency or units of cycles per unit time.
19.
For RTYPE = LAMA, EIGN or FREQ, the response approximation used for optimization
can be individually selected. (Approximation Code = 1 = direct linearization, = 2 = Inverse
Linearization).
3-21
IDENTIFYING THE DESIGN RESPONSES (Cont.)

Example: Selecting Displacements
$
$DRESP1, ID,
LABEL, RTYPE, PTYPE, REGION, ATTA,
$+,
ATT2,
...
$
$ TRANSLATIONAL DISPLACEMENTS AT GRIDS 501-505:
$
DRESP1, 201,
TXYZ1, DISP,
,
,
123,
+,
502,
503,
504,
505
ATTB,
ATT1,
501,
Example: Selecting Stresses

$
$DRESP1, ID,
ATTB,
ATT1,
$+,
ATT2,
...
$
$ AXIAL STRESSES FOR ROD ELEMENTS IN PID GROUPS 150,160,170,180:
$
DRESP1, 250,
SIG1,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
150,
+,
160,
170,
180
3-22
IDENTIFYING THE DESIGN RESPONSES (Cont.)

A single DRESP1 entry can produce a large number of design
responses:
PID1
PID2
DRESP1
.
.
.
PIDm
3-23
EID1
EID2
.
.
.
EIDn
DEFINING THE OBJECTIVE FUNCTION

The objective function must be a single scalar quantity. It is identified
by:
DESOBJ
DRESP1
(Case Control
command)
3-24
(or DRESP2)
DESOBJ
Design Objective
DESOBJ the DRESP1 or DRESP2 entry to be used as the design objective.
Selects
Design Objective
Format:
DESOBJ (
MAX
) = N
MIN
Examples:
DESOBJ = 10
DESO = 25
Describer
Meaning
MIN
Specifies that the objective is to be minimized.
MAX
Specifies that the objective is to be maximized.
Set identification of a DRESP1 or DRESP2 Bulk Data entry. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1.
A DESOBJ command is required for a design optimization task and is optional for a sensitivity task.
2.
If the DESOBJ command is specified within a SUBCASE, the identified DRESPi Bulk Data
entry uses a response only from that subcase. If DESOBJ appears above all SUBCASE
commands and there are multiple subcases, it uses a global response.
3.
The referenced DRESPi entry must define a scalar response.
3-25
DEFINING THE OBJECTIVE FUNCTION (Cont.)

Example:
$
$
$
$
FOR WEIGHT MINIMIZATION,

IN CASE CONTROL:
DESOBJ(MIN) = 10
$
$ IN BULK DATA:
$
$DRESP1, ID,
ATTB,
ATT1,
$+,
ATT2,
...
$
DRESP1, 10,
WEIGHT, WEIGHT, ,
,
,
,
ALL
$
^^^
$
(DEFAULT IS 0: JUST THE RESIDUAL STRUCTURE)
$
A common error is to reference a DRESP1 that identifies multiple

responses.
3-26
DEFINING THE DESIGN CONSTRAINTS

Constraints are formed by placing bounds on responses.
L
rj rj ( x ) rj
The DCONSTR entry supplies these bounds.
3-27
DCONSTR
DCONSTR
Define design
Design Constraints
Design Constraints
constraints.
Format:
1
DCONSTR
DCID
RID
10
10
LALLOW UALLOW
Example:
DCONSTR
1.25
Field
Contents
DCID
Design constraint set identification number. (Integer > 0)
RID
DRESPi entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
LALLOW
Lower bound on the response quantity. (Real, Default = 1.0E20)
UALLOW
Upper bound on the response quantity. (Real, Default = 1.0E20)
Remarks:
1.
The DCONSTR entry may be selected in the Case Control Section by the DESSUB or
DESGLB command.
2.
DCID may be referenced by the DCONADD Bulk Data entry.
3.
For a given DCID, the associated RID can be referenced only once.
4.
The units of LALLOW and UALLOW must be consistent with the referenced response defined on the DRESPi entry. If RID refers to an EIGN response, then the imposed bounds
2
must be expressed in units of eigenvalue, (radian/time) . If RID refers to a FREQ response, then the imposed bounds must be expressed in cycles/time.
5.
LALLOW and UALLOW are unrelated to the stress limits specified on the MATi entry.
6.
Constraints are computed as follows:

LALLOW r
g = -------------------------------- for lower bound constraints
GNORM
r UALLOW
g = --------------------------------- for upper bound constraints
GNORM
where r is the response defined on the DRESPi entry and if the RID refers to a FREQ
response, then the imposed bounds must be expressed in cycles/time.
(Continued)
3-28
DCONSTR
Design Constraints
LALLOW for lower bounds if LALLOW

GNORM =
> GSCAL
UALLOW for upper bounds if UALLOW > GSCAL

GSCAL otherwise
GSCAL is specified on the DOPTPRM entry (Default = 0.001)

7.
As Remark 6 indicates, small values of UALLOW and LALLOW require special processing
and should be avoided. Bounds of exactly zero are particularly troublesome. This can be
avoided by using a DRESP2 entry that offsets the constrained response from zero.
3-29
DEFINING THE DESIGN CONSTRAINTS (Cont.)

Constraint sets can be merged using the DCONADD entry.
3-30
DCONADD
Design Constraint Set Combination
DCONADDthe design constraints for a subcase as a union of DCONSTRDesign

Constraint Set Combination
Defines
entries.
Format:
1
DCONADD
DCID
DC1
DC2
DC3
DC4
DC5
DC6
DC7
DC8
-etc.-
10
10
Example:
DCONADD
12
Field
Contents
DCID
DCi
DCONSTR entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1.
The DCONADD entry is selected by a DESSUB or DESGLB Case Control command.
2.
All DCi must be unique from other DCi and DCID.
3-31

Constraint sets are selected in Case Control using either:
DESSUB
Subcase-dependent constraints
DESGLB
Global constraints (subcase independent, e.g.,

WEIGHT, VOLUME, or DRESP2s that are not functions
of DRESP1s)
3-32
Design Constraints Request at the Subcase Level
DESSUB
DESSUBthe design constraints to be used in a design optimization

Design Constraints
Request
at the
Subcase Level
Select
task for the
current
subcase.
Format:
DESSUB = n
Examples:
DESSUB = 10
DESS = 25
Describer
Meaning
Set identification of a DCONSTR or DCONADD Bulk Data entry identification

number. (Integer 0)
Remark:
1.
A DESSUB command is required for every subcase for which constraints are to be
applied.
3-33
DESGLB
Request Design Constraints at the Global Level
DESGLB the design constraints to be applied at the global level

Request
Design Constraints
at the
Global Level
Selects
in a design
optimization
task.
Format:
DESGLB = n
Examples:
DESGLB = 10
DESG = 25
Describer
Meaning

number. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1.
A DESGLB command is optional and invokes constraints that are to be applied independent of a particular subcase. These constraints could be based on responses that are
independent of subcases (e.g., WEIGHT or VOLUME).
2.
The DESGLB command can be used to invoke constraints that are not a function of
DRESP1 entries; e.g., DRESP2 responses that are not functions of DRESP1 responses
are subcase independent.
3-34

Example: Placing Bounds on a Bar Stress (Axial+Bending):
$
$ IN CASE CONTROL:
$
SUBCASE 20
ANALYSIS = STATICS
DESSUB = 100
(ETC.)
$
$ IN BULK DATA:
$
$DRESP1, ID,
LABEL, RTYPE, PTYPE,
$+,
ATT2,
...
$
$ MAXIMUM STRESS AT END A:
DRESP1, 110,
SAMAX, STRESS, PBAR,
+
2020,
2030
$
$ MAXIMUM STRESS AT END B:
DRESP1, 120,
SBMAX, STRESS, PBAR,
+
2020,
2030
$
$ BOUNDS APPLIED TO BOTH ENDS A & B:
$DCONSTR,DCID,
RID,
LALLOW, UALLOW
DCONSTR,100,
110,
-85.,
+85. $
DCONSTR,100,
120,
-85.,
+85. $
$
REGION, ATTA,
ATTB,
ATT1,
7,
2010,
14,
2010,
N/mm**2 untreated struct. steel,

FS=2 on fatigue limit
7 and 14 pick the maximum of four stresses at ends A and B of bar

elements
3-35

A single DCONSTR can place bounds on a large number of
responses.
PID1
PID2
DCONSTR
DRESP1
.
.
.
PIDm
3-36
EID1
EID2
.
.
.
EIDn

Constraints are implemented in a normalized form in the code.
L
rj rj ( x )
g 2j 1 ( x ) = ------------------------- 0
L
rj
U
rj ( x ) rj
g 2j ( x ) = -------------------------- 0
U
rj
Normalization provides:
Expression of all constraints in standard form (basic optimization
problem statement)
Ranking of constraints regardless of response magnitude
It is best to use reasonable bounds, avoiding 0.0 if possible.
3-37
BASIC DESIGN PROCESS CONTROL

Basic design optimization process control is provided by the
DOPTPRM entry, and the parameters NASPRT and DESPCH.
Override of design process control parameters can be done using
the DOPTPRM Bulk Data entry.
3-38
DOPTPRM
Design Optimization Parameters

DOPTPRM default values of parameters used in design optimization.
Overrides
Format:
1
DOPTPRM PARAM1
VAL1
PARAM2
VAL2
PARAM3
VAL3
PARAM4
VAL4
PARAM5
VAL5
-etc.-
DESMAX
10
Example:
DOPTPRM IPRINT
10
Field
Contents
PARAMi
Name of the design optimization parameter. Allowable names are given in

Table 1. (Character)
VALi
Value of the parameter. (Real or Integer, see Table 1.)
Remarks:
1.
Only one DOPTPRM entry is allowed in the Bulk Data Section.
Table 1. PARAMi Names and Descriptions.
Name
Description, Type, and Default Value
APRCOD
Approximation method to be used. 1 = Direct Linearization; 2 = Mixed Method

based on response type; 3 = Convex Linearization. APRCOD = 1 is recommended
for shape optimization problems. (Integer 1, 2, or 3; Default = 2)
CONV1
Relative criterion to detect convergence. If the relative change in objective

between two optimization cycles is less than CONV1, then optimization is terminated. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
CONV2
Absolute criterion to detect convergence. If the absolute change in objective

between two optimization cycles is less than CONV2, then optimization is terminated. (Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0E-20)
CONVDV
Relative convergence criterion on design variables. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
CONVPR
Relative convergence criterion on properties. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
(Continued)
3-39
DOPTPRM
Name
CT
CTMIN
DABOBJ
DELB

Constraint tolerance. Constraint is considered active if current value is greater
than CT. (Real < 0.0; Default = 0.03)
Constraint is considered violated if current value is greater than CTMIN.
(Real > 0.0; Default = 0.003)
Maximum absolute change in objective between ITRMOP consecutive iterations
(see ITRMOP) to indicate convergence at optimizer level. F0 is the initial objective
function value. (Real > 0.0; Default = MAX[0.00 ABS(F0), 0.0001])
Relative finite difference move parameter. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.0001)
DELOBJ
Maximum relative change in objective between ITRMOP consecutive iterations to

indicate convergence at optimizer level. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
DELP
Fractional change allowed in each property during any optimization design cycle.
This provides constraints on property moves. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.2)
DELX
Fractional change allowed in each design variable during any optimization cycle.
(Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0)
DESMAX
Maximum number of design cycles to be performed. (Integer > 0; Default = 5)
DOBJ1
Relative change in objective attempted on the first optimization iteration. Used to

estimate initial move in the one-dimensional search. Updated as the optimization
progresses. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.1)
DOBJ2
Absolute change in objective attempted on the first optimization iteration. (Real

> 0.0; Default = 0.2 (F0))
DPMIN
Minimum move limit imposed. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.01)
DX1
Maximum relative change in a design variable attempted on the first optimization

iteration. Used to estimate the initial move in the one dimensional search. Updated
as the optimization progresses. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.01)
DX2
Absolute change in a design variable attempted on the first optimization iteration.

(Real > 0.0; Default = 0.2 MAX[X(I)])
DXMIN
Minimum design variable move limit (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.05).
GMAX
Maximum constraint violation allowed at the converged optimum. (Real > 0.0;
Default = 0.005)
GSCAL
Constraint normalization factor. See Remarks under the DSCREEN and

DCONSTR entries. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
(Continued)
3-40
DOPTPRM
Name
IGMAX
If IGMAX = 0, only gradients of active and violated constraints are calculated. If

IGMAX > 0, up to NCOLA gradients are calculated including active, violated, and
near active constraints. (Integer > 0; Default = 0)
IPRINT
Print control during approximate optimization phase. Increasing values represent

increasing levels of optimizer information. (0 Integer 7; Default = 0)
0
no output (Default)
1
internal optimization parameters, initial information, and results
2
same, plus objective function and design variables at each iterations
3
same, plus constraint values and identification of critical constraints
4
same, plus gradients
5
same, plus search direction
6
same, plus scaling factors and miscellaneous search information
7
same, plus one dimensional search information
IPRNT1
If IPRNT1 = 1, print scaling factors for design variable vector. (Integer 0 or 1;

Default = 0)
IPRNT2
If IPRNT2 = 1, print miscellaneous search information. If IPRNT2 = 2, turn on print

during one-dimensional search process. (Warning: This may lead to excessive
output.) (Integer 0, 1, or 2; Default = 0)
ISCAL
Design variables are rescaled every ISCAL iterations. Set ISCAL= 1 to turn off
scaling. (Integer; Default = NDV (number of design variables))
ITMAX
Maximum number of iterations allowed at optimizer level during each design cycle.
ITRMOP
Number of consecutive iterations for which convergence criteria must be satisfied

to indicate convergence at the optimizer level. (Integer; Default = 2)
ITRMST
Number of consecutive iterations for which convergence criteria must be met at

the optimizer level to indicate convergence in the Sequential Linear Programming
Method. (Integer > 0; Default = 2)
JTMAX
Maximum number of iterations allowed at the optimizer level for the Sequential
Linear Programming Method. This is the number of linearized subproblems
solved. (Integer 0; Default = 20)
JPRINT
Sequential Linear Programming subproblem print. If JPRINT > 0, IPRINT is turned

on during the approximate linear subproblem. (Default = 0)
JWRITE
If JWRITE > 0, file number on which iteration history will be written. (Integer > 0;
Default = 0)
(Continued)
3-41
DOPTPRM
Name
METHOD

Optimization Method: (Integer 1, 2, or 3; Default = 1)
1:
Modified Method of Feasible Directions. (Default)
2:
Sequential Linear Programming
3:
Sequential Quadratic Programming
P1
Print control items specified for P2. (Integer 0; Default = 0) Initial results are
always printed prior to the first approximate optimization. If an optimization task
is performed, final results are always printed for the final analysis unless
PARAM,SOFTEXIT,YES is specified. These two sets of print are not controllable.
n: Print at every n-th design cycle.
P2
Items to be printed according to P1: (Integer; Default = 1)

0:
No print.
1:
Print objective and design variables. (Default)
2:
Print properties.
4:
Print constraints.
8:
Print responses.
16:
Print weight as a function of a material ID (note that there is not a design
quantity so that only inputs to the approximate design are available).
n:
Sum of desired items. For example, P2 = 10 means print properties and
responses.
PTOL
Maximum tolerance on differences allowed between the property values on

property entries and the property values calculated from the design variable values
on the DESVAR entry (through DVPRELi relations). PTOL is provided to trap illposed design models. (The minimum tolerance may be specified on user
parameter DPEPS. See MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference Guide, Section 6.)
(Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0E+35)
STPSCL
Scaling factor for shape finite difference step sizes, to be applied to all shape
design variables. (Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0)
3-42
BASIC DESIGN PROCESS CONTROL (Cont.)

Some basic, useful parameters on this entry include:
DESMAX
Maximum allowable number of design cycles
P1
Frequency of optimization summary output
P2
Quantity of optimization summary output
IPRINT
Quantity of optimizer output
METHOD
Numerical optimization method
The frequency of MSC/NASTRAN data recovery is determined by:

PARAM,NASPRT,n
Output consists of standard MSC/NASTRAN output (Case Control
output requests only).
n<0
no data recovery
n=0
first and last design cycle (default)
n>0
n-multiples of design cycles, plus the last
3-43
BASIC DESIGN PROCESS CONTROL (Cont.)

The frequency of design optimization punch output is determined
by:
PARAM,DESPCH,n
Output consists of updated DESVAR and GRID entries (for shape).
If mode tracking is performed, updated DRESP1 entries may be
written in the *.pch file.
n<0
never
n=0
final design cycle only (default)
n>0
n-multiples of design cycles, plus the last
3-44
SECTION 4
EXAMPLES I
EXAMPLE 3-BAR TRUSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
10-BAR TRUSS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
10-BAR TRUSS RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
BEAM VIBRATION FREQUENCY AS A DESIGN CONSTRAINT
(M. J. Turner 1970) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
BEAM VIBRATION FREQUENCY AS A DESIGN CONSTRAINT RESULTS . . . . . 4-22
EXAMPLE 3-BAR TRUSS
This is similar to the Three-Bar Truss example in Section 7.1 of the

MSC/NASTRAN Design Sensitivity and Optimization Users Guide).
Design model description
Design variables cross-sectional areas A1 and A2
Objective weight minimization
Constraints:
Stress allowable:
20 ksi tension
15 ksi compression
Displacements at grid 4:
x direction 0.2 in
y direction 0.2 in
4-1
3-BAR TRUSS (Cont.)
y
10"
10"
x
A2
A1
1
3
10"
A1
4
Subcase 2
20,000 lbs
x: 16,000 lbs
y: 12,000 lbs
Subcase 1
20,000 lbs
x: 16,000 lbs
y: 12,000 lbs
4-2
3-BAR TRUSS (Cont.)

ID MSC, D200X1
TIME 10
$
SOL 200
$ OPTIMIZATION
CEND
TITLE = SYMMETRIC THREE BAR TRUSS DESIGN OPTIMIZATION - D200X1
SUBTITLE = BASELINE - 2 CROSS SECTIONAL AREAS AS DESIGN VARIABLES
ECHO
= SORT
SPC
= 100
DISP
= ALL
STRESS = ALL
DESOBJ(MIN) = 20 $ (DESIGN OBJECTIVE = DRESP ID)
DESSUB
= 21 $ DEFINE CONSTRAINT SET FOR BOTH SUBCASES
ANALYSIS = STATICS
SUBCASE 1
LABEL = LOAD CONDITION 1
LOAD = 300
SUBCASE 2
LOAD = 310
BEGIN BULK
$
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$ ANALYSIS MODEL
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$
$ GRID DATA
$
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
910
GRID,
1,
,
-10.0 ,
0.0, 0.0
GRID,
2,
,
0.0 ,
0.0, 0.0
GRID,
3,
,
10.0 ,
0.0, 0.0
GRID,
4,
,
0.0 , -10.0, 0.0
$ SUPPORT DATA
SPC,
100,
1,
123456, ,
2,
123456
SPC,
100,
3,
123456, ,
4,
3456
$ ELEMENT DATA
CROD,
1,
11,
1,
4
CROD,
2,
12,
2,
4
CROD,
3,
11,
3,
4
$ PROPERTY DATA
PROD,
11,
1,
1.0
PROD,
12,
1,
2.0
MAT1,
1,
1.0E+7, ,
0.33,
0.1
$ EXTERNAL LOADS DATA
FORCE, 300,
4,
,
20000., 0.8,
-0.6
FORCE, 310,
4,
,
20000., -0.8,
-0.6
$
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$ DESIGN MODEL
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$
4-3
3-BAR TRUSS (Cont.)

$...DESIGN VARIABLE DEFINITION
$DESVAR,ID,
LABEL, XINIT, XLB,
XUB,
DELXV(OPTIONAL)
DESVAR, 1,
A1,
1.0,
0.1,
100.0
DESVAR, 2,
A2,
2.0,
0.1,
100.0
$
$...DEFINITION OF DESIGN VARIABLE TO ANALYSIS MODEL PARAMETER RELATIONS
$DVPREL1,ID,
TYPE,
PID,
FID,
PMIN,
PMAX,
C0,
,
+
$+,
DVPREL1,10,
PROD,
11,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP1
+DP1,
1,
1.0
DVPREL1,20,
PROD,
12,
4,
,
,
,
,+DP2
+DP2,
2,
1.0
$
$...STRUCTURAL RESPONSE IDENTIFICATION
$DRESP1,ID,
ATTB,
ATT1,
+
$+,
ATT2,
...
DRESP1, 20,
W ,
WEIGHT
DRESP1, 21,
U4,
DISP , ,
,
1,
,
4
DRESP1, 22,
V4,
DISP , ,
,
2,
,
4
DRESP1, 23,
S1,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
11
DRESP1, 24,
S2,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
12
$
$...CONSTRAINTS
$DCONSTR,DCID, RID,
LALLOW, UALLOW
DCONSTR,21,
21,
-0.20 ,0.20
DCONSTR,21,
22,
-0.20 ,0.20
DCONSTR,21,
23,
-15000.,20000.
DCONSTR,21,
24,
-15000.,20000.
$
$...OPTIMIZATION CONTROL:
$
DOPTPRM,IPRINT, 5,
DESMAX, 10,
DELP,
0.5,
P1,
1,
+
+,
P2,
15
$
$.......2.......3.......4.......5.......6.......7.......8.......9.......0
ENDDATA
4-4
3-BAR TRUSS (Cont.)

***************************************************************
S U M M A R Y
O F
D E S I G N
C Y C L E
H I S T O R Y
***************************************************************
6
5
4-5
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------OBJECTIVE FROM
OBJECTIVE FROM
FRACTIONAL ERROR
MAXIMUM VALUE
CYCLE
APPROXIMATE
EXACT
OF
OF
NUMBER
OPTIMIZATION
ANALYSIS
APPROXIMATION
CONSTRAINT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INITIAL
4.828427E+00
-3.234952E-01
1
3.007897E+00
3.008492E+00
-1.977251E-04
-3.737402E-03
2
2.821953E+00
2.821638E+00
1.118734E-04
-1.967246E-02
3
2.734469E+00
2.734299E+00
6.217039E-05
-7.241016E-03
4
2.708915E+00
2.708921E+00
-2.024285E-06
-2.369141E-04
5
2.702065E+00
2.702063E+00
7.941219E-07
-2.666992E-04
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------DESIGN VARIABLE HISTORY
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL | EXTERNAL |
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID. |
LABEL
| INITIAL
:
1
:
2
:
3
:
4
:
5
:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| A1
| 1.0000E+00 : 7.1020E-01 : 7.8436E-01 : 8.1374E-01 : 8.1739E-01 :
8.3569E-01 :
2 |
2
| A2
| 2.0000E+00 : 9.9976E-01 : 6.0313E-01 : 4.3271E-01 : 3.9699E-01 :
3.3838E-01 :
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*** USER INFORMATION MESSAGE 6464 (DOM12E)
5.
10-BAR TRUSS
Design variables 10 cross-sectional areas
Objective structural weight
Constraints:
Tensile stress 25,000 psi
Compressive stress 25,000 psi
360"
360"
1
5
1
2
10
5
8
9
4
3
6
4
100,000 lbs
Note:
360"
2
100,000 lbs
Several variations of this problem appear in the structural optimization literature. Multiple load paths are available to support the loads at grids 2 and 4.
4-6
10-BAR TRUSS (Cont.)

ID MSC, D200X2
TIME 10
SOL 200
$ OPTIMIZATION
CEND
$
TITLE
= OPTIMIZATION TEST CASE 2
SUBTITLE = TEN BAR TRUSS
D200X2
DESOBJ
= 11
DESSUB
= 1
ANALYSIS = STATICS
DISP
= ALL
STRESS
= ALL
SPC
= 100
LOAD
= 300
BEGIN BULK
$
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$ ANALYSIS MODEL:
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$
GRDSET, ,
,
,
,
,
,
3456
GRID,
1,
,
720.,
360.,
0.
GRID,
2,
,
720.,
0.,
0.
GRID,
3,
,
360.,
360.,
0.
GRID,
4,
,
360.,
0.,
0.
GRID,
5,
,
0.,
360.,
0.
GRID,
6,
,
0.,
0.,
0.
CROD,
1,
1,
5,
3
CROD,
2,
2,
3,
1
CROD,
3,
3,
6,
4
CROD,
4,
4,
4,
2
CROD,
5,
5,
3,
4
CROD,
6,
6,
1,
2
CROD,
7,
7,
5,
4
CROD,
8,
8,
6,
3
CROD,
9,
9,
3,
2
CROD,
10,
10,
4,
1
PROD,
1,
1,
5.0
PROD,
2,
1,
5.0
PROD,
3,
1,
5.0
PROD,
4,
1,
5.0
PROD,
5,
1,
5.0
PROD,
6,
1,
5.0
PROD,
7,
1,
5.0
PROD,
8,
1,
5.0
PROD,
9,
1,
5.0
PROD,
10,
1,
5.0
MAT1,
1,
1.0E7, ,
,
0.1,
,
,
,
+
+,
25000., 25000.
FORCE, 300,
2,
,
100000.,0.0,
-1.0,
0.0
FORCE, 300,
4,
,
100000.,0.0,
-1.0,
0.0
4-7

SPC1,
100,
12,
5,
6
$
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$ DESIGN MODEL:
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$
DESVAR, 1,
A1,
5.0,
0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 2,
A2,
5.0,
0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 3,
A3,
5.0,
0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 4,
A4,
5.0,
0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 5,
A5,
5.0,
0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 6,
A6,
5.0,
0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 7,
A7,
5.0,
0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 8,
A8,
5.0,
0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 9,
A9,
5.0,
0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 10,
A10,
5.0,
0.001, 1000.0
DVPREL1,1,
PROD,
1,
4,
,
,
,
,
+
+,
1,
1.0
DVPREL1,2,
PROD,
2,
4,
,
,
,
,
+
+,
2,
1.0
DVPREL1,3,
PROD,
3,
4,
,
,
,
,
+
+,
3,
1.0
DVPREL1,4,
PROD,
4,
4,
,
,
,
,
+
+,
4,
1.0
DVPREL1,5,
PROD,
5,
4,
,
,
,
,
+
+,
5,
1.0
DVPREL1,6,
PROD,
6,
4,
,
,
,
,
+
+,
6,
1.0
DVPREL1,7,
PROD,
7,
4,
,
,
,
,
+
+,
7,
1.0
DVPREL1,8,
PROD,
8,
4,
,
,
,
,
+
+,
8,
1.0
DVPREL1,9,
PROD,
9,
4,
,
,
,
,
+
+,
9,
1.0
DVPREL1,10,
PROD,
10,
4,
,
,
,
,
+
+,
10,
1.0
DRESP1, 1,
S1,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
1
DRESP1, 2,
S2,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
2
DRESP1, 3,
S3,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
3
DRESP1, 4,
S4,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
4
DRESP1, 5,
S5,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
5
DRESP1, 6,
S6,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
6
DRESP1, 7,
S7,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
7
DRESP1, 8,
S8,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
8
DRESP1, 9,
S9,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
9
DRESP1, 10,
S10,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
10
DRESP1, 11,
W,
WEIGHT
DCONSTR,1,
1,
-25000.,25000.
DCONSTR,1,
2,
-25000.,25000.
DCONSTR,1,
3,
-25000.,25000.
DCONSTR,1,
4,
-25000.,25000.
4-8

DCONSTR,1,
5,
-25000.,25000.
DCONSTR,1,
6,
-25000.,25000.
DCONSTR,1,
7,
-25000.,25000.
DCONSTR,1,
8,
-25000.,25000.
DCONSTR,1,
9,
-25000.,25000.
DCONSTR,1,
10,
-25000.,25000.
DOPTPRM,IPRINT, 2,
DESMAX, 20,
DELP,
0.8
$DSCREEN STRESS -100.
1
$DSCREEN DISP
1
$.......2.......3.......4.......5.......6.......7.......8.......9.......0
ENDDATA
4-9
10-BAR TRUSS RESULTS

**************************************************************************************
5.0000E-03
5.0000E+00
5.0000E-03
5.0000E-01
AND
1.0000E-03
**************************************************************************************
OR
4-10
10-BAR TRUSS RESULTS (Cont.)

***************************************************************
S U M M A R Y
O F
D E S I G N
C Y C L E
H I S T O R Y
***************************************************************
11
10

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------OBJECTIVE FROM
OBJECTIVE FROM
FRACTIONAL ERROR
MAXIMUM VALUE
CYCLE
APPROXIMATE
EXACT
OF
OF
NUMBER
OPTIMIZATION
ANALYSIS
APPROXIMATION
CONSTRAINT
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4-11
INITIAL
2.098234E+03
6.370801E-01
1.891479E+03
1.891557E+03
-4.091475E-05
2.185570E-02
1.727591E+03
1.727633E+03
-2.430620E-05
2.338859E-02
1.686985E+03
1.686986E+03
-3.618000E-07
2.917891E-03
1.649626E+03
1.649633E+03
-4.291912E-06
4.533672E-03
1.633149E+03
1.633161E+03
-7.474479E-06
1.653125E-03
1.622287E+03
1.622258E+03
1.745734E-05
3.786953E-03
1.610578E+03
1.610584E+03
-3.259081E-06
9.830468E-04
1.605705E+03
1.605713E+03
-5.017484E-06
5.797110E-03
1.597221E+03
1.597220E+03
2.292802E-07
2.474219E-04
10
1.593996E+03
1.593996E+03
-2.297439E-07
4.404531E-03
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4-12

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL |
EXTERNAL
|
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID.
|
LABEL
|
INITIAL
:
1
:
2
:
3
:
4
:
5
:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| A1
|
5.0000E+00 :
7.1656E+00 :
6.7879E+00 :
7.5020E+00 :
7.4191E+00 :
7.5574E+00 :
2 |
2
| A2
|
5.0000E+00 :
1.8086E+00 :
1.2854E+00 :
9.8005E-01 :
8.0972E-01 :
6.3827E-01 :
3 |
3
| A3
|
5.0000E+00 :
9.0000E+00 :
9.2569E+00 :
8.5793E+00 :
8.5881E+00 :
8.4451E+00 :
4 |
4
| A4
|
5.0000E+00 :
3.0356E+00 :
3.3196E+00 :
3.3145E+00 :
3.4713E+00 :
3.5531E+00 :
5 |
5
| A5
|
5.0000E+00 :
2.6696E+00 :
1.1306E+00 :
6.7799E-01 :
4.0678E-01 :
2.4407E-01 :
6 |
6
| A6
|
5.0000E+00 :
1.8086E+00 :
1.2854E+00 :
9.8005E-01 :
8.0972E-01 :
6.3827E-01 :
7 |
7
| A7
|
5.0000E+00 :
6.7380E+00 :
7.5133E+00 :
6.5181E+00 :
6.4789E+00 :
6.2868E+00 :
8 |
8
| A8
|
5.0000E+00 :
5.3387E+00 :
4.0911E+00 :
5.0533E+00 :
4.8353E+00 :
5.0332E+00 :
9 |
9
| A9
|
5.0000E+00 :
4.8307E+00 :
4.6313E+00 :
4.6936E+00 :
4.9093E+00 :
5.0248E+00 :
10 |
10
| A10
|
5.0000E+00 :
2.2236E+00 :
1.3882E+00 :
1.2902E+00 :
9.7214E-01 :
8.3043E-01 :
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL |
EXTERNAL
|
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID.
|
LABEL
|
6
:
7
:
8
:
9
:
10
:
11
:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| A1
|
7.6879E+00 :
7.7337E+00 :
7.8566E+00 :
7.8665E+00 :
7.9267E+00 :
2 |
2
| A2
|
4.6169E-01 :
3.6299E-01 :
2.4340E-01 :
1.8105E-01 :
1.1949E-01 :
3 |
3
| A3
|
8.3136E+00 :
8.2719E+00 :
8.1506E+00 :
8.1431E+00 :
8.0690E+00 :
4 |
4
| A4
|
3.6911E+00 :
3.7331E+00 :
3.8545E+00 :
3.8673E+00 :
3.9281E+00 :
5 |
5
| A5
|
1.4644E-01 :
8.7864E-02 :
5.2718E-02 :
3.1658E-02 :
1.8995E-02 :
6 |
6
| A6
|
4.6169E-01 :
3.6299E-01 :
2.4340E-01 :
1.8105E-01 :
1.1949E-01 :
7 |
7
| A7
|
6.1055E+00 :
6.0343E+00 :
5.8732E+00 :
5.8515E+00 :
5.7556E+00 :
8 |
8
| A8
|
5.2173E+00 :
5.2757E+00 :
5.4508E+00 :
5.4628E+00 :
5.5563E+00 :
9 |
9
| A9
|
5.2201E+00 :
5.2795E+00 :
5.4454E+00 :
5.4669E+00 :
5.5591E+00 :
10 |
10
| A10
|
6.4001E-01 :
5.1250E-01 :
3.4406E-01 :
2.5765E-01 :
1.6734E-01 :
*** USER INFORMATION MESSAGE 6464 (DOM12E)
10.
Objective Function
4-13
4-14
BEAM VIBRATION FREQUENCY AS A DESIGN

CONSTRAINT (M. J. Turner 1970)
Purpose: To illustrate design optimization subject to constraints on
eigenvalue.
Z
A1
6"
A2
A3
t1
t2
t3
20"
20"
20"
Objective
Structural weight minimization
Constraint
Fundamental transverse vibration frequency 20 Hz
Design variables
A1, A2, A3 (bar cross-sectional areas)
t1, t2, t3 (web thickness)
4-15

CONSTRAINT (Cont.)
nastran oldq4k
ID MSC, D200X6 $
TIME 10
SOL 200
$ OPTIMIZATION
CEND
TITLE
= VIBRATION OF A BEAM.
D200X6
ECHO
= UNSORT
DISP
= ALL
STRESS
= ALL
METHOD
= 1
ANALYSIS = MODES
DESOBJ(MIN) = 1
DESSUB =
10
$
BEGIN BULK
$
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$ ANALYSIS MODEL:
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$
EIGRL, 1,
,
,
GRID,
1,
,
0.0,
0.0,
-3.0,
,
123456
GRID,
2,
,
20.0,
0.0,
-3.0,
,
2456
GRID,
3,
,
40.0,
0.0,
-3.0,
,
2456
GRID,
4,
,
60.0,
0.0,
-3.0,
,
2456
GRID,
5,
,
0.0,
0.0,
3.0,
,
123456
GRID,
6,
,
20.0,
0.0,
3.0,
,
2456
GRID,
7,
,
40.0,
0.0,
3.0,
,
2456
GRID,
8,
,
60.0,
0.0,
3.0,
,
2456
$
CROD,
1,
201,
5,
6
CROD,
2,
202,
6,
7
CROD,
3,
203,
7,
8
CROD,
7,
201,
1,
2
CROD,
8,
202,
2,
3
CROD,
9,
203,
3,
4
PROD,
201,
1,
1.0,
0.0
PROD,
202,
1,
1.0,
0.0
PROD,
203,
1,
1.0,
0.0
$
CQUAD4, 4,
204,
1,
2,
6,
5
CQUAD4, 5,
205,
2,
3,
7,
6
CQUAD4, 6,
206,
3,
4,
8,
7
PSHELL, 204,
1,
0.2
PSHELL, 205,
1,
0.2
PSHELL, 206,
1,
0.2
$
4-16

CONSTRAINT (Cont.)
CONM2, 10,
2,
,
15.0
CONM2, 11,
3,
,
15.0
CONM2, 12,
4,
,
15.0
CONM2, 14,
6,
,
15.0
CONM2, 15,
7,
,
15.0
CONM2, 16,
8,
,
15.0
$
MAT1,
1,
1.03E7, ,
0.3,
0.1
PARAM, WTMASS, 0.002588
PARAM, GRDPNT, 1
$
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$ DESIGN MODEL:
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$
$...Define the design variables
$DESVAR,ID,
LABEL, XINIT, XLB,
XUB,
DELXV
$
DESVAR, 1,
A1,
1.0,
0.01,
100.0
DESVAR, 2,
A2,
1.0,
0.01,
100.0
DESVAR, 3,
A3,
1.0,
0.01,
100.0
DESVAR, 4,
T1,
0.2,
0.001, 10.0
DESVAR, 5,
T2,
0.2,
0.001, 10.0
DESVAR, 6,
T3,
0.2,
0.001, 10.0
$
$DVPREL1,ID,
TYPE,
PID,
FID,
PMIN,
PMAX,
C0,
,
+
$+,
DVIDD1, COEF1, DVID2, COEF2, ...
$
DVPREL1,1,
PROD,
201,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP1
+DP1,
1,
1.0
DVPREL1,2,
PROD,
202,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP2
+DP2,
2,
1.0
DVPREL1,3,
PROD,
203,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP3
+DP3,
3,
1.0
DVPREL1,4,
PSHELL, 204,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP4
+DP4,
4,
1.0
DVPREL1,5,
PSHELL, 205,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP5
+DP5,
5,
1.0
DVPREL1,6,
PSHELL, 206,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP6
+DP6,
6,
1.0
$
$...Identify the analysis responses to be used in the design model
$DRESP1,ID,
ATTB,
ATT1,
+
$+,
ATT2,
...
$
DRESP1, 1,
W,
WEIGHT
DRESP1, 2,
F1,
EIGN,
,
,
1
$
4-17

CONSTRAINT (Cont.)
$...Use these responses to define the objective (in case control)
$
and the constraints:
$DCONSTR,DCID, RID,
LALLOW, UALLOW
DCONSTR,10,
2,
15791., 200000.0
$ lower bound = 20 Hz
$
$...Optional override of design optimization parameters:
DOPTPRM, IPRINT,2,
DESMAX, 10,
DELP,
0.5,
P1,
1,
+,
P2,
15
$
ENDDATA
4-18
BEAM VIBRATION FREQUENCY AS A DESIGN CONSTRAINT (Cont.)

**************************************************************************************
4-19

1.0000E-03
OR
1.0000E-20
5.0000E-03
1.0000E-03
AND
1.0000E-03
**************************************************************************************

***************************************************************
S U M M A R Y
O F
D E S I G N
C Y C L E
H I S T O R Y
***************************************************************

7
6
4-20

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------OBJECTIVE FROM
OBJECTIVE FROM
FRACTIONAL ERROR
MAXIMUM VALUE
CYCLE
APPROXIMATE
EXACT
OF
OF
NUMBER
OPTIMIZATION
ANALYSIS
APPROXIMATION
CONSTRAINT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INITIAL
1.920000E+01
N/A
9.599569E+00
9.599999E+00
-4.480283E-05
9.583256E-02
7.769873E+00
7.771017E+00
-1.472050E-04
1.124312E-02
7.153115E+00
7.153544E+00
-5.999172E-05
-8.152450E-03
7.007634E+00
7.007762E+00
-1.830387E-05
6.831794E-04
6.964279E+00
6.964198E+00
1.157139E-05
2.233088E-03
6
6.962721E+00
6.962722E+00
-2.054529E-07
2.271554E-03
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL |
EXTERNAL
|
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID.
|
LABEL
|
INITIAL
:
1
:
2
:
3
:
4
:
5
:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| A1
|
1.0000E+00 :
5.0000E-01 :
7.5000E-01 :
7.9516E-01 :
8.1118E-01 :
8.2894E-01 :
2 |
2
| A2
|
1.0000E+00 :
5.0000E-01 :
3.3388E-01 :
4.2236E-01 :
4.3278E-01 :
4.3948E-01 :
3 |
3
| A3
|
1.0000E+00 :
5.0000E-01 :
2.5000E-01 :
1.5584E-01 :
1.3189E-01 :
1.1434E-01 :
4 |
4
| T1
|
2.0000E-01 :
1.0000E-01 :
1.0296E-01 :
6.6512E-02 :
5.3757E-02 :
5.0283E-02 :
5 |
5
| T2
|
2.0000E-01 :
1.0000E-01 :
5.0000E-02 :
4.6829E-02 :
4.7047E-02 :
4.3168E-02 :
6 |
6
| T3
|
2.0000E-01 :
1.0000E-01 :
5.0000E-02 :
2.5000E-02 :
2.4560E-02 :
2.5978E-02 :
4-21
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL |
EXTERNAL
|
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID.
|
LABEL
|
6
:
7
:
8
:
9
:
10
:
11
:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| A1
|
8.2998E-01 :
2 |
2
| A2
|
4.3973E-01 :
3 |
3
| A3
|
1.1371E-01 :
4 |
4
| T1
|
4.9550E-02 :
5 |
5
| T2
|
4.2818E-02 :
6 |
6
| T3
|
2.6718E-02 :
6.

CONSTRAINT RESULTS
4-22

CONSTRAINT RESULTS (Cont.)
4-23

CONSTRAINT RESULTS (Cont.)
SECTION 5
SPECIAL MODELING TOPICS I
DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
DLINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
REDUCED BASIS FORMULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
DESIGN RESPONSES AND CASE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
MODE TRACKING FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
MODE TRACKING REQUEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
MODE TRACKING PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
EQUALITY CONSTRAINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
FREQUENCY MATCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING
Design variable linking enforces a design variable dependence on

other, independent variables.
The DLINK entry is used to write this dependence.
5-1
DLINK
Multiple Design Variable Linking
DLINK
Relates
one design variable to one or more other design variables.
Format:
1
DLINK
ID
DDVID
C0
CMULT
IDV1
C1
IDV2
C2
IDV3
C3
-etc.-
10
0.1
0.33
2.0
1.0
7.0
10
Example:
DLINK
Field
Contents
ID
DDVID
Dependent design variable identification number. (Integer > 0)
C0
Constant term. (Real; Default = 0.0)
CMULT
Constant multiplier. (Real; Default = 1.0)
IDVi
Independent design variable identification number. (Integer > 0)
Ci
Coefficient i corresponding to IDVi. (Real)
Remarks:
1.
DLINK defines the relationship

DDVID = C0 + CMULT Ci IDVi
i
2.
This capability provides a means of linking physical design variables such as element
thicknesses to nonphysical design variables such as the coefficients of interpolating
functions.
3.
CMULT provides a simple means of scaling the Ci. For example if Ci = 1/7, 2/7, 4/7, etc.
is desired, then CMULT = 1/7 and Ci = 1, 2, 4, etc., may be input.
4.
An independent IDVi must not occur on the same DLINK entry more than once.
5.
ID is for user reference only.
5-2
DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING (Cont.)

For example, consider a simple plate, in which the redesigned
thickness distribution is to vary linearly:
y
t1
0
t2
10.
t3
20.
t4
30. 40.
t4 t1
t i = ---------------- x i + t 1
30
so,
2
1
t 2 = --- t 1 + --- t 4
3
3
1
2
t 3 = --- t 1 + --- t 4
3
3
5-3

The DLINK entries can be written as:
DESVAR, 1,
T1,
1.,
0.01,
5.
DESVAR, 1,
T2,
1.,
0.01,
5.
DESVAR, 1,
T3,
1.,
0.01,
5.
DESVAR, 1,
T4,
1.,
0.01,
5.
$
DLINK, 11,
2,
0.,
0.333, 1,
2.,
4,
1.
DLINK, 12,
3,
0.,
0.333, 1,
1.,
4,
2.
$
DVPREL1,21,
PSHELL, 101,
4,
0.01,
5.,
,
,
+
+,
1,
1.0
DVPREL1,22,
PSHELL, 102,
4,
0.01,
5.,
,
,
+
+,
2,
1.0
DVPREL1,23,
PSHELL, 103,
4,
0.01,
5.,
,
,
+
+,
3,
1.0
DVPREL1,24,
PSHELL, 104,
4,
0.01,
5.,
,
,
+
+,
4,
1.0
$
$.......2.......3.......4.......5.......6.......7.......8.......9.......0
The only independent variables are t1 and t4. t2 and t3 are the
dependent quantities. The design space is now two-dimensional,
rather than four.
Reducing the number of independent design variables offers greater
advantages for large design problems.
5-4
REDUCED BASIS FORMULATIONS

Reduced basis formulations are conceptually similar to design
variable linking, but can be implemented in a number of ways.
Consider a plate to be designed with uniform thickness distribution:
Plate Thickness Distribution
y
x=0
t1
t2
t10
x=L
5-5
REDUCED BASIS FORMULATIONS (Cont.)

Basis Functions
F(x/L)
1.0
F1
F2
F3
0.5
1.0
x
F 1 --- = C 1
L
x
x
F 2 --- = C 1 1 ---
L
L
x
x 2
F 3 --- = C 1 1 ---
L
L
C 1 = 1.0
5-6
x/L

These variations can be written as linear combinations of basis
vectors:
t1
1.0
t2
1.0
t
1.0
3
t
1.0
4
t
1.0
5
=
1.0
t6
1.0
t7
1.0
t8
t
1.0
9
t
1.0
10
1.0
1.0
0.9
0.81
0.8
0.64
0.7
0.49
0.4
x1
0.36
x2
0.25
x3
0.16
0.3
0.09
0.2
0.04
0.1
0.01
0.6
0.5
In general, a reduced basis formulation is expressed as:

{ p } M = [ T ] MXN { x } N
where M N
5-7

Since these are linear design variable to property relations, we can
use DVPREL1 entries:
$PSHELL,PID,
PSHELL, 101,
PSHELL, 102,
PSHELL, 103,
PSHELL, 104,
PSHELL, 105,
PSHELL, 106,
PSHELL, 107,
PSHELL, 108,
PSHELL, 109,
PSHELL, 110,
$
$DESVAR,ID,
DESVAR, 1,
DESVAR, 2,
DESVAR, 3,
$
$DVPREL1,ID,
$+,
DVID1,
DVPREL1,201,
+,
1,
DVPREL1,202,
+,
1,
DVPREL1,203,
+,
1,
DVPREL1,204,
+,
1,
DVPREL1,205,
+,
1,
DVPREL1,206,
+,
1,
DVPREL1,207,
+,
1,
DVPREL1,208,
+,
1,
DVPREL1,209,
+,
1,
DVPREL1,210,
+,
1,
MID1,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
T,
1.0,
1.0,
1.0,
1.0,
1.0,
1.0,
1.0,
1.0,
1.0,
1.0,
MID2,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
100,
12I/T3
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
MID3
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
LABEL,
X1,
X2,
X3,
XINIT,
0.33,
0.33,
0.33,
XLB,
-1.0,
-1.0,
-1.0,
XUB,
+1.0
+1.0
+1.0
DELXV
TYPE,
COEF1,
PSHELL,
1.0,
PSHELL,
1.0,
PSHELL,
1.0,
PSHELL,
1.0,
PSHELL,
1.0,
PSHELL,
1.0,
PSHELL,
1.0,
PSHELL,
1.0,
PSHELL,
1.0,
PSHELL,
1.0,
PID,
DVID2,
101,
2,
102,
2,
103,
2,
104,
2,
105,
2,
106,
2,
107,
2,
108,
2,
109,
2,
110,
2,
FID,
COEF2,
4,
1.0,
4,
0.9,
4,
0.8,
4,
0.7,
4,
0.6,
4,
0.5,
4,
0.4,
4,
0.3,
4,
0.2,
4,
0.1,
PMIN,
...
0.01,
3,
0.01,
3,
0.01,
3,
0.01,
3,
0.01,
3,
0.01,
3,
0.01,
3,
0.01,
3,
0.01,
3,
0.01,
3,
PMAX,
C0,
,
1.0
,
0.81
,
0.64
,
0.49
,
0.36
,
0.25
,
0.16
,
0.09
,
0.04
,
0.01
5-8
DESIGN RESPONSES AND CASE CONTROL

Specifying DRESP1 entries ensures that all necessary data recovery
is done automatically. (Internally, design optimization Case Control
Sections are written to ensure all necessary responses are
recovered.)
In general, Case Control output requests are for output/
postprocessing purposes only. (PARAM,NASPRT,n can be used to
control frequency of this output.)
Exceptions:
Dynamic Responses
Magnitude/phase or real/imaginary representations are selected
using Case Control
Example:
SUBCASE 10
ANALYSIS = DFREQ
SET 200 = 1000,1001,1003
DISPLACEMENT(PHASE) = 200
All displacement components will be in magnitude/phase form both
in the design model and in the analysis output. The SET request is
not required.
5-9
DESIGN RESPONSES AND CASE CONTROL (Cont.)

Stress/Strain
von Mises, or maximum shear, are selectable in Case Control, both
for data recovery and for the design model.
Example:
SUBCASE 20
ANALYSIS = STATICS
SET 200 = 1000,1001,1003
STRESS(MAXS) = 200
Stresses for all elements are represented as maximum shears,
both for data recovery of the analysis model and for response
retrieval of the design model.
5-10
MODE TRACKING FEATURES

Useful when eigenvalues (e.g., first roof bending, first torsional,
etc.) are being designed
Modes are tracked based on a cross-orthogonality check:
t
i Mi i 1 = ti
Updated DRESP1 data available in the .pch file
$
$ Mode Tracking has been performed successfully. Updated
DRESP1 entries are:
$
DRESP1 301LFREQ FREQ 2
DRESP1 303HFREQ FREQ 4
If mode tracking fails, correlation data for the untracked mode(s) is

printed and the run is terminated.
Mode tracking is requested by Case Control entry: MODTRAK.
Parameters for mode tracking are specified by Bulk Data Entry:
MODTRAK.
5-11
MODTRAK
Mode Tracking Request
MODTRAKmode tracking options in design optimization (SOL 200).

Selects
Format:
MODTRAK = n
Example:
MODTRAK = 100
Describer
Meaning
Set identification of a MODTRAK Bulk Data entry. (Integer > 0)
Remark:
1.
Selection of a MODTRAK Bulk Data entry with the MODTRAK Case Control command
activates mode tracking for the current subcase. This request is limited to normal modes
subcases (ANALYSIS = MODES) in design optimization (SOL 200).
5-12
MODTRAK
Mode Tracking Parameters

MODTRAK parameters for mode tracking in design optimization (SOL 200).
Specifies
Format:
1
MODTRAK
SID
10
LOWRNG HIGHRNG MTFILTER
Example:
MODTRAK
100
26
0.80
Field
Contents
SID
Sets identification number that is selected in the Case Control Section with the
MODTRAK command. (Integer; No Default) See Remark 1.
LOWRNG
Lowest mode number in range to search. See Remark 2.

Default = 0. If nonzero, LOWRNG < HIGHRNG.)
HIGHRNG
Highest mode number in range to search. See Remark 2. (Integer > 0,

Default = number of eigenvalues extracted. If nonzero, LOWRNG < HIGHRNG.)
MTFILTER
Filtering parameter used in mode cross-orthogonality check. See Remark 3.

(Real, Default = 0.9)
(Integer 0,
Remarks:
1.
Only the designed modes for the subcase will be tracked. A designed mode is one that is
used in the design model (in connection with either objective or constraints) and, therefore, identified on a DRESP1 entry.
2.
The range of modes LOWRNG through HIGHRNG, inclusive, will be used to track the designed modes. If LOWRNG and HIGHRNG are both blank, then all computed modes will
be used to search for the designed modes. Since large numbers of computed modes will
result in higher computational costs, limiting the search range with LOWRNG and HIGHRNG is recommended.
3.
Modes are considered to correlate if their mass normalized cross orthogonalities are
greater than MTFILTER.
5-13
EQUALITY CONSTRAINTS
Equality constraints are not provided for directly, although they can
be formulated in MSC/NASTRAN.
The simplest way is to provide lower and upper bounds that are
equivalent:
r r(x) r
This can be written using a single DCONSTR entry
$
$ EIGENVALUE FOR MODE 2:
DRESP1, 15,
LAMA1, EIGN,
,
,
$
$ BOUNDS:
DCONSTR,100,
15,
3.5531E4,3.5531E4
$
$ 30 Hz
This approach is not recommended, since it usually doesnt lead to

the best conditioned problem. The bounds will probably never be
solved with equality.
The best way is to provide some tolerance or to recast the problem;
these are shown in the next example.
5-14
FREQUENCY MATCHING
Design objective:
Assume that the eigenvalues of a natural vibration problem
i, i + 1, i + 2, are found from an analysis of the current model.
Since the results of the shake tests indicate that they should be
i, i + 1, i + 2, we wish to make adjustments to a set of
structural parameters to match both the analysis and test results
Approach 1
Use equality constraints or two narrowly defined inequality
constraints
i i i +
Approach 2
Form a new synthetic response as the sum of frequency errors
squared and minimize it
ERR = ( 1.0 i i )2 + ( 1.0 ( i + 1 i + 1 ) )2 +
5-15
5-16
SECTION 6
DESIGN MODELING II
DESIGN MODEL DEFINITION PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
USER-DEFINED DESIGN VARIABLE-TO-PROPERTY RELATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
DVPREL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
DEQATN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
DTABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
EXAMPLE DEFINING A RECTANGULAR SECTION BAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
USER-DEFINED RESPONSES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
DRESP2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
EXAMPLE DEFORMATION CONTROL WITH TYPE-2 RESPONSES. . . . . . . . . 6-16
EXAMPLE BAR AXIAL PLUS BENDING STRESSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
RESTRICTIONS IN FORMING SYNTHETIC RESPONSES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
DESIGN MODEL DEFINITION PROCESS

Flowchart for Design Modeling

Case Control: Analysis +)

(Bulk Data: DESVAR)

Analysis Model:
(Bulk Data: DVPREL1, DVPREL2, DEQATN)

(Bulk Data: DRESP1, DRESP2, DEQATN)

Provide any necessary

parameter overrides
(Bulk Data: DOPTPRM)
6-1
USER-DEFINED DESIGN VARIABLE-TO-PROPERTY

RELATIONS
Analysis model parameters can be classified depending on how
theyre referenced in the design model:
Analysis
Model
Parameters
PL
Po
f(X,C)
C2
X DVPREL1
=
PNL
DVPREL2
In order to define a property with an equation, DVPREL2, DEQATN,

and possibly, DTABLE entries are used.
6-2
DVPREL2
DVPREL2
Variable
Relation
Defines the relation between an analysis model property and design Design
variables
withtoaProperty
user-supplied
equation.
Format:
1
DVPREL2
ID
TYPE
PID
FID
PMIN
PMAX
EQID
DESVAR
DVID1
DVID2
DVID3
-etc.-
DTABLE
LABL1
LABL2
LABL3
-etc.-
13
PBAR
712
0.2
DESVAR
11
13
DTABLE
PI
YM
10
Example:
DVPREL2
Field
Contents
ID
TYPE
PID
FID
Field position of the property in the analysis model entry. (Integer 0)
PMIN
location field, then the default value for PMIN is 1.0+35. PMIN must be
explicitly set to a negative number for properties that may be less than zero (for
example, field ZO on the PCOMP entry). (Real; Default = 1.E20)
PMAX
EQID
DEQATN entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
DESVAR
DESVAR flag. Indicates that the IDs of DESVAR entries follow. (Character)
DVIDi
DTABLE
DTABLE flag. Indicates that the IDs for the constants in a DTABLE entry follow.
This field may be omitted if there are no constants involved in this relation.
(Character)
LABLi
Label for a constant on the DTABLE entry. (Integer > 0)

(Continued)
6-3
DVPREL2
Remarks:
1.
The variables identified by DVIDi and LABLi correspond to variable names (x1, x2, etc.)
listed in the left-hand side of the first equation on the DEQATN entry identified by EQID.
The variable names x1 through xN (where N = m + n) are assigned in the order DVID1,
DVID2, ..., DVIDn, LABL1, LABL2, ..., LABLm.
2.
If both DESVAR and DTABLE are specified in field 2, DESVAR must appear first.
3.
on a property entry. If FID < 0, it identifies the word position of an entry in EPT. For
example, to specify the area of a PBAR, either FID = +4 or FID = 3 may be used. However, if PTYPE = PBEAM, FID must be negative. See Remark 4 on the DVPREL1 entry
description for specification of the PBEAM element property tables.
4.
6-4
DEQATN
Design Equation Definition
DEQATN one or more equations for use in design sensitivity or p-element analysis.
Defines
Format:
1
DEQATN
EQID
10
EQUATION
EQUATION (Cont.)
Example:
DEQATN
14
F1(A, B, C, D, R) = A + B C (D 3 + 10.0) + sin(PI(1) R)

+ A 2/(B C); F = A + B F1 D
Field
Contents
EQID
Unique equation identification number. (Integer > 0)
EQUATION
Equation(s). See Remarks. (Character)
Remarks:
1.
EQUATION is a single equation or a set of nested equations and is specified in fields 3

through 9 on the first entry and may be continued on fields 2 through 9 on the continuation
entries. On the continuation entries, no commas can appear in columns 1 through 8. All
data in fields 2 through 9 must be specified in columns 9 through 72. The large-field format is not allowed.
A single equation has the following format:
variable-1 (x1, x2, ..., xn) = expression-1
A set of nested equations is separated by semicolons and has the format:
variable-1 (x1, x2, ..., xn) = expression-1;
variable-2 = expression-2;
etc...................
variable-m = expression-m
Expression-i is a collection of constants, real variables, and real functions, separated by
operators, and must produce a single real value. (x1, x2, ..., xn) is the list of all the variable names (except variable-i) that appear in all expressions. Variable-i may be used in
subsequent expressions. The last equation, variable-m = expression-m, provides the
value that is returned to the Bulk Data entry that references EQID; e.g., DRESP2. The
example above represents the following mathematical equations:
(Continued)
6-5
DEQATN

2
A
3
F 1 = A + B C ( D + 10 ) + sin ( PI ( 1 ) R ) + -------------BC
F = A + B F1 D
where SIN and PI are intrinsic functions. See Remark 4.
2.
EQUATION may contain embedded blanks. EQUATION must contain less than 12,500
nonblank characters. This is equivalent to approximately 195 continuation entries.
3.
The syntax of the expressions follows FORTRAN language standards. The allowable
arithmetic operations are shown in Table 1 in the order of execution precedence. Parenthesis are used to change the order of precedence. Operations within parentheses are
performed first with the usual order of precedence being maintained within the
parentheses.
Table 1. DEQATN Entry Operators.
Operator
Operation
Sample Expressions
Interpreted As
, +
Negative or Positive immediately

preceded by exponentiation
XY
X(Y)
Exponentiation
XY
(XY)
, +
Negative or Positive
XY
(X)Y
, /
Multiplication or Division
XY+Z
(XY)+Z
+,
Addition or Subtraction
X+Y
X+Y
4.
The expressions may contain intrinsic functions. Table 2 contains the format and descriptions of functions that may appear in the expressions. The use of functions that may be
discontinuous must be used with caution because they can cause discontinuous derivatives. These are ABS, DIM, MAX, MIN, and MOD. For examples and further details see
the MSC/NASTRAN DMAP Module Dictionary.
(Continued)
6-6
DEQATN

Table 2. DEQATN Entry Functions.
Format
Description
Mathematical Expression
ABS(x)
absolute value
|x|
ACOS(x)
arccosine
ACOSH(x)
hyperbolic arccosine
ASIN(x)
arcsine
ASINH(x)
hyperbolic arcsine
ATAN(x)
arctangent
ATAN2(x,y)
arctangent of quotient
ATANH(x)
hyperbolic arctangent
ATANH2(x,y)
hyperbolic arctangent of quotient
COS(x)
cosine
cos x
COSH(x)
hyperbolic cosine
cosh x
DIM(x,y)
positive difference
x MIN(x,y)
EXP(x)
exponential
LOG(x)
natural logarithm
loge x
LOG10(x)
common logarithm
log10 x
LOGX(x,y)
base x logarithm
logx y
MAX(x1, x2, ...)
maximum
maximum of x1, etc.
MIN(x1, x2, ...)
minimum
minimum of x1, etc.
MOD(x,y)
remainder (modulo)
x y (INT(x/y))
PI(x)
multiples of pi ()
SIN(x)
sine
sin x
SINH(x)
hyperbolic sine
sinh x
SQRT(x)
square root
TAN(x)
tangent
tan x
TANH(x)
hyperbolic tangent
tanh x
-1
cos
cosh
-1
-1
sin
sinh
tan
tan
x
x
-1
-1
-1
x
(x/y)
-1
tanh
-1
tanh
x
(x/y)
6-7
DEQATN
5.
If the DEQATN entry is referenced by the:

a.
DVPREL2 entry, then xi represents the DVIDj and LABLk fields.
b.
DRESP2 entry, then xi represents the DVIDj, LABLk, NRm, and Gp fields in that
order.
c.
GMLOAD, GMBC, or TEMPF entries, then

x1 represents x in the basic coordinate system,
x2 represents y in the basic coordinate system, and
x3 represents z in the basic coordinate system.
d.
GMCURV entry, then

x1 represents line parameter u.
e.
GMSURF entry, then

x1 represents surface parameter u and
x2 represents surface parameter v.
6.
If the DEQATN entry is referenced by the GMLOAD, GMBC, TEMPF, GMCURV, or

GMSURF entries and your computer has a short word length (e.g., 32 bits/word), then
EQUATION is processed with double precision and constants may be specified in double
precision; e.g., 1.2D0. If your machine has a long word length (e.g., 64 bits/word) then
EQUATION is processed in single precision and constants must be specified in single precision; e.g., 1.2.
7.
The DMAP logical operators NOT, AND, OR < XOR, and XQV cannot be used as Xi
names.
8.
Input errors on the DEQATN entry often result in poor messages. Substituting a [ for a
parenthesis or violating the restriction against large field format are examples. Known
messages are UFM 215, SFM 233 and UFM 5199. If any of these messages are encountered then review the DEQATN entry input.
6-8
DTABLE
Table Constants
DTABLE a table of real constants that are used in equations (see DEQATN entry).
Defines
Table Constants
Format:
1
DTABLE
LABL1
VALU1
LABL2
VALU2
LABL3
VALU3
LABL4
VALU4
LABL5
VALU5
LABL6
VALU6
-etc.-
PI
3.142
10.1
1.0E6
0.1
5.5E5
100.
Example:
DTABLE
Field
Contents
LABLi
Label for the constant. (Character)
VALUi
Value of the constant. (Real)
Remarks:
1.
Only one DTABLE entry may be specified in the Bulk Data Section.
2.
LABLi are referenced by the LABi on the DVPREL2 or DRESP2 entries.
6-9
10
EXAMPLE DEFINING A RECTANGULAR

SECTION BAR
b = 0.3
h = 0.4
A = bh
h
1
C 1 = --- b
2
1
C 2 = --- h
2
bh
I 1 = ---------12
hb
I 2 = ---------12
$...ANALYSIS MODEL PROPERTIES:

PBAR,
120,
220,
0.12,
9.0E-4, 1.6E-3, ,
+,
-.15,
.2
$
$...BAR CROSS-SECTIONAL DIMENSIONS:
$ESVAR, ID,
LABEL, XINIT, XLB,
XUB,
DELXV
DESVAR, 10,
B1,
.3,
.1,
1.0
DESVAR, 11,
H1,
.4,
.1,
$
$...BAR PROPERTY RELATIONS, A, I1, I2:
$DVPREL2,ID,
TYPE,
PID,
FID,
$+,
DESVAR,DVID1, DVID2, ...,
$+,
DTABLE,CID1,
CID2,
...
DVPREL2,250,
PBAR,
120,
4,
+,
DESVAR, 10,
11
DVPREL2,251,
PBAR,
120,
5,
+,
DESVAR, 10,
11
DVPREL2,252,
PBAR,
120,
6,
+,
DESVAR, 10,
11
$
$...EQUATIONS:
DEQATN 501
AREA(B,H) = B*H
DEQATN 502
I1(B,H) = B*H**3/12.
DEQATN 503
I2(B,H) = H*B**3/12.
$
$...STRESS RECOVERY POINT LOCATIONS:
$DVPREL1,ID,
TYPE,
PID,
FID,
$+,
DVID1, COEF1, DVID2, COEF2,
DVPREL1,260,
PBAR,
120,
12,
+,
10,
-.5
DVPREL1,261,
PBAR,
120,
13,
+,
11,
.5
6-10
1.0
PMIN,
,
PMAX,
,
EQID,
,
,
,
+
+
501,
1.0E-5, ,
502,
1.0E-5, ,
503,
PMIN,
...
-.5,
PMAX,
C0,
.05,
USER-DEFINED RESPONSES
Design responses can be classified based on how they are defined:
DRESP1
Design
=
Responses
Simple
Responses
(Type 1)
Synthetic
Responses
(Type 2)
Responses obtained directly from

an MSC/NASTRAN analysis
DRESP2
Responses written using equations
Type 2, or second-level responses, can be written as functions of:

Design Variables
Table Constants
Type 1 Response(s)
Grid Coordinates
DVPREL1 Entries
6-11
USER-DEFINED RESPONSES (Cont.)

Examples:
Generation of a new stress or strain failure criterion that is not
available in MSC/NASTRAN
Imposing local buckling criteria based on element sizes as well as
stress components
Programming proprietary design-sizing equations
Generation of nonlinear
displacement magnitudes:
U =
displacement
responses
such
as
ux + uy + uz
More complex relations among displacements could be formed by

combining with MPC and RBE3 capabilities.
A second level response is written using a DRESP2 Bulk Data entry,
which in turn references a DEQATN entry.
6-12
DRESP2
Design Sensitivity Equation Response Quantities
DRESP2 equation responses that are used in the design, either

Design
Equation
Quantities
Defines
asSensitivity
constraints
or asResponse
an objective.
Format:
1
DRESP2
ID
LABEL
EQID
REGION
DESVAR
DVID1
DVID2
DVID3
DVID4
DVID5
DVID6
DVID7
DVID8
-etc.-
LABL1
LABL2
LABL3
LABL4
LABL5
LABL6
LABL7
LABL8
-etc.-
NR1
NR2
NR3
NR4
NR5
NR6
NR7
NR8
-etc.-
G1
C1
G2
C2
G3
C3
G4
C4
-etc.-
DPIP1
DPIP2
DPIP3
DPIP4
DPIP5
DPIP6
DPIP7
DPIP8
DPIP9
-etc.-
LBUCK
DESVAR
101
205
209
DTABLE
DRESP1
DNODE
DVPREL1
Example:
DRESP2
201
DTABLE
PI
YM
DRESP1
14
22
33
DNODE
14
22
43
101
102
DVPREL1
Field
Contents
ID
LABEL

(Continued)
6-13
10
DRESP2
EQID
REGION
Region identifier for constraint screening. See Remark 5. (Integer > 0)
DESVAR
Flag indicating DESVAR entry identification numbers. (Character)
DVIDi
DTABLE
Flag indicating that the labels for the constants in a DTABLE entry follow.
(Character)
LABLj
Label for a constant in the DTABLE entry. (Character)
DRESP1
Flag indicating DRESP1 entry identification numbers. (Character)
NRk
DRESP1 entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
DNODE
Flag signifying that the following fields are designed grid points. See Remark 7.
(Character)
Gm
Grid point identification number. (Integer > 0)
Cm
Degree of freedom number of grid point Gm. (1 Integer 3)
DVPREL1
Flag indicating DVPREL1 entry identification number. (Character)
DPIPi
DVPREL1 entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1.
DRESP2 entries may only reference DESVAR, DTABLE, DRESP1, and DVPREL1 entries. They may not reference other DRESP2 entries.
2.
Referenced DRESP1 entries cannot span analysis types or superelements.
3.
DRESP2 entries must have unique identification numbers with respect to DRESP1
entries.
4.
The DESVAR, DTABLE, DRESP1, DNODE, and DVPREL1 flags in field 2 must
appear in the order given above. Any of these words, along with the identification numbers associated with them, may be omitted if they are not involved in this DRESP2
relationship. However, at least one of these four types of arguments must exist.
5.
The REGION field follows the same rules as for the DRESP1 entries. DRESP1 and
DRESP2 responses will never be contained in the same region, even if they are assigned
the same REGION identification number. The default is to put all responses referenced
by one DRESP2 entry in the same region.
(Continued)
6-14

6.
DRESP2
The variables identified by DVIDi, LABLj, NRk, the Gm, Cm pairs and DPIPi are assigned
(in that order) to the variable names (x1, x2, x3, etc.) specified in the left-hand side of the
first equation on the DEQATN entry referenced by EQID. The variable names x1 through
xN (N = m + n + p + q) are assigned in the order DVID1, ..., DVIDm, LABL1, ..., LABLn,
NR1, ..., NRp, G1, ..., Gq, DPIP1, ..., DPIPr. In the example below,
DESVARs 101 and 3 are assigned to arguments A and B.
DTABLEs PI and YM are assigned to arguments C and D.
Grid 14, Component 1 is assigned to argument R.
DRESP2
LBUCK
DESVAR
101
DTABLE
PI
YM
DNODE
14
DEQATN
7.
F1(A, B, C, D, R) = A + B C (D 3 + 10.0) + sin(C R)
(Gm, Cm) refer to a designed grid component. Depending on the scheme used in generating basis vectors, a designed grid component can be one of the following:
a.
A component defined by a DVGRID entry if manual input of DVGRID entries is used.
b.
A grid component that is free to move in a full auxiliary model when the external displacement fields are used.
c.
When the auxiliary model boundary shape method is used, a designed grid component can be either a loaded grid component in the auxiliary model or a grid
component with motion that is obtained from interpolation of boundary shapes.
d.
When the interface using geometric boundary shapes is used, a designed grid component is either a grid component defined on a DVGRID entry or one with motion that
is obtained from interpolation of boundary shapes.
6-15
EXAMPLE DEFORMATION CONTROL WITH

TYPE-2 RESPONSES
desired shape
deformed shape
u1
1
u2
2
u3
u4
4
original shape
Design objective:
Bar displaces but does not bend
Target displacements become:
2u 1 + u 4
u 2 = ----------------------3
and
u 1 + 2u 4
u 3 = ----------------------3
6-16
EXAMPLE DEFORMATION CONTROL WITH

TYPE-2 RESPONSES (Cont.)
A new response that represents a measure of deformation may be
expressed:
DEF =
2
2
( u 2 u 2 ) + ( u 3 u 3 )
$ IN CASE CONTROL:
$
DESOBJ(MIN) = 21
$
$ IN BULK DATA:
$
$...IDENTIFY THE FIRST-LEVEL DISPLACEMENT RESPONSES:
$
$DRESP1,ID,
ATTB,
ATT1,
+
$+,
ATT2,
...
DRESP1, 11,
UY1,
DISP,
,
,
2,
,
1
DRESP1, 12,
UY2,
DISP,
,
,
2,
,
2
DRESP1, 13,
UY3,
DISP,
,
,
2,
,
3
DRESP1, 14,
UY4,
DISP,
,
,
2,
,
4
$
$DRESP2,ID,
LABEL, EQID,
REGION, ,
,
,
,
+
$+,
DRESP1, NR1,
NR2,
...
DRESP2, 21,
DEF2,
100,
,
,
,
,
,
+
+,
DRESP1, 11,
12,
13,
14
$
DEQATN 100
F1(A,B,C,D) = (2.*A + D)/3.0 ;
+
+
F2
= (A + 2.*D)/3.0 ;
+
+
F
= SQRT( (B-F1)**2 + (C-F2)**2 )
$
$.......2.......3.......4.......5.......6.......7.......8.......9.......0
6-17
DRESP2 DEPENDENCY ON DRESP1 RESPONSES

Recall that a single DRESP1 entry may generate a number of responses.
There will likewise be as many DRESP2 responses generated when
referencing this type of DRESP1 response.
PID1
PID2
DRESP2
.
.
.
DRESP1
PIDm
6-18
EID1
EID2
.
.
.
EIDn
EXAMPLE BAR AXIAL PLUS BENDING STRESSES

Stress recovery locations for a BAR element yield only bending stress
components. DRESP2 entries can be used to include axial stress
component, yielding total stress.
$ ANALYSIS:
$
CBAR,
10,
CBAR,
11,
CBAR,
12,
CBAR,
13,
$
PBAR,
100,
+,
12.5,
$
$ DESIGN:
$
DRESP1, 110,
DRESP1, 111,
DRESP1, 112,
DRESP1, 113,
DRESP1, 114,
$
DRESP2, 210,
+,
DRESP1,
DRESP2, 211,
+,
DRESP1,
DRESP2, 212,
+,
DRESP1,
DRESP2, 213,
+,
DRESP1,
$
DEQATN 303
100,
100,
100,
100,
1,
2,
3,
4,
2,
3,
4,
5,
1.,
1.,
1.,
1.,
101,
25.,
1.25E3, 2.6042E5,6.5104E4,,
12.5,
-25.,
-12.5, -25.,
,
-12.5,
,
25.
SA1,
SA2,
SA3,
SA4,
AXIAL,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
PBAR,
PBAR,
PBAR,
PBAR,
PBAR,
,
,
,
,
,
2,
3,
4,
5,
6,
,
,
,
,
,
100
100
100
100
100
SR1,
110,
SR2,
111,
SR3,
112,
SR4,
113,
303,
114
303,
114
303,
114
303,
114
SRI(POINT,AXIAL) = POINT+AXIAL
6-19
1.,
1.,
1.,
1.,
0.
0.
0.
0.
+
RESTRICTIONS IN FORMING SYNTHETIC

RESPONSES
Different types of responses (for example, weight and
displacement) can be mixed in one equation with caution. Each
associated DRESP1 entry must generate a single response only.
Responses cannot be mixed across the subcases in one equation.
Multiple equations must be separated by a semi-colon (;) and no
recursive reference is allowed.
6-20
SECTION 7
EXAMPLES II
STIFFENED PANEL WEIGHT MINIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
25-BAR TRUSS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
CANTILEVER PLATE (REDUCED BASIS FORMULATION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
STIFFENED PANEL WEIGHT MINIMIZATION
Fz
Web Cap
10404
20204
Fx
10204
10203
Y
20200
10004
10400
10200
Web
Plate
10000
Load cases:
1.
In-plane load Nx=1000 lbs/in and uniform pressure 50 psi in the

+Z direction.
2.
Lumped vertical load of 10,000 lbs at grid 10203.
7-1
STIFFENED PANEL WEIGHT MINIMIZATION (Cont.)

Objective
Weight minimization
Constraints
Stress:
von Mises stress for plate elements 25 ksi for subcases
1, 2
Axial stress for rod elements 25 ksi for subcases 1, 2
Displacement:
z-displacement at 10203 0.1 in. for subcase 1
z-displacement at 10203 0.03 in. for subcase 2
7-2

Design variables
Thickness of web
Thickness of plate
Area of web cap
A 2
A 2
I 1 = I 1 ------- , I 2 = I 2 -------
0 A
0 A
0
1
--2
2
A
A
I 12 = I 12 ------- , C j = C j -------
0 A 0
0 A 0
7-3

ID MSC, D200X7 $
TIME 10
SOL 200
$ OPTIMIZATION
CEND
$
TITLE = STATIC ANALYSIS OF A STIFFENED PLATE
D200X7
ECHO
= UNSORT
DISP
= ALL
STRESS = ALL
SPC
= 1
ANALYSIS = STATICS
DESOBJ(MIN) = 15
$
(MIN IS THE DEFAULT)
SUBCASE 1
LOAD
= 1
DESSUB = 100
$ CONSTRAINT DEFININITION
SUBCASE 2
LOAD
= 2
DESSUB = 200
BEGIN BULK
$
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$ ANALYSIS MODEL:
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$
GRID,
10000, ,
0.0,
0.0,
0.0
GRID,
10001, ,
2.5,
0.0,
0.0
GRID,
10002, ,
5.0,
0.0,
0.0
GRID,
10003, ,
7.5,
0.0,
0.0
GRID,
10004, ,
10.0,
0.0,
0.0
GRID,
10100, ,
0.0,
2.5,
0.0
GRID,
10101, ,
2.5,
2.5,
0.0
GRID,
10102, ,
5.0,
2.5,
0.0
GRID,
10103, ,
7.5,
2.5,
0.0
GRID,
10104, ,
10.0,
2.5,
0.0
GRID,
10200, ,
0.0,
5.0,
0.0
GRID,
10201, ,
2.5,
5.0,
0.0
GRID,
10202, ,
5.0,
5.0,
0.0
GRID,
10203, ,
7.5,
5.0,
0.0
GRID,
10204, ,
10.0,
5.0,
0.0
GRID,
10300, ,
0.0,
7.5,
0.0
GRID,
10301, ,
2.5,
7.5,
0.0
GRID,
10302, ,
5.0,
7.5,
0.0
GRID,
10303, ,
7.5,
7.5,
0.0
GRID,
10304, ,
10.0,
7.5,
0.0
GRID,
10400, ,
0.0,
10.0,
0.0
GRID,
10401, ,
2.5,
10.0,
0.0
7-4

GRID,
GRID,
GRID,
GRID,
GRID,
GRID,
GRID,
GRID,
GRID,
GRID,
GRID,
GRID,
GRID,
$
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
$
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
CQUAD4,
$
CBAR,
CBAR,
CBAR,
CBAR,
$
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PBAR,
+PB3,
10402,
10403,
10404,
20100,
20101,
20102,
20103,
20104,
20200,
20201,
20202,
20203,
20204,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
5.0,
7.5,
10.0,
0.0,
2.5,
5.0,
7.5,
10.0,
0.0,
2.5,
5.0,
7.5,
10.0,
10.0,
10.0,
10.0,
5.0,
5.0,
5.0,
5.0,
5.0,
5.0,
5.0,
5.0,
5.0,
5.0,
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1,
2,
3,
4,
5,
6,
7,
8,
9,
10,
11,
12,
13,
14,
15,
16,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
10000,
10001,
10002,
10003,
10100,
10101,
10102,
10103,
10200,
10201,
10202,
10203,
10300,
10301,
10302,
10303,
10001,
10002,
10003,
10004,
10101,
10102,
10103,
10104,
10201,
10202,
10203,
10204,
10301,
10302,
10303,
10304,
10101,
10102,
10103,
10104,
10201,
10202,
10203,
10204,
10301,
10302,
10303,
10304,
10401,
10402,
10403,
10404,
10100
10101
10102
10103
10200
10201
10202
10203
10300
10301
10302
10303
10400
10401
10402
10403
21,
22,
23,
24,
25,
26,
27,
28,
2,
2,
2,
2,
2,
2,
2,
2,
10200,
10201,
10202,
10203,
20100,
20101,
20102,
20103,
10201,
10202,
10203,
10204,
20101,
20102,
20103,
20104,
20101,
20102,
20103,
20104,
20201,
20202,
20203,
20204,
20100
20101
20102
20103
20200
20201
20202
20203
31,
32,
33,
34,
3,
3,
3,
3,
20200,
20201,
20202,
20203,
20201,
20202,
20203,
20204,
0.0,
0.0,
0.0,
0.0,
1.0,
1.0,
1.0,
1.0,
1,
2,
3,
0.06,
1,
1,
1,
0.6,
0.15,
0.2,
0.144,
0.06,
1
1
1.728-4,1.728-2,1.745-2,,
-0.6,
-0.06, -0.6,
-0.06,
7-5
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
,
0.6
+PB3

$
MAT1,
1,
1.0E+7, ,
0.33,
0.283
$
FORCE, 1,
10004, ,
2000.0, 1.0,
0.0,
0.0
FORCE, 1,
10104, ,
2000.0, 1.0,
0.0,
0.0
FORCE, 1,
10204, ,
2000.0, 1.0,
0.0,
0.0
FORCE, 1,
10304, ,
2000.0, 1.0,
0.0,
0.0
FORCE, 1,
10404, ,
2000.0, 1.0,
0.0,
0.0
FORCE, 2,
10203, ,
10000.0,0.0,
0.0,
1.0
PLOAD2, 1,
50.,
1,
THRU,
16
$
SPC1,
1,
1236,
10000
SPC1,
1,
136,
10100, 10300, 10400
SPC1,
1,
36,
10001, 10002, 10003, 10004, 10104
SPC1,
1,
36,
10401, 10402, 10403, 10404, 10304
SPC1,
1,
3,
10204
SPC1,
1,
13,
10200
SPC1,
1,
5,
20100, 20101, 20102, 20103, 20104
SPC1,
1,
6,
10101, 10102, 10103, 10104
SPC1,
1,
6,
10301, 10302, 10303, 10304
$
PARAM, GRDPNT, 1
PARAM, WTMASS, 0.00259
PARAM, AUTOSPC, YES
$
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$ DESIGN MODEL:
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$
$...Define the design variables:
$
$DESVAR,ID,
LABEL, XINIT, XLB,
XUB,
DELXV
DESVAR, 1,
T-PLATE,0.15,
0.001, 10.0
DESVAR, 2,
T-WEB, 0.20,
0.001, 10.0
DESVAR, 3,
A-BAR, 0.144, 0.001, 10.0
$
$
(linear relations, so use DVPREL1)
$
$...Express shell thicknesses as functions of x1, x2:
$DVPREL1,ID,
TYPE,
PID,
FID,
PMIN,
PMAX,
C0,
,
+
$+,
DVPREL1,1,
PSHELL, 1,
4,
0.01,
,
,
,
+DP1
+DP1,
1,
1.0
DVPREL1,2,
PSHELL, 2,
4,
0.01,
,
,
,
+DP2
+DP2,
2,
1.0
$
$...Express bar cross sectional area as a function of x3:
DVPREL1,3,
PBAR,
3,
4,
0.01,
,
,
,
+DP3
7-6

+DP3,
3,
1.0
$
$...Proportionally relate bars I1, I2, I12 to changes in area (x3):
$
(nonlinear relations require use of DVPREL2+DEQATN)
$DVPREL2,ID,
TYPE,
PID,
FID,
PMIN,
PMAX,
EQID,
,
$+,
DESVAR,DVID1, DVID2, ...,
,
,
,
,
$+,
DTABLE,CID1,
CID2,
...
DVPREL2,11,
PBAR,
3,
5,
1.0-6, ,
101,
,
+,
DESVAR, 3,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DTABLE, X3INIT, I1INIT
DEQATN 101
I1(X3,X3INIT,I1INIT) = I1INIT
;
DELTA = SQRT(X3/X3INIT) ;
I1NEW = I1*DELTA**4
DVPREL2,12,
PBAR,
3,
6,
1.0-6, ,
102,
,
+,
DESVAR, 3,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DEQATN 102
;
I2NEW = I2*DELTA**4
DVPREL2,13,
PBAR,
3,
7,
1.0-6, ,
103,
,
+,
DESVAR, 3,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DEQATN 103
;
I12NEW = I12*DELTA**4
$
$...Modify stress recovery points accordingly:
DVPREL2,14,
PBAR,
3,
12,
,
,
104,
,
+,
DESVAR, 3,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DTABLE, X3INIT, CYINIT
DVPREL2,15,
PBAR,
3,
13,
,
,
104,
,
+,
DESVAR, 3,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DTABLE, X3INIT, CZINIT
DVPREL2,16,
PBAR,
3,
14,
,
,
104,
,
+,
DESVAR, 3,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DTABLE, X3INIT, DYINIT
DVPREL2,17,
PBAR,
3,
15,
-1.0,
,
104,
,
+,
DESVAR, 3,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DTABLE, X3INIT, DZINIT
DVPREL2,18,
PBAR,
3,
16,
-1.0,
,
104,
,
+,
DESVAR, 3,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DTABLE, X3INIT, EYINIT
DVPREL2,19,
PBAR,
3,
17,
-1.0,
,
104,
,
+,
DESVAR, 3,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DTABLE, X3INIT, EZINIT
DVPREL2,20,
PBAR,
3,
18,
-1.0,
,
104,
,
+,
DESVAR, 3,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DTABLE, X3INIT, FYINIT
DVPREL2,21,
PBAR,
3,
19,
,
,
104,
,
7-7
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

+,
DESVAR, 3,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+
+,
DTABLE, X3INIT, FZINIT
$
$...Equation for stress recovery points:
DEQATN 104
NEWPOINT(X3,X3INIT,POINT) = POINT*SQRT(X3/X3INIT)
$
$...Table constants for all equations:
DTABLE, X3INIT, 0.144, I1INIT, 1.728-4,I2INIT, 1.728-2,I12INIT,1.745-2,+
+,
CYINIT, 0.06,
CZINIT, 0.6,
DYINIT, 0.06,
DZINIT, -0.6,
+
+,
EYINIT, -0.06, EZINIT, -0.6,
FYINIT, -0.06, FZINIT, 0.6
$
$...Identify the design responses:
$
$DRESP1,ID,
ATTB,
ATT1,
+
$+,
ATT2,
...
DRESP1, 1,
SBARA, STRESS, PBAR,
,
7,
,
3
DRESP1, 2,
SBARB, STRESS, PBAR,
,
14,
,
3
DRESP1, 3,
S13,
STRESS, PSHELL, ,
9,
,
1
DRESP1, 6,
S16,
STRESS, PSHELL, ,
17,
,
1
DRESP1, 9,
S23,
STRESS, PSHELL, ,
9,
,
2
DRESP1, 12,
S26,
STRESS, PSHELL, ,
17,
,
2
DRESP1, 13,
D1,
DISP,
,
,
3,
,
10302
DRESP1, 14,
D2,
DISP,
,
,
3,
,
10203
DRESP1, 15,
W,
WEIGHT
$
$...Place bounds on the responses:
$
$DCONSTR,DCID, RID,
LALLOW, UALLOW
DCONSTR, 10,
1,
-25000.,25000.
DCONSTR, 10,
2,
-25000.,25000.
DCONSTR, 10,
3,
-25000.,25000.
DCONSTR, 10,
6,
-25000.,25000.
DCONSTR, 10,
9,
-25000.,25000.
DCONSTR, 10,
12,
-25000.,25000.
DCONSTR, 20,
13,
-0.1,
0.1
DCONSTR, 30,
14,
-0.03, 0.03
$
$DCONADD,DCID, DC1,
DC2,
...
DCONADD, 100, 10,
20
$ summed constraint set for subcase 1
DCONADD, 200, 10,
30
$ summed constraint set for subcase 2
$
$...Optional override of optimization control parameters:
$
DOPTPRM,IPRINT, 1,
DESMAX, 20,
DELP,
0.5,
P1,
1,
+
+,
P2,
15
$ (DELP=0.5 allows larger moves, thus overcoming constraint
$ violations quicker)
$
ENDDATA
7-8

**************************************************************************************
1.0000E-03
OR
1.0000E-02
5.0000E-03
1.0000E-03
AND
1.0000E-03
**************************************************************************************
7-9

***************************************************************
S U M M A R Y
O F
D E S I G N
C Y C L E
H I S T O R Y
***************************************************************
8
7
7-10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------OBJECTIVE FROM
OBJECTIVE FROM
FRACTIONAL ERROR
MAXIMUM VALUE
CYCLE
APPROXIMATE
EXACT
OF
OF
NUMBER
OPTIMIZATION
ANALYSIS
APPROXIMATION
CONSTRAINT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INITIAL
5.784520E+00
1.311878E+00
1
1.122267E+01
1.122355E+01
-7.868297E-05
4.089278E-01
2
1.636887E+01
1.636941E+01
-3.285838E-05
-1.610547E-03
3
1.294620E+01
1.294636E+01
-1.259646E-05
-8.604820E-02
4
8.748927E+00
8.751337E+00
-2.753791E-04
1.988992E-02
5
7.379158E+00
7.379156E+00
3.230973E-07
9.885500E-02
6
7.954716E+00
7.954452E+00
3.315011E-05
4.145312E-04
7
7.954473E+00
7.954452E+00
2.637622E-06
4.145312E-04
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7-11
STATIC ANALYSIS OF A STIFFENED PLATE

D200X7
JULY 26, 1994 MSC/NASTRAN
7/25/94
PAGE
92
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL | EXTERNAL |
|
DV. ID. | DV. ID. | LABEL
| INITIAL
:
1
:
2
:
3
:
4
:
5
:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| T-PLATE |
1.5000E-01 : 3.0000E-01 :
4.4321E-01 :
2.8106E-01 :
1.4038E-01 :
1.0879E-01 :
2 |
2
| T-WEB
|
2.0000E-01 : 4.0000E-01 :
6.1265E-01 :
8.4962E-01 :
8.2809E-01 :
7.5169E-01 :
3 |
3
| A-BAR
|
1.4400E-01 : 1.6592E-01 :
1.2682E-01 :
6.4814E-02 :
3.2407E-02 :
1.6165E-02 :
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL | EXTERNAL |
|
DV. ID. | DV. ID. | LABEL
|
6
:
7
:
8
:
9
:
10
:
11
:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| T-PLATE |
1.1169E-01 :
1.1169E-01 :
2 |
2
| T-WEB
|
8.3887E-01 :
8.3887E-01 :
3 |
3
| A-BAR
|
1.6165E-02 :
1.6165E-02 :
7.
25-BAR TRUSS
This design problem calls for a minimum weight structure subject to
member stress, simple Euler buckling, and joint displacement
constraints, under static loading conditions.
Each structural element is a hollow tube with a thickness-to-diameter
ratio of 1:10. Diameters will be the design variables.
1
2
6
3
4
5
10
7
Y
8
X
7-12

Analysis model description
Three-dimensional
Symmetric with respect to the x-z plane and the y-z plane
Material
E = 1.0E7 psi
3
Weight density = 0.1 lbs/in

Two static loading conditions
Minimization of structural weight

Design variables
Eight independent diameters, controlling all 25 elements.
Wall thickness-to-diameter ratio of 1:10
7-13

Constraints
Allowable stress tensile 40,000 psi, compressive 40,000
psi
Euler buckling constraint on all members
Displacement constraints 0.35 inches for translational
degrees of freedom at grids 1 and 2
Recall that Euler buckling is caused by compressive stresses. We
require that the stresses in each member be numerically greater than
the stress that will induce buckling, or
cr F s
where Fs is a factor of safety.
Rearranging,
F s
-------------- 1
cr
For Euler buckling,
2
P cr
EI
cr = --------- ; P cr = -----------2
A
L
7-14

or,
2
EI
cr = -----------2
AL
With:
A = 2Rt
2
= ------D
10
3
I = R t
4
= ------D
80
(2)
Our synthetic responses r
(2)
are:
2
8L F s
= --------- = --------------------- 1
2
cr
( D ) E
7-15

ID MSC, D200X3 $
TIME 10
SOL 200
$ OPTIMIZATION
CEND
TITLE
= OPTIMAL SIZING OF A 25-BAR TRUSS D200X3
SUBTITLE = EIGHT INDEPENDENT CROSS SECTIONAL AREAS,
SUBTITLE = PLUS EULER BUCKLING
ECHO
= UNSORT
OLOAD
= ALL
DISP
= ALL
SPCFORCE = ALL
ELFORCE = ALL
STRESS
= ALL
SPC
= 100
ANALYSIS = STATICS $
DESOBJ(MIN) = 11
DESSUB = 12
SUBCASE 1
LOAD = 300
SUBCASE 2
LOAD = 310
BEGIN BULK
$
$----------------------------------------------------------------------------$ ANALYSIS MODEL
$----------------------------------------------------------------------------$
GRDSET, ,
,
,
,
,
,
456
MAT1,
1,
10.0E6, ,
,
0.1
SPC1,
100,
123,
7,
THRU,
10
GRID,
1 ,
,
-37.5,
0.0, 200.0
GRID,
2 ,
,
37.5,
0.0, 200.0
GRID,
3 ,
,
-37.5,
37.5, 100.0
GRID,
4 ,
,
37.5,
37.5, 100.0
GRID,
5 ,
,
37.5, -37.5, 100.0
GRID,
6 ,
,
-37.5, -37.5, 100.0
GRID,
7 ,
,
-100.0, 100.0,
0.0
GRID,
8 ,
,
100.0, 100.0,
0.0
GRID,
9 ,
,
100.0, -100.0,
0.0
GRID,
10,
,
-100.0, -100.0,
0.0
CROD,
1 ,
1,
1,
2
CROD,
2 ,
2,
1,
4
CROD,
3 ,
2,
2,
3
CROD,
4 ,
2,
1,
5
CROD,
5 ,
2,
2,
6
CROD,
6 ,
3,
2,
4
7-16

CROD,
7 ,
3,
2,
5
CROD,
8 ,
3,
1,
3
CROD,
9 ,
3,
1,
6
CROD,
10,
4,
3,
6
CROD,
11,
4,
4,
5
CROD,
12,
5,
3,
4
CROD,
13,
5,
5,
6
CROD,
14,
6,
3,
10
CROD,
15,
6,
6,
7
CROD,
16,
6,
4,
9
CROD,
17,
6,
5,
8
CROD,
18,
7,
4,
7
CROD,
19,
7,
3,
8
CROD,
20,
7,
5,
10
CROD,
21,
7,
6,
9
CROD,
22,
8,
6,
10
CROD,
23,
8,
3,
7
CROD,
24,
8,
4,
8
CROD,
25,
8,
5,
9
$
PROD,
1,
1,
2.0,
0.0
PROD,
2,
1,
2.0,
0.0
PROD,
3,
1,
2.0,
0.0
PROD,
4,
1,
2.0,
0.0
PROD,
5,
1,
2.0,
0.0
PROD,
6,
1,
2.0,
0.0
PROD,
7,
1,
2.0,
0.0
PROD,
8,
1,
2.0,
0.0
$
FORCE, 300,
1,
,
1.0,
1000.,
10000.,-5000.
FORCE, 300,
2,
,
1.0,
0.,
10000.,-5000.
FORCE, 300,
3,
,
1.0,
500.,
0.,
0.
FORCE, 300,
6,
,
1.0,
500.,
0.,
0.
FORCE, 310,
1,
,
1.0,
0.,
20000.,-5000.
FORCE, 310,
2,
,
1.0,
0., -20000.,-5000.
$
$----------------------------------------------------------------------------$ DESIGN MODEL
$----------------------------------------------------------------------------$
$
average (mean) diameters of tubes:
$DESVAR,ID,
LABEL, XINIT, XLB,
XUB,
DELXV
$
DESVAR, 1,
D1,
2.5,
0.01,
100.0
DESVAR, 2,
D2,
2.5,
0.01,
100.0
DESVAR, 3,
D3,
2.5,
0.01,
100.0
DESVAR, 4,
D4,
2.5,
0.01,
100.0
7-17

DESVAR, 5,
D5,
2.5,
0.01,
100.0
DESVAR, 6,
D6,
2.5,
0.01,
100.0
DESVAR, 7,
D7,
2.5,
0.01,
100.0
DESVAR, 8,
D8,
2.5,
0.01,
100.0
$
$...Relate the design variables to the analysis model properties
$
with (average diameter)/thickness = 10., fixed for all sections:
$
$DVPREL2,ID,
TYPE,
PID,
FID,
PMIN,
PMAX,
EQID,
,
$+,
DESVAR, DVID1, DVID2, ...,
,
,
,
,
$+,
DTABLE, CID1,
CID2,
...
$
DVPREL2,1,
PROD,
1,
4,
,
,
100,
,
+
,DESVAR, 1
DVPREL2,2,
PROD,
2,
4,
,
,
100,
,
+
,DESVAR, 2
DVPREL2,3,
PROD,
3,
4,
,
,
100,
,
+
,DESVAR, 3
DVPREL2,4,
PROD,
4,
4,
,
,
100,
,
+
,DESVAR, 4
DVPREL2,5,
PROD,
5,
4,
,
,
100,
,
+
,DESVAR, 5
DVPREL2,6,
PROD,
6,
4,
,
,
100,
,
+
,DESVAR, 6
DVPREL2,7,
PROD,
7,
4,
,
,
100,
,
+
,DESVAR, 7
DVPREL2,8,
PROD,
8,
4,
,
,
100,
,
+
,DESVAR, 8
$
$DEQATN EQUID
F() = ...
$
DEQATN 100
AREA(DAVG) = (PI(1.)/10.)*DAVG**2
$
$...Identify the responses to be used in the design model
$DRESP1,ID,
ATTB,
ATT1,
$+,
ATT2,
...
$
DRESP1, 1 ,
S1,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
1
DRESP1, 2 ,
S2,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
2
DRESP1, 3 ,
S3,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
3
DRESP1, 4 ,
S4,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
4
DRESP1, 5 ,
S5,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
5
DRESP1, 6 ,
S6,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
6
DRESP1, 7 ,
S7,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
7
DRESP1, 8 ,
S8,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
8
DRESP1, 9 ,
D1,
DISP , ,
,
123,
,
1
DRESP1, 10,
D2,
DISP , ,
,
123,
,
2
DRESP1, 11,
W ,
WEIGHT
$
7-18
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

$...Formulate the second level responses (here, simple Euler buckling)
$
$DRESP2,ID,
LABEL, EQID,
REGION, ,
,
,
,
$+,
,
,
,
,
$+,
DTABLE, LABEL1, LABEL2, ...,
,
,
,
,
$+,
DRESP1, NR1,
NR2,
...,
,
,
,
,
$+,
DNODE, NID1,
DIR1,
NID2,
DIR2,
...,
,
,
$
$ buckling is the equation return value.
$
DEQATN 110
NUM (DAVG,FS,E,L,SIGMA) = 0.0;
NUM
=
8.0*L**2*SIGMA;
DENOM
=
(PI(1.)*DAVG)**2*E;
BUCKLING = - FS*NUM/DENOM
$
DRESP2, 16,
BUCK1, 110,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DESVAR, 1,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DTABLE, FS,
E,
L1,
,
,
,
,
+,
DRESP1, 1
DRESP2, 17,
BUCK2, 110,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DESVAR, 2,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DTABLE, FS,
E,
L2,
,
,
,
,
+,
DRESP1, 2
DRESP2, 18,
BUCK3, 110,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DESVAR, 3,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DTABLE, FS,
E,
L3,
,
,
,
,
+,
DRESP1, 3
DRESP2, 19,
BUCK4, 110,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DESVAR, 4,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DTABLE, FS,
E,
L4,
,
,
,
,
+,
DRESP1, 4
DRESP2, 20,
BUCK5, 110,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DESVAR, 5,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DTABLE, FS,
E,
L5,
,
,
,
,
+,
DRESP1, 5
DRESP2, 21,
BUCK6, 110,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DESVAR, 6,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DTABLE, FS,
E,
L6,
,
,
,
,
+,
DRESP1, 6
DRESP2, 22,
BUCK7, 110,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DESVAR, 7,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DTABLE, FS,
E,
L7,
,
,
,
,
+,
DRESP1, 7
DRESP2, 23,
BUCK8, 110,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DESVAR, 8,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+,
DTABLE, FS,
E,
L8,
,
,
,
,
+,
DRESP1, 8
$
$...Table constants
7-19
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

$DTABLE,LABEL1, VALUE1, LABEL2, VALUE2, LABEL3, VALUE3, LABEL4, VALUE4 +
$+,
LABEL5, VALUE5, ...
$
DTABLE, L1,
75.00, L2,
130.50, L3,
106.80, L4,
75.00, +
+,
L5,
75.00, L6,
181.14, L7,
181.14, L8,
133.46, +
+,
E,
1.0E7, FS,
1.25
$
$...Define the design constraints
$CONSTR,DCID,
RID,
LALLOW, UALLOW
$
DCONSTR,10,
1 ,
-40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10,
2 ,
-40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10,
3 ,
-40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10,
4 ,
-40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10,
5 ,
-40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10,
6 ,
-40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10,
7 ,
-40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10,
8 ,
-40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10,
9 ,
-0.35 ,0.35
DCONSTR,10,
10,
-0.35 ,0.35
$
DCONSTR,11,
16,
,
1.0
DCONSTR,11,
17,
,
1.0
DCONSTR,11,
18,
,
1.0
DCONSTR,11,
19,
,
1.0
DCONSTR,11,
20,
,
1.0
DCONSTR,11,
21,
,
1.0
DCONSTR,11,
22,
,
1.0
DCONSTR,11,
23,
,
1.0
$
$...Combine the two constraint sets
$
(equivalent to just putting all into the same set to begin with)
DCONADD,12,
10,
11
$
$...Override optimization parameter defaults:
$
DOPTPRM,IPRINT, 3,
DESMAX, 15,
p1,
1,
p2,
15
$
ENDDATA
7-20

**************************************************************************************
1.0000E-03
1.0000E-02
5.0000E-03
1.0000E-03
AND
1.0000E-03
**************************************************************************************
OR
7-21

***************************************************************
S U M M A R Y
O F
D E S I G N
C Y C L E
H I S T O R Y
***************************************************************
13
12

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------OBJECTIVE FROM
OBJECTIVE FROM
FRACTIONAL ERROR
MAXIMUM VALUE
CYCLE
APPROXIMATE
EXACT
OF
OF
NUMBER
OPTIMIZATION
ANALYSIS
APPROXIMATION
CONSTRAINT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INITIAL
6.493687E+02
2.031843E-00
7-22
8.805606E+02
8.805025E+02
6.599126E-05
1.628765E-01
8.741666E+02
8.741613E+02
6.074461E-06
-2.911091E-04
8.605269E+02
8.605145E+02
1.439852E-05
1.001358E-04
8.496406E+02
8.496353E+02
6.321647E-06
2.777576E-04
8.410117E+02
8.410120E+02
-2.902939E-07
3.701448E-04
8.340327E+02
8.340328E+02
-2.195423E-07
6.405115E-04
8.280418E+02
8.280425E+02
-8.108119E-07
7.916689E-04
8.236416E+02
8.236408E+02
9.633533E-07
6.154776E-04
8.201868E+02
8.201854E+02
1.711575E-06
7.835627E-04
10
8.175861E+02
8.175862E+02
-7.465287E-08
8.921623E-04
11
8.163202E+02
8.163205E+02
-3.738431E-07
7.225275E-04
12
8.155923E+02
8.155926E+02
-2.993414E-07
8.862019E-04
7-23

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL |
EXTERNAL
|
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID.
|
LABEL
|
INITIAL
:
1
:
2
:
3
:
4
:
5
:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| D1
|
2.5000E+00 :
2.7227E+00 :
2.4340E+00 :
2.1757E+00 :
1.9447E+00 :
1.7382E+00 :
2 |
2
| D2
|
2.5000E+00 :
2.9058E+00 :
3.0266E+00 :
3.0244E+00 :
3.0220E+00 :
3.0196E+00 :
3 |
3
| D3
|
2.5000E+00 :
2.8047E+00 :
2.8786E+00 :
2.8798E+00 :
2.8813E+00 :
2.8831E+00 :
4 |
4
| D4
|
2.5000E+00 :
2.0226E+00 :
1.8091E+00 :
1.6181E+00 :
1.4472E+00 :
1.2945E+00 :
5 |
5
| D5
|
2.5000E+00 :
3.2012E+00 :
2.8632E+00 :
2.5610E+00 :
2.2906E+00 :
2.0488E+00 :
6 |
6
| D6
|
2.5000E+00 :
2.6980E+00 :
2.5463E+00 :
2.5437E+00 :
2.5409E+00 :
2.5379E+00 :
7 |
7
| D7
|
2.5000E+00 :
3.3196E+00 :
3.3112E+00 :
3.3106E+00 :
3.3104E+00 :
3.3101E+00 :
8 |
8
| D8
|
2.5000E+00 :
2.8360E+00 :
2.9661E+00 :
2.9710E+00 :
2.9759E+00 :
2.9816E+00 :
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL |
EXTERNAL
|
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID.
|
LABEL
|
6
:
7
:
8
:
9
:
10
:
11
:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| D1
|
1.5535E+00 :
1.3885E+00 :
1.2409E+00 :
1.1091E+00 :
9.9205E-01 :
8.8731E-01 :
2 |
2
| D2
|
3.0167E+00 :
3.0107E+00 :
3.0074E+00 :
3.0039E+00 :
2.9999E+00 :
2.9960E+00 :
3 |
3
| D3
|
2.8849E+00 :
2.8880E+00 :
2.8900E+00 :
2.8923E+00 :
2.8946E+00 :
2.8969E+00 :
4 |
4
| D4
|
1.1578E+00 :
1.0356E+00 :
9.2624E-01 :
8.2845E-01 :
7.4100E-01 :
6.6297E-01 :
5 |
5
| D5
|
1.8325E+00 :
1.6390E+00 :
1.4660E+00 :
1.3112E+00 :
1.1851E+00 :
1.1847E+00 :
6 |
6
| D6
|
2.5348E+00 :
2.5300E+00 :
2.5271E+00 :
2.5241E+00 :
2.5214E+00 :
2.5192E+00 :
7 |
7
| D7
|
3.3098E+00 :
3.3092E+00 :
3.3094E+00 :
3.3100E+00 :
3.3113E+00 :
3.3130E+00 :
8 |
8
| D8
|
2.9871E+00 :
2.9928E+00 :
2.9980E+00 :
3.0034E+00 :
3.0077E+00 :
3.0068E+00 :
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL |
EXTERNAL
|
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID.
|
LABEL
|
12
:
13
:
14
:
15
:
16
:
17
:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| D1
|
8.5227E-01 :
2 |
2
| D2
|
2.9947E+00 :
3 |
3
| D3
|
2.8977E+00 :
4 |
4
| D4
|
5.9298E-01 :
5 |
5
| D5
|
1.1853E+00 :
6 |
6
| D6
|
2.5172E+00 :
7 |
7
| D7
|
3.3137E+00 :
8 |
8
| D8
|
3.0071E+00 :
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*** USER INFORMATION MESSAGE 6464 (DOM12E)
12.
7-24
7-25
CANTILEVER PLATE (REDUCED BASIS

FORMULATION)
Purpose: To illustrate a reduced basis formulation for property
optimization using the DLINK entry.
Design Model Description
p1
p2
X
t1 t2 t3
t4
t5
40"
t6 t7
t8
10"
Design variables 1, 2, 3
These three parameters determine the longitudinal thickness
distribution of the plate
Initial design 1 = 2 = 3 = 1.0
Design objective
Weight minimization
7-26

FORMULATION) (Cont.)
Design constraints
Tip displacement 2 inches
Major principal stresses at centroid 50,000 psi
von Mises stress at centroid 29,000 psi
Load case 1: Two 50,000 lbf loads at the plate tip
Load case 2: 60.44 psi uniform pressure acting on the upper surface
Design variable to plate thickness relation:
t1
1.0
1.0
1.0
t2
1.0
0.875
0.7656
t 3 = 1 1.0 + 2 0.75 + 3 0.5625

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1.0
0.0156
t8
0.125
7-27

ID MSC, D200X5 $
TIME 10
SOL 200
$ OPTIMIZATION
CEND
TITLE
= CANTILEVERED PLATE - D200X5
D200X5
SUBTITLE = REDUCED BASIS FORMULATION
SPC
= 100
OLOAD
= ALL
DISP
= ALL
STRESS
= ALL
DESOBJ(MIN) = 35
SUBCASE 1
ANALYSIS = STATICS
LABEL
= LOAD CONDITION 1
LOAD
= 300
DESSUB
= 10
SUBCASE 2
ANALYSIS = STATICS
LABEL
= LOAD CONDITION 2
LOAD
= 310
DESSUB
= 10
BEGIN BULK
$
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$ ANALYSIS MODEL:
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$
MAT1,
51,
1.0E+7, ,
0.33,
0.1,
,
,
,
+M2
+M2,
50000., 50000., 29000.
SPC1,
100,
123456, 1,
11,
21
GRID,
1 ,
,
0.,
-5.,
0.
GRID,
2 ,
,
5.,
-5.,
0.
GRID,
3 ,
,
10.,
-5.,
0.
GRID,
4 ,
,
15.,
-5.,
0.
GRID,
5 ,
,
20.,
-5.,
0.
GRID,
6 ,
,
25.,
-5.,
0.
GRID,
7 ,
,
30.,
-5.,
0.
GRID,
8 ,
,
35.,
-5.,
0.
GRID,
9 ,
,
40.,
-5.,
0.
GRID,
11,
,
0.,
0.,
0.
GRID,
12,
,
5.,
0.,
0.
GRID,
13,
,
10.,
0.,
0.
GRID,
14,
,
15.,
0.,
0.
GRID,
15,
,
20.,
0.,
0.
GRID,
16,
,
25.,
0.,
0.
GRID,
17,
,
30.,
0.,
0.
GRID,
18,
,
35.,
0.,
0.
GRID,
19,
,
40.,
0.,
0.
7-28

GRID,
21,
,
0.,
5.,
0.
GRID,
22,
,
5.,
5.,
0.
GRID,
23,
,
10.,
5.,
0.
GRID,
24,
,
15.,
5.,
0.
GRID,
25,
,
20.,
5.,
0.
GRID,
26,
,
25.,
5.,
0.
GRID,
27,
,
30.,
5.,
0.
GRID,
28,
,
35.,
5.,
0.
GRID,
29,
,
40.,
5.,
0.
$
CQUAD4, 1,
1,
1,
2,
12,
11
CQUAD4, 2,
2,
2,
3,
13,
12
CQUAD4, 3,
3,
3,
4,
14,
13
CQUAD4, 4,
4,
4,
5,
15,
14
CQUAD4, 5,
5,
5,
6,
16,
15
CQUAD4, 6,
6,
6,
7,
17,
16
CQUAD4, 7,
7,
7,
8,
18,
17
CQUAD4, 8,
8,
8,
9,
19,
18
CQUAD4, 11,
1,
11,
12,
22,
21
CQUAD4, 12,
2,
12,
13,
23,
22
CQUAD4, 13,
3,
13,
14,
24,
23
CQUAD4, 14,
4,
14,
15,
25,
24
CQUAD4, 15,
5,
15,
16,
26,
25
CQUAD4, 16,
6,
16,
17,
27,
26
CQUAD4, 17,
7,
17,
18,
28,
27
CQUAD4, 18,
8,
18,
19,
29,
28
PSHELL, 1,
51,
3.0,
51,
,
51
PSHELL, 2,
51,
2.640625,51
PSHELL, 3,
51,
2.3125, 51
PSHELL, 4,
51,
2.015625,51
PSHELL, 5,
51,
1.75,
51
PSHELL, 6,
51,
1.515625,51
PSHELL, 7,
51,
1.3125, 51
PSHELL, 8,
51,
1.140625,51
$
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
FORCE, 300,
9,
,
50000., 0.0,
0.0,
-1.0
FORCE, 300,
29,
,
50000., 0.0,
0.0,
-1.0
PLOAD2, 310,
-60.44, 1,
THRU,
8
PLOAD2, 310,
-60.44, 11,
THRU,
18
$
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$ DESIGN MODEL:
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$
$DESVAR,ID,
LABEL, XINIT, XLB,
XUB,
DELXV
$ (This group will be the dependent design variables:)
7-29

DESVAR, 1,
T1,
3.0,
0.001, 100.0
DESVAR, 2,
T2,
2.640625,0.001, 100.0
DESVAR, 3,
T3,
2.3125, 0.001, 100.0
DESVAR, 4,
T4,
2.015625,0.001, 100.0
DESVAR, 5,
T5,
1.75,
0.001, 100.0
DESVAR, 6,
T6,
1.515625,0.001, 100.0
DESVAR, 7,
T7,
1.3125, 0.001, 100.0
DESVAR, 8,
T8,
1.140625,0.001, 100.0
$ (This group will be the independent design variables:)
DESVAR, 9,
ALPHA1, 1.0,
-1.+10, 1.+10
DESVAR, 10,
ALPHA2, 1.0,
-1.+10, 1.+10
DESVAR, 11,
ALPHA3, 1.0,
-1.+10, 1.+10
$
$...Explicit design variable linking
$
$DLINK, ID,
DDVID, CO,
CMULT, IDV1,
C1,
IDV2,
C2,
+
$+,
IDV3,
C3,
...
DLINK, 1 ,
1,
,
,
9,
1.0,
10,
1.0,
+DL1
+DL1 , 11,
1.0
DLINK, 2 ,
2,
,
,
9,
1.0,
10,
0.8750, +DL2
+DL2 , 11,
0.765625
DLINK, 3 ,
3,
,
,
9,
1.0,
10,
0.7500, +DL3
+DL3 , 11,
0.5625
DLINK, 4 ,
4,
,
,
9,
1.0,
10,
0.6250, +DL4
+DL4 , 11,
0.390625
DLINK, 5 ,
5,
,
,
9,
1.0,
10,
0.5000, +DL5
+DL5 , 11,
0.2500
DLINK, 6 ,
6,
,
,
9,
1.0,
10,
0.3750, +DL6
+DL6 , 11,
0.140625
DLINK, 7 ,
7,
,
,
9,
1.0,
10,
0.2500, +DL7
+DL7 , 11,
0.0625
DLINK, 8 ,
8,
,
,
9,
1.0,
10,
0.1250, +DL8
+DL8 , 11,
0.015625
$
$...Express analysis model properties linearly in terms of design variables
$DVPREL1,ID,
TYPE,
PID,
FID,
PMIN,
PMAX,
C0,
,
+
$+,
DVPREL1,1,
PSHELL, 1,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP1
+DP1,
1,
1.0
DVPREL1,2,
PSHELL, 2,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP2
+DP2,
2,
1.0
DVPREL1,3,
PSHELL, 3,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP3
+DP3,
3,
1.0
DVPREL1,4,
PSHELL, 4,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP4
+DP4,
4,
1.0
DVPREL1,5,
PSHELL, 5,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP5
+DP5,
5,
1.0
7-30

DVPREL1,6,
PSHELL,
+DP6,
6,
1.0
DVPREL1,7,
PSHELL,
+DP7,
7,
1.0
DVPREL1,8,
PSHELL,
+DP8,
8,
1.0
$
$...Identify the design
$DRESP1,ID,
LABEL,
$+,
ATT2,
...
DRESP1, 1,
S11,
DRESP1, 2,
S12,
DRESP1, 3,
S13,
DRESP1, 4,
S14,
DRESP1, 5,
S21,
DRESP1, 6,
S22,
DRESP1, 7,
S23,
DRESP1, 8,
S24,
DRESP1, 9,
S31,
DRESP1, 10,
S32,
DRESP1, 11,
S33,
DRESP1, 12,
S34,
DRESP1, 13,
S41,
DRESP1, 14,
S42,
DRESP1, 15,
S43,
DRESP1, 16,
S44,
DRESP1, 17,
S51,
DRESP1, 18,
S52,
DRESP1, 19,
S53,
DRESP1, 20,
S54,
DRESP1, 21,
S61,
DRESP1, 22,
S62,
DRESP1, 23,
S63,
DRESP1, 24,
S64,
DRESP1, 25,
S71,
DRESP1, 26,
S72,
DRESP1, 27,
S73,
DRESP1, 28,
S74,
DRESP1, 29,
S81,
DRESP1, 30,
S82,
DRESP1, 31,
S83,
DRESP1, 32,
S84,
DRESP1, 33,
D1 ,
DRESP1, 34,
D2 ,
$
$...Define the response
DRESP1, 35,
W ,
$
6,
4,
+DP6
7,
4,
+DP7
8,
4,
+DP8
responses
RTYPE, PTYPE,
REGION, ATTA,
ATTB,
ATT1,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
STRESS,
DISP ,
DISP ,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
9
29
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
PSHELL,
,
,
7,
9,
16,
17,
7,
9,
16,
17,
7,
9,
16,
17,
7,
9,
16,
17,
7,
9,
16,
17,
7,
9,
16,
17,
7,
9,
16,
17,
7,
9,
16,
17,
3,
3,
to be used as the objective function:

WEIGHT
7-31

$DCONSTR,DCID, RID,
LALLOW, UALLOW
DCONSTR,10,
1,
-50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10,
2,
-29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10,
3,
-50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10,
4,
-29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10,
5,
-50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10,
6,
-29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10,
7,
-50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10,
8,
-29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10,
9,
-50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10,
10,
-29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10,
11,
-50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10,
12,
-29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10,
13,
-50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10,
14,
-29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10,
15,
-50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10,
16,
-29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10,
17,
-50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10,
18,
-29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10,
19,
-50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10,
20,
-29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10,
21,
-50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10,
22,
-29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10,
23,
-50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10,
24,
-29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10,
25,
-50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10,
26,
-29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10,
27,
-50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10,
28,
-29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10,
29,
-50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10,
30,
-29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10,
31,
-50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10,
32,
-29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10,
33,
-2.,
2.
DCONSTR,10,
34,
-2.,
2.
$
$...Override optimization parameter defaults (optional)
DOPTPRM,DESMAX, 10,
DELP,
0.5,
DPMIN, .01,
DELX,
+,
DELB,
0.01,
CONV2, 0.1
$
ENDDATA
7-32
2.0,
CANTILEVER PLATE (REDUCED BASIS FORMULATION) (Cont.)

**************************************************************************************
1.0000E-03
1.0000E-01
5.0000E-03
1.0000E-03
AND
1.0000E-03
**************************************************************************************
OR
7-33

***************************************************************
S U M M A R Y
O F
D E S I G N
C Y C L E
H I S T O R Y
***************************************************************
9
8
7-34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------OBJECTIVE FROM
OBJECTIVE FROM
FRACTIONAL ERROR
MAXIMUM VALUE
CYCLE
APPROXIMATE
EXACT
OF
OF
NUMBER
OPTIMIZATION
ANALYSIS
APPROXIMATION
CONSTRAINT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INITIAL
7.843750E+01
1.072155E+01
1
1.170497E+02
1.170496E+02
6.518085E-07
4.135007E+00
1.616799E+02
1.616796E+02
1.604404E-06
1.589539E+00
2.065549E+02
2.065548E+02
2.954913E-07
5.076001E-01
2.363098E+02
2.363113E+02
-6.392500E-06
1.115919E-01
2.423183E+02
2.423193E+02
-4.093034E-06
3.467807E-02
2.447022E+02
2.447021E+02
4.988528E-07
1.603751E-02
2.461020E+02
2.461019E+02
1.240038E-07
7.689251E-04
8
2.461019E+02
2.461019E+02
0.000000E+00
7.689251E-04
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7-35
SECTION 8
SPECIAL MODELING TOPICS II
BEAM CROSS-SECTION LIBRARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
BEAM CROSS-SECTION LIBRAY OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
COMPARISON BETWEEN DESIGNING PBAR AND PBARL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
DVPREL1 INCLUDED ON DRESP2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
CONSTRAINT EQUATION SCALING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
BEAM DESIGN GENERAL ISSUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
BEAM DESIGN SIMPLE EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
BEAM CROSS-SECTION LIBRARY
May specify cross section dimensions (e.g., height and width for a
rectangular section) rather than properties (e.g., I, A, etc.)
Cross sectional properties are automatically calculated.
Two new Bulk Data entries: PBARL and PBEAML
8-1
BEAM CROSS-SECTION LIBRAY OPTIMIZATION

You may define these sections in MSC/PATRAN V6 by selecting
Beam type in the Element Properties form.
You may optimize section dimension without writing DVPREL2 and
DEQATN Bulk Data entries for the BAR element.
The PBARL entry can be referenced by a DVPREL1 entry
For BEAM element, you still have to write the DVPREL2 and
DEQATN entries to optimize section dimension.
8-2
COMPARISON BETWEEN DESIGNING PBAR AND PBARL
1
1
--- B, --- H
2 2
E
B
*************************************
* Input Data for Designing PBAR
*
*************************************
$
PBAR
9
1
5.0
10.4167 0.4167
-0.5
2.5
0.5
2.5
0.5
-2.5
-0.5
-2.5
C
$
ID
LABEL
INIT
MIN
MAX
DESVAR 1
HEIGHT 5.0
0.01
10.
DESVAR 2
WIDTH
1.0
0.01
10.
$
$ Explict expression for cross-section area
$
ID
TYPE
PID
FID
PMIN
PMAX
EQID
DVPREL2 1
PBAR
9
4
0.01
100
DESVAR 1
2
DEQATN 100
A(H,B)=H*B
$
$ Explict expression for first moment intertia
DVPREL2 2
PBAR
9
5
0.01
200
DESVAR 1
2
DEQATN 200
A(H,B)=B*H**3/12.
$
$ Explict expression for stress data recovery point D (0.5B, 0.5H)
$
ID
TYPE
PID
FID
PMIN
PMAX
C0
DVPREL1 11
PBAR
9
14
0.01
1
0.5
DVPREL1 12
PBAR
9
15
0.01
2
0.5
8-3
COMPARISON BETWEEN DESIGNING PBAR AND

PBARL (Cont.)
*************************************
* Input Data for Designing PBARL
*
*************************************
$
PBARL,
9,
1.0
ID
1
2
1,
5.0
LABEL
HEIGHT
WIDTH
BAR
$
INIT
MIN
MAX
DESVAR
5.0
0.01
10.
DESVAR
1.0
0.01
10.
$
$ Dimension Height references to design variable 1
$
ID
TYPE
PID
FID
PMIN
PMAX
DVPREL1 11
BARL
9
13
0.01
1
1
$
$ Dimension Width references to design variable 2
DVPREL1 12
PBARL
9
12
0.01
1
2
8-4
C0
DVPREL1 INCLUDED ON DRESP2

Defines equation responses that are used in the design, either as
constraints or as an objective.
Format:
1
DRESP2
ID
LABEL
DESVAR
DRESP1
DNODE
DVPREL1
EQID REGION
DVID1 DVID2 DVID3 DVID4 DVID5 DVID6 DVID7

DVID8
DTABLE
-etc.-
LABL1 LABL2 LABL3 LABL4 LABL5 LABL6 LABL7

LABL8
-etc.-
NR1
NR2
NR8
-etc.-
G1
NR3
NR4
NR5
NR6
C1
G2
C2
G3
C3
G4
C4
-etc.-
DPIP1
DPIP2
DPIP3
DPIP4
DPIP5
DPIP6
DPIP8
DPIP9
-etc.-
NEW!
8-5
NR7
DPIP7
10

The DLINK entry is the only way to implement design variable linking,
when DVPREL2s are involved.
Consider a uniformly tapering beam with rectangular cross sections.
Uniform taper over ten sections will be determined from constant,
linear, and quadratic basis vector superposition. The section height
will be the design variable.
A = b h = 5.0E-5 m
4
bh
I 1 = ---------- = 1.042E-10 m
12
4
hb
I 2 = ---------- = 4.167E-10 m
12
$PBAR, PID,
MID,
A,
I1,
I2
PBAR,
101,
100,
5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR,
102,
100,
5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR,
103,
100,
5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR,
104,
100,
5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR,
105,
100,
5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR,
106,
100,
5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR,
107,
100,
5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR,
108,
100,
5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR,
109,
100,
5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR,
110,
100,
5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
$
$...INDEPENDENT DESIGN VARIABLE SET:
$DESVAR,ID,
LABEL, XINIT, XLB,
XUB,
DELXV
DESVAR, 1,
X1,
1.0,
-1.0,
+1.0
DESVAR, 2,
X2,
0.0,
-1.0,
+1.0
DESVAR, 3,
X3,
0.0,
-1.0,
+1.0
$
$...DEPENDENT DESIGN VARIABLE SET:
$DESVAR,ID,
LABEL, XINIT, XLB,
XUB,
DELXV
DESVAR, 11,
H1,
.01,
1.E-4, 1.0
DESVAR, 12,
H2,
.01,
1.E-4, 1.0
DESVAR, 13,
H3,
.01,
1.E-4, 1.0
8-6

DESVAR, 14,
H4,
.01,
1.E-4, 1.0
DESVAR, 15,
H5,
.01,
1.E-4, 1.0
DESVAR, 16,
H6,
.01,
1.E-4, 1.0
DESVAR, 17,
H7,
.01,
1.E-4, 1.0
DESVAR, 18,
H8,
.01,
1.E-4, 1.0
DESVAR, 19,
H9,
.01,
1.E-4, 1.0
DESVAR, 20,
H10,
.01,
1.E-4, 1.0
$
$...DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING, Hj = Hj(X1,X2,X3) ; j=11,20:
$DLINK, ID,
DDVID, CO,
CMULT, IDV1,
C1,
IDV2,
$+,
IDV3,
C3,
...
DLINK, 21,
11,
,
.01,
1,
1.0,
2,
+,
3,
1.0
DLINK, 22,
12,
,
.01,
1,
1.0,
2,
+,
3,
0.81
DLINK, 23,
13,
,
.01,
1,
1.0,
2,
+,
3,
0.64
DLINK, 24,
14,
,
.01,
1,
1.0,
2,
+,
3,
0.49
DLINK, 25,
15,
,
.01,
1,
1.0,
2,
+,
3,
0.36
DLINK, 26,
16,
,
.01,
1,
1.0,
2,
+,
3,
0.25
DLINK, 27,
17,
,
.01,
1,
1.0,
2,
+,
3,
0.16
DLINK, 28,
18,
,
.01,
1,
1.0,
2,
+,
3,
0.09
DLINK, 29,
19,
,
.01,
1,
1.0,
2,
+,
3,
0.04
DLINK, 30,
20,
,
.01,
1,
1.0,
2,
+,
3,
0.01
$
$...DESIGN EQUATION:
DEQATN 40
I2(H) = H*(0.005)**3/12.
$
$...TYPE-2 DESIGN VARIABLE TO PROPERTY RELATIONS:
$DVPREL2,ID,
TYPE,
PID,
FID,
PMIN,
PMAX,
EQID,
$+,
,
,
,
$+,
DTABLE, CID1,
CID2,
...
DVPREL2,41,
PBAR,
101,
6,
1.0E-12,,
40,
+,
DESVAR, 11
DVPREL2,42,
PBAR,
102,
6,
1.0E-12,,
40,
+,
DESVAR, 12
DVPREL2,43,
PBAR,
103,
6,
1.0E-12,,
40,
+,
DESVAR, 13
DVPREL2,44,
PBAR,
104,
6,
1.0E-12,,
40,
+,
DESVAR, 14
DVPREL2,45,
PBAR,
105,
6,
1.0E-12,,
40,
+,
DESVAR, 15
8-7
C2,
1.0,
0.9,
0.8,
0.7,
0.6,
0.5,
0.4,
0.3,
0.2,
0.1,
,
,
+
+

DVPREL2,46,
+,
DESVAR,
DVPREL2,47,
+,
DESVAR,
DVPREL2,48,
+,
DESVAR,
DVPREL2,49,
+,
DESVAR,
DVPREL2,50,
+,
DESVAR,
PBAR,
16
PBAR,
17
PBAR,
18
PBAR,
19
PBAR,
20
106,
6,
1.0E-12,,
40,
107,
6,
1.0E-12,,
40,
108,
6,
1.0E-12,,
40,
109,
6,
1.0E-12,,
40,
110,
6,
1.0E-12,,
40,
8-8
CONSTRAINT EQUATION SCALING

Each constraint should be formulated so that it has sufficient
sensitivity with respect to the design variables
Do not use 0.0 for the lower or upper bound, if possible
Examples:
2
2
8L
E 2
c + ---------- ( D + T ) 0 ------------------------------------ c 1.0
2
2
2
2
8L
E(D + T )
Synthetic Response
0.4ET
D
c + ---------------- 0 ---------------- c 1.0
D
0.4ET
Synthetic Response
8-9
CONSTRAINT EQUATION SCALING (Cont.)

Example: Synthetic Responses
1 + 2
------------------- max
2
Assume that the constraint was formulated as:
1 + 2
------------------- max 0
2
This zero upper bound is automatically replaced by a small number
to avoid division by zero. ( = GSCAL, and can be defined on the
DOPTPRM entry. Its Version 68 default is 0.001.)
1 + 2
------------------ max
2
g u = ------------------------------------------------------ 0
Then
g u
1
---------- = ----- 1
2
g
1
-----2
CTMIN
1
CT
Active
8-10

Instead, assume constraint is written as:
1 + 2
------------------- max
2
Then
1 + 2
------------------
max
2
g u = ---------------------------------------------- 0
max
g u
1
---------- = ---------------- 1
max
g
1
--------------------2 max
CTMIN
1
1
CT
Active
8-11

Response could also be written as:
1 + 2
------------------- 1
2 max
producing the same results.
Note:
Scaling of responses is essential in order to formulate a

well-conditioned optimization task. MSC/NASTRAN can do
some of the scaling for you, but not all of it. There is no
substitute for a well-posed problem!
8-12
BEAM DESIGN GENERAL ISSUES

BEAM elements differ from other element types in that properties
must be referenced according to their word positions in the element
property tables. This is necessary due to the generality of the BEAM
element and the fact that up to eight intermediate stations may be
defined for a single element.
In general, the cross section of a BEAM element may be either
constant, linear, or variable. The three possibilities are shown in the
following EPT configurations:
1.
Constant section beam (only end A specified): Words 6-21 and

166-181 must be accounted for on DVPRELi entries.
End A
Words
6-21
End B
Words
166-181
8-13
BEAM DESIGN GENERAL ISSUES (Cont.)

2.
Tapered beam (end A and end B specified): Words 6-21, 22-37,

and 166-181 must be accounted for on DVPRELi entries.
End A Intermediate
Words
Words*
6-21
22-37
End B
Words
166-181
*This station is internally generated but must be

accounted for on DVPRELi entries. Words 22-37
are identical to Words 166-181 (End B).
8-14
BEAM DESIGN GENERAL ISSUES (Cont.)

3.
Variable section beam (end A, intermediate station C and end B

specified). (This case is typical of any number of intermediate
stations up to and including 8.) Words 6-21, 22-37, 38-53, and
166-181 must be accounted for on DVPRELi entries. Thus, every
intermediate station plus one internally generated intermediate
station must be accounted for on the set of DVPRELi entries.
End A Station C
Words Words
6-21
22-37
Intermediate
Words*
38-53
End B
Words
166-181
*This station is internally generated but must be

accounted for on DVPRELi entries. Words 38-53
are identical to Words 166-181 (End B).
8-15
BEAM DESIGN SIMPLE EXAMPLE

Consider the uniformly tapered rectangular beam section:
b1
A
h1
h2
B
b2
With initial design:
b
1
1.0
h
1
2.0
{x} = =
b2
0.5

h2
1.0
8-16
BEAM DESIGN SIMPLE EXAMPLE (Cont.)

The input can be expressed as:
$>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>
$ BEAM MODELING TEST, VERSION 68
$
$
TAPERED BEAM WITH RECTANGULAR SECTION, DESIGN SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS. SINCE
$
BOTH ENDS A AND B ARE SPECIFIED ON THE PBEAM ENTRY, DESIGN CHANGES MUST
$
BE SPECIFIED NOT ONLY FOR THE ENDS, BUT ALSO FOR THE FIRST INTERMEDIATE
$
STATION, WHICH CONTAINS A COPY OF END B DATA.
$
$
$
PLANE 2
$
|
$
----*---$
|
|
$
H |
| --- PLANE 1
$
|
|
$
----*---$
B
* = STRESS RECOVERY LOCATIONS
$
$
$>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>
$
TIME 10
SOL 200
CEND
$
$ CC FOR ANALYSIS:
DISP
= ALL
STRESS = ALL
SPC
= 100
LOAD
= 300
$ CC FOR OPTIMIZATION:
ANALYSIS
= STATICS
DESOBJ(MIN) = 8
DESSUB
= 10
$
BEGIN BULK
$PARAM, OPTIM, NO
PARAM, OPTEXIT, 4
$------------------------------------------------------------------------------$ ANALYSIS MODEL
$------------------------------------------------------------------------------MAT1
110
10.0E6
0.33
0.1
+M1
+M1
50000. 50000. 29000.
GRDSET
4
GRID
1
0.0
0.0
0.0
GRID
2
20.
0.0
0.0
CBEAM
1
100
1
2
0.0
1.0
0.0
$
$ PBEAM ENTRY INPUT WITH SLIGHT ERROR IN TERMS. THIS HELPS VALIDATE THE DE$ SIGN MODEL BECAUSE USER WARNING MESSAGE WILL BE ISSUED, CONFIRMING OVERRIDE.
8-17

$
PBEAM
100
110
2.01
.167
.667
+P11
+P11
0.0
1.01
0.0
-1.01
+P12
+P12
YES
1.0
0.51
.0104
.042
+P13
+P13
0.0
0.51
0.0
-0.51
$
SPC1
100
123456 1
FORCE
300
2
20000.0 0.0
0.0
-1.0
$------------------------------------------------------------------------------$ DESIGN MODEL
$------------------------------------------------------------------------------$
$...END A DATA: (A,I1,I2,C2,D2)
$
$DESVAR,ID,
LABEL, XINIT, XLB,
XUB,
DELXV
DESVAR, 1,
B1,
1.0,
0.1,
10.0
DESVAR, 2,
H1,
2.0,
0.2,
20.0
$
$DVPREL2,ID,
TYPE,
PID,
FID,
PMIN,
PMAX,
EQID,
,
+
$+,
,
,
,
,
+
$+,
DTABLE, CID1,
CID2,
...
DVPREL2,1,
PBEAM, 100,
-8,
,
,
101,
,
+
+,
DESVAR, 1,
2
DVPREL2,2,
PBEAM, 100,
-9,
,
,
102,
,
+
+,
DESVAR, 1,
2
DVPREL2,3,
PBEAM, 100,
-10,
,
,
103,
,
+
+,
DESVAR, 1,
2
DVPREL2,4,
PBEAM, 100,
-15,
,
,
104,
,
+
+,
DESVAR, 2
DVPREL2,5,
PBEAM, 100,
-17,
,
,
105,
,
+
+,
DESVAR, 2
$
$...END B DATA: (A,I1,I2,C2,D2)
$
$DESVAR,ID,
LABEL, XINIT, XLB,
XUB,
DELXV
DESVAR, 3,
B2,
0.5,
0.05,
10.0
DESVAR, 4,
H2,
1.0,
0.1,
20.0
$
$DVPREL2,ID,
TYPE,
PID,
FID,
PMIN,
PMAX,
EQID,
,
+
$+,
,
,
,
,
+
$+,
DTABLE, CID1,
CID2,
...
DVPREL2,6,
PBEAM, 100,
-168,
,
,
101,
,
+
+,
DESVAR, 3,
4
DVPREL2,7,
PBEAM, 100,
-169,
,
,
102,
,
+
+,
DESVAR, 3,
4
DVPREL2,8,
PBEAM, 100,
-170,
,
,
103,
,
+
+,
DESVAR, 3,
4
DVPREL2,9,
PBEAM, 100,
-175,
,
,
104,
,
+
+,
DESVAR, 4
DVPREL2,10,
PBEAM, 100,
-177,
,
,
105,
,
+
+,
DESVAR, 4
$
$...FIRST INTERMEDIATE STATION (COPY OF END B DATA): (A,I1,I2,C2,D2)
$
8-18

$DVPREL2,ID,
TYPE,
PID,
FID,
PMIN,
PMAX,
EQID,
,
+
$+,
,
,
,
,
+
$+,
DTABLE, CID1,
CID2,
...
DVPREL2,11,
PBEAM, 100,
-24,
,
,
101,
,
+
+,
DESVAR, 3,
4
DVPREL2,12,
PBEAM, 100,
-25,
,
,
102,
,
+
+,
DESVAR, 3,
4
DVPREL2,13,
PBEAM, 100,
-26,
,
,
103,
,
+
+,
DESVAR, 3,
4
DVPREL1,14,
PBEAM, 100,
-31,
,
,
,
+
+,
4,
0.5
DVPREL1,15,
PBEAM, 100,
-33,
,
,
105,
,
+
+,
4,
-.05
$
DEQATN 101
AREA(B,H) = B*H
DEQATN 102
I1(B,H) = H*B**3/12.
DEQATN 103
I2(B,H) = B*H**3/12.
DEQATN 104
C2(H)
= H/2.
DEQATN 105
D2(H)
= -H/2.
$
$DRESP1,ID,
ATTB,
ATT1,
+
$+,
ATT2,
...
DRESP1, 7,
D2,
DISP,
,
,
3,
,
2
DRESP1, 8,
W,
WEIGHT
$
$DCONSTR,DCID, RID,
LALLOW, UALLOW
DCONSTR, 10,
7,
-3.0,
3.0
$
$.......2.......3.......4.......5.......6.......7.......8.......9.......0
ENDDATA
8-19

As proof that the override took place, one can refer to the comparison table between analysis and
design models:
-----
COMPARISON BETWEEN INPUT PROPERTY VALUES FROM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN MODELS -----
8-20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------PROPERTY
PROPERTY
FIELD
ANALYSIS
DESIGN
LOWER
UPPER
DIFFERENCE
TYPE
ID
ID
VALUE
VALUE
BOUND
BOUND
FLAG
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------PBEAM
100
-177
-5.100000E-01
-5.000000E-01
-1.000000E+35
1.000000E+20
WARNING
PBEAM
100
-175
5.100000E-01
5.000000E-01
-1.000000E+35
1.000000E+20
WARNING
PBEAM
100
-170
4.200000E-02
4.166667E-02
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
WARNING
PBEAM
100
-169
1.040000E-02
1.041667E-02
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
WARNING
PBEAM
100
-168
5.100000E-01
5.000000E-01
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
WARNING
PBEAM
100
-33
-5.100000E-01
-5.000000E-01
-1.000000E+35
1.000000E+20
WARNING
PBEAM
100
-31
5.100000E-01
5.000000E-01
-1.000000E+35
1.000000E+20
WARNING
PBEAM
100
-26
4.200000E-02
4.166667E-02
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
WARNING
PBEAM
100
-25
1.040000E-02
1.041667E-02
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
WARNING
PBEAM
100
-24
5.100000E-01
5.000000E-01
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
WARNING
PBEAM
100
-17
-1.010000E+00
-1.000000E+00
-1.000000E+35
1.000000E+20
WARNING
PBEAM
100
-15
1.010000E+00
1.000000E+00
-1.000000E+35
1.000000E+20
WARNING
PBEAM
100
-10
6.670000E-01
6.666667E-01
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
WARNING
PBEAM
100
-9
1.670000E-01
1.666667E-01
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
WARNING
PBEAM
100
-8
2.010000E+00
2.000000E+00
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
WARNING
1.
IF FIELD ID IS LESS THAN ZERO, IT IDENTIFIES THE WORD POSITION OF AN ENTRY IN EPT.
2.
IF FIELD ID IS GREATER THAN ZERO, IT IDENTIFIES THE FIELD POSITION ON A PROPERTY BULK DATA ENTRY.
3.
THE DIFFERENCE
IF THE FLAG IS
IF THE FLAG IS
IF THE FLAG IS
FLAG IS USED TO CHARACTERIZE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ANALYSIS AND DESIGN MODEL PROPERTIES:
NONE, THEN THERE IS NO SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE TWO VALUES.
WARNING, THEN THE USER IS ADVISED THAT DIFFERENCES EXIST.
FATAL, THEN THE DIFFERENCES ARE GREATER THAN 1.00000E+35 AND THE RUN WILL BE TERMINATED.
SECTION 9
FUNDAMENTALS OF STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION
STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION THE DIFFICULTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION THE SOLUTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING IN SHAPE REDESIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
GENERATION OF CONSTRAINTS IN MSC/NASTRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
CONSTRAINT SCREENING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
DSCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
FORMAL APPROXIMATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
APRCOD SELECTION OF APPROXIMATE FORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
SEMIANALYTIC SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
DELB FINITE DIFFERENCE STEP SIZE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS IMPLEMENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY THEORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
DESIGN SENSITIVITY COEFFICIENT MATRICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47
DSAPRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49
FORMATTED SENSITIVITY PRINT EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51
MOVE LIMITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
SECTION 9
FUNDAMENTALS OF STRUCTURAL
OPTIMIZATION (Cont.)
MOVE LIMITS IMPOSED ON ANALYSIS MODEL PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53
MOVE LIMITS IMPOSED ON DESIGN VARIABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55
AUTOMATIC UPDATES OF MOVE LIMITS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
MOVE LIMITS UPDATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57
PARAM OPTEXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58
FLOW CHART FOR SOLUTION 200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59
CONVERGENCE AT THE DESIGN CYCLE LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-63
CONVERGENCE CRITERIA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65
SUMMARY OF PARAMETERS FOR DESIGN OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-67
STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION THE DIFFICULTIES 9

Large numbers of design variables
Large numbers of constraints, i.e., i-th component of stress for j-th
element of k-th load case ijk (with both upper and lower bounds)
The structural responses which guide the design are implicit
functions of the design variables. Function evaluations are of
significant cost, and gradient information is necessary to
determine the search direction s.
Problem formulation places a unique set of demands on design
engineers:
Formulation of design objective
Appropriate specification of constraints
Analysis model integrity
9-1
STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION
THE DIFFICULTIES (Cont.)
A Brute Force coupling of an analysis program and an
optimization program suffers from:
Too many design variables
Too many design constraints
Too many detailed analyses
Finite
Element
Analysis
Program
Too many implies redundant design information.
9-2
Numerical
Optimization
Program
STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION THE SOLUTION

Approximation concepts are a formal implementation of methods
used by experienced design engineers.
Experienced
Engineers
Approximation
Concepts
Design
Variables
Pick up the most

Variable transformation
important variables
Apx1 = TpxN XNx1 p>>N
only 1 to 3 at one time.
Constraints
Pick up the most

important constraints
only.
Temporary deletion of
nonactive constraints and
dynamic updates of
retained constraints.
Small number of
detailed structural
analyses and tests
Explicit approximations of
a small number of the
retained constraints.
Experience and
intuition
Taylor Series
Regression Analysis
Analysis
Results
Notes:
1.
The challenge of the design engineer is to describe the

design problem as efficiently as possible, e.g., with the
smallest set of design variables.
2.
Constraint screening and formal approximations are performed automatically by the code.
9-3
THE SOLUTION (Cont.)
Program flow using approximation techniques
Perform detailed finite element analysis
Calculate all constraints. Delete those constraints that are not
potentially critical (a common sense approach)
Calculate the gradients of all retained constraints
Create a high-quality approximation of the responses with
respect to the design variables
Solve this approximate problem
Update the analysis variables
Perform a detailed analysis of the proposed design
Calculate all constraints
Check for convergence to an optimum
Repeat if necessary
9-4
Approximate Design Model
Improved Designs
Finite
Element
Analysis
Program
Numerical
Optimization
Program
Approximate
Design
Model
The Approximate Model now acts as the interface between the

analysis and the optimizer
Properties of the Approximate Model
It contains inexpensive and easily computed, yet high-quality,
explicit approximations of the objective function and all retained
constraints
It includes the results of constraint deletion
It is updated by a full finite element analysis every design cycle
9-5
Program Structure with Approximate Model
Initial
Design
Improved
Design
The required number of
iterations of the external loop
must be small.
Structural
Response
Analysis
Approximate
Model
Constraint
Screening
Sensitivity
Analysis
Many Times
Finite Element
Analysis
9-6
Optimizer

Design variable linking is a choice that is up to the design engineer.
Selecting design variables wisely such that the design task is
efficiently stated
Coupling this with an expression of the practical aspects of design,
such as symmetry, manufacturability, etc.
Example - Structural Member Size Linking
Design variables: Cross-sectional areas
Objective: Weight minimization
Constraints: Axial stress
360"
360"
1
5
1
2
10
5
8
9
4
3
6
360"
4
100,000 lbs
9-7
2
100,000 lbs

Areas are grouped as (1,2,3,4), (5,6), (7,8,9,10) and each group is
controlled by one independent variable
A1
1.0
A2
1.0
A
1.0
3
A
1.0
4
A
0.0
5
=
0.0
A6
0.0
A7
0.0
A8
A
0.0
9
A
0.0
10
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
x1
0.0
x2
0.0
x3
1.0
0.0
1.0
0.0
1.0
0.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
where Ai = cross-sectional area of the i-th member

xj
= independent design variable

x1 = x2 = x3 = 10.0 initially
In this example, all designs considered by the optimizer will

consist of three characteristic cross-sectional areas, x1, x2, and x3
only.
9-8

Example Reduced Basis Approximations
360"
360"
1
5
1
2
10
5
8
360"
9
4
3
4
100,000 lbs
Three designs are proposed:

1
Proposal 1: A 1, A 2, A 3, , A 10
Proposal 2: A 1, A 2, A 3, , A 10
Proposal 3: A 1, A 2, A 3, , A 10
9-9
2
100,000 lbs
1
A1
A1
A
1
2
A2
1
A3
A3
1
A4
A4
A
1
A5
5
=
1
A
A
6
6
1
A7
A7
A8
A8
1
A
A9
9
1
A 10
A
10
A1
2
A2
2
A3
2
A1
3
A2
3
A3
3
A4
A4
2
A5
2
A6
2
A7
2
A8
2
A9
2
A 10
3
A5
4
A6
3
A7
4
A8
5
A9
6
A 10
x
1

x2

x3
where Ai = cross-sectional area of the i-th member

The reduced basis method used here will yield a design consisting of
ten unique cross-sectional areas. Contrast this to the previous
example where linking of the properties (member size linking) yielded
3 characteristic cross-sectional areas. Though neither approach is
generally capable of yielding the global optimum, the techniques
often provide a convenient way of expressing manufacturability, or
other process constraints.
9-10
DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING IN SHAPE REDESIGN

Example Design Variable Linking to Enforce Symmetry
Grid coordinates as design variables
x1 x2
2
h1
h2
5
Linking to maintain symmetry

x1 = x2
x5 = x6
Linking to keep the side as a straight line
1
x 4 = ------ [ x 6 ( h 1 h 2 ) + x 2 h 2 ]
h1
x3 = x4
Independent and dependent design variable sets are:
{ x }I = [ x2 x6 ]
{ x }D = [ x1 x3 x4 x5 ]
9-11
DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING IN SHAPE

REDESIGN (Cont.)
Example - Design Variable Linking to Ensure Smooth Shapes
2-D and 3-D designs benefit from a parameterization of the
boundaries
In the figure below, independent motion at the grid points (nonparameterized description) was allowed.
Optimizer will skew
elements to yield
numerical stiffness.
9-12

REDESIGN (Cont.)
Example Parameterization of Boundaries
R
Circular Arc
Straight Line
1 Grid Point
1 Parameter (R)
2 Grid Points
Cubic Polynomial
3 Grid Points
1 Slope
9-13

REDESIGN (Cont.)
F ( ) = x 1 F 1 ( ) + x 2 F 2 ( ) + x 3 F 3 ( )
F1 ( )
F1 ( )
F2 ( )
F3 ( )
.
.
.
Basis Functions
9-14
GENERATION OF CONSTRAINTS IN MSC/NASTRAN

For some given response:
rj ( x )
(DRESP1, 2)
specify upper and lower allowables:

rjL and rjU
(DCONSTR)
Designers intent is only to allow:

r jL r j ( x ) r jU
MSC/NASTRAN constructs a pair of normalized constraints as
follows:
r jL r j ( x )
g 2j 1 ( x ) = ------------------------- 0
r jL
(automatic)
r j ( x ) r jU
g 2j ( x ) = -------------------------- 0
r jU
Constraint screening is applied to these normalized constraints
9-15
CONSTRAINT SCREENING
Purpose:
The number of constraints for structural design problems could be
extremely large, but most of them do not directly influence the
design process. Since the design sensitivity analysis becomes
very expensive for large numbers of constraints, and the amount of
data transferred to approximate optimization is proportional to the
number of constraints in that phase, it is necessary to delete all the
unnecessary constraints before moving into the sensitivity
analysis.
Constraint deletion consists of two steps:
Step I - Deletion:
Based on constraint value. A constraint G(X) is deleted temporarily
if G(X) < TRS, where TRS is the truncation threshold value given by
a DSCREEN entry for each constraint type.
Gj(X)
x x x x x x x x
x
0
TRS
1.0
List of Constraints
9-16
CONSTRAINT SCREENING (Cont.)

Step II - Regionalization:
Based on response regionalization. Both DRESP1 and DRESP2
entries have a field named REGION. All responses with the same
region ID and of the same type are recognized as belonging to the
same region. Even if there are many constraints above the
threshold values, only a small number (given by NSTR on the
DSCREEN entry) are retained per region and per subcase.
Assume NSTR = 2
G(X)
x x x x x x x x
0
TRS
1.0
Retained
Responses
Region 1
1
Region2
0
9-17
Region 3
2
DSCREEN
Design Constraint Screening Data
DSCREENscreening data for constraint deletion.

Defines
Format:
1
DSCREEN
RTYPE
TRS
NSTR
0.7
10
Example:
DSCREEN STRESS
Field
Contents
RTYPE
Response type for which the screening criteria apply. See Table 1. (Character)
TRS
Truncation threshold. (Real; Default = 0.5)
NSTR
Maximum number of constraints to be retained per region per load case. See
Remark 3. (Integer > 0; Default = 20)
Remarks:
1.
Displacement and displacement derivative constraints associated with one particular load
case are grouped by the specification of DRESP1 entries. From each group, a maximum
of NSTR constraints are retained per load case.
Table 1. Default Region Specifications for RTYPE.
RTYPE
DISP
STRESS
STRAIN
FORCE
EQUA
CSTRESS
CSTRAIN
CFAILURE
FLUTTER
FRDISP
Default Region
Specification
RTYPE
DRESP1
Property ID
Property ID
Property ID
DRESP2
Property ID
Property ID
Property ID
DRESP1
DRESP1
FRVELO
FRACCL
FRSTRE
FRFORC
FRSPC
TACCL
TDISP
TVELO
TSTRE
TFORC
TSPC
(Continued)
9-18
Default Region
Specification
DRESP1
DRESP1
Property ID
Property ID
DRESP1
DRESP1
DRESP1
DRESP1
Property ID
Property ID
DRESP1
DSCREEN

2.
Stress-strain constraints are grouped by the property; i.e., all elements belonging to the
set of PIDs specified under ATTi on a DRESPi entry are regarded as belonging to the
same region. In superelement sensitivity analysis, if the property (PID) is defined in more
than one superelement, then separate regions are defined. A particular stress constraint
specification may be applied to many elements in a region generating many stress constraints, but only up to NSTR constraints per load case will be retained.
3.
If RTYPE = WEIGHT, VOLUME, EIGN, FREQ, LAMA, TRIM, or STABDER

then NSTR is not applicable.
4.
If a certain type of constraint exists but no corresponding DSCREEN entry is specified, all
the screening criteria used for this type of constraint will be furnished by the default
values.
5.
Constraints can be retained only if they are greater than TRS. See the Remarks under
the DCONSTR entry for a definition of constraint value.
6.
Constraint screening is applied to each superelement.
9-19
CONSTRAINT SCREENING (Cont.)

Recommendations
Use the default values by not providing any DSCREEN entries. If
the constraints prove to be ill-conditioned, then modify screening
criteria according to constraint type
Symptoms of ill-conditioned constraints
Constraints that the optimizer has difficulty satisfying
Constraints that switch from the active and inactive sets from one
design cycle to the next
Constraints whose approximate values differ greatly (~20% or
more) from those obtained by a subsequent finite element analysis
9-20
FORMAL APPROXIMATIONS
These form a key ingredient in the approximate model in that it is
necessary to obtain high-quality and explicit approximations of the
implicit structural responses computed by the finite element
analyses
High-quality Maintain reasonable accuracy in predicting
responses for large variations of the independent design variables
Reasonable Direct the design toward a practical optimum design
Large At least 10 to 20% changes in the design variables
9-21
FORMAL APPROXIMATIONS (Cont.)

Taylor series expansion
2
x
f ( x + x ) = f ( x ) + f ( x )x + f ( x ) ---------- +
2!
First-order, approximations, directly in terms of the design
variables:
n
f(x) f(x ) +
(x x )
------i
x i x o i
i=1
9-22

First order, approximations in terms of reciprocals of the design
variables:
Yi = Yi ( xi )
The Yi are termed intermediate variables
n
f(x) f(x ) +
- ( Y ( x ) Y i ( x i ) )
------Y i x o i i
o
i=1
1
Y i = ---xi
now, let
Y i
1
-------- = -----2
x i
xi
then
and
fR ( x ) = f ( x )
o 2 1
f
1
------(
x
)
---
-----
x x o i x
o
i
i x
i=1
i
= f(x )
i=1
f x i o
------------ ( x x i )
x x o x i
9-23

Question: Why are reciprocal approximations useful?
Example: Consider the structural responses of a ROD element.
A
P
Stress = P/A
DISPL = PL/AE
Both are proportional to 1/A
is a first order, linear approximation to at A
9-24

If the design quantity is A, let Y = 1/A
1/A
1/A
For general cases this is only approximate (e.g., statically

indeterminate problems); however, this inverse relation indicates
the value of reciprocal approximations in structural optimization
9-25

Recall the general nonlinear basic optimization problem statement
Minimize F(x)
subject to:
gj ( x ) 0
j = 1,m
xi xi xi
i = 1,n
Using Formal Approximations to recast the above leads to:

n
o
Minimize: F ( x ) = F ( x ) +
- ( Y i ( x i ) Y i ( x i ) )
------Y i x o
o
i=1
subject to:
n
g j ( x ) = g j ( x ) +
i=1
g j
o
-------- Y i ( x i ) Y i ( x i )
Y i x o
j = 1,m
Move limits:
l
xi xi xi
where Yi
Yi
= Xi for direct approximation

= 1
----- for reciprocal approximation
Xi
9-26
i = 1,n

Question:
How is the choice of direct versus reciprocal

approximations made?
Answer:
For the mixed method (APRCOD = 2), the choice is

based entirely on response type.
Direct Variable Approximations

Weight
Volume
Internal force
Buckling load factor
Reciprocal Variable Approximations
Displacement
Stress
Strain
Eigenvalue/Natural Frequency
Composite failure criteria
Selecting the Formal Approximation Method:
The selection is made with APRCOD on the DOPTPRM Bulk Data
entry
9-27
APRCOD SELECTION OF APPROXIMATE FORM

The selection of variables with respect to which approximations
are formed is dependent upon the following
If analysis model properties are linearly related to the design variables, use independent design variables
If analysis model properties are expressed using the user-supplied
equations, use analysis model properties
APRCOD = 1: Direct linearization of responses
N
g ( X ) = g ( X o ) +
------x i
i=1
( x i x io )
x = xo
APRCOD = 2: Mixed method based on response types (default)

Reciprocal variables stress, strain, displacement, composite criteria, eigenvalue
Direct variables weight, volume, internal force, buckling load
9-28
APRCOD SELECTION OF APPROXIMATE

FORM (Cont.)
APRCOD = 3: Convex linearization selection of either direct or
reciprocal approximations depending on which is more
conservative (that is, provides the largest constraint value
estimate)
Since both approximations are available, look at the sign of the
difference between the two:
if g D ( X ) g R ( X ) 0,
use g D ( X )
if g D ( X ) g R ( X ) < 0,
use g R ( X )
Thus:
N
g
g(X ) +
------( x i x io )
o
x i
i=1
x = xo
g ( X ) =
N
2 1
g
1
g(X )
x io ---- --------
------o
x x
x
i
io
i=1 i x=x
if
g
x i ------x i
if
g
x i ------x i
9-29
x = xo
< 0
x = xo
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
Formal Approximations are based on the assumption that gradient
information is available.
Sensitivity Analysis yields this
information.
Static Displacement Sensitivity Analysis
KU = P
Differentiate with respect to a single design variable:
U
K
P
------- U + K ------- = ------x i
x i
x i
U
Solve for ------x i
U
P K
K ------- = ------- ------- U
x i
x i x i
The equation above is exact. (The right-hand side is often referred
to as a pseudo-load vector.)
This first-order displacement sensitivity information allows the approximations of all other static response gradients to be made:
dr j r j
r j ( X + x j , U + u ) r j ( X, U )
-------- -------- = --------------------------------------------------------------------------dx i x i
x i
U
where U = ------- x i
x i
9-30
SEMIANALYTIC SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

K
P
The difficulty in practice arises from the fact that ------- and ------- in the
x i
x i
pseudo-load vector are not generally available analytically. Thus,
we must introduce approximations for these derivatives. The
result is a semianalytical approximation for the displacement
sensitivity components
Semianalytic Sensitivity Information
First forward finite differences:
e
e K ( x + x ) K ( x )
K
i
---------- -----------------------------------------------------------x i
x i
the error is on the order of x with this approximation

Central differences:
e
e K ( x + x ) K ( x x )
K
i
i
---------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------x i
2x i
the error is reduced to the order of x . Central Differences are

the default for shape optimization and forward differences are the
default for property optimization. PARAM,CDIF,YES or NO can be
used to override the defaults.
9-31
SEMIANALYTIC SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS (Cont.)

Eigenvalue sensitivity:
Eigenvalue problem statement
[ K j M ] j = 0
Differentiating with respect to a design variable xi:
T K
M
j ------- j ------- j
x i
x i
------- = --------------------------------------------T
x i
j M j
Buckling sensitivity
K k + k K d k = 0
Differentiating with respect to a design variable xi:
K d
T K
k ------- + k ---------- k
x i
k
x i
--------- = -----------------------------------------------------T
x i
( k Kd k )
9-32
DELB FINITE DIFFERENCE STEP SIZE

In computing gradients, finite differences with respect to properties
are used in the DSA modules. For example:
Element stiffness matrix:
e
e
k p j
k
--------- = --------- -------p j x i
x i
using first forward finite differences,

e
e
k ( p j + DELB P j ) k ( p j ) p j
k
--------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --------
o
x i
x i x o
DELB p j
a similar expression can be written for central differences.

for DVPREL1,
pj = co + c1 x1 + + ci xi +
p j
-------- = c i
x i
9-33
DELB FINITE DIFFERENCE STEP SIZE (Cont.)

for DVPREL2,
p j = f ( x 1, x 2, , x n )
p j
p j ( x 1, x 2, , x i + x i, , x n ) p j ( x 1, x 2, x i x i, , x n )
-------- = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------x i
2x i
Displacement perturbation:
U j
o
U j = -------- DELB p i
p i
Stress gradient:
p j
------- -------------- =
p j x i
x i
o
( u + u, p j + DELB p j ) ( u, p j ) p j
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------
o
x i x o
DELB p j
If the value of pj is too small, then we may not have sufficient

perturbation to compute finite differences.
Thus, it is then
necessary to use DELBM.
o
If DELB p j DELBM , then DELB p j in the equations given

above will be replaced by DELBM = 1.0E5.
9-34
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS IMPLEMENTATION

M
K
In MSC/NASTRAN sensitivity analysis ------- and ------- are never formed
x i
x i
as G-size matrices
K
M
Instead, vectors ------- U and ------- U are formed as the sums of the
x i
x i
products of the element level matrices and displacement vectors
K
------- U =
x i
M
------- U =
x i
m=1
m=1
k m
e
----------- U
x i
m m
e
------------- U
x i
Multiplication involves only the DOFs associated with the m-th

element
9-35
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS IMPLEMENTATION (Cont.)

The most expensive calculations are:
Back and forward substitutions
It is important to reduce the number of right-hand-side
vectors.
This is proportional to the number of load
cases the number of design variables.
Data recovery (response sensitivity)
Reduce the number of retained constraints
Reduce the number of design variables
9-36
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY
Motivation
Consider a modal frequency analysis with
Four subcases
Two hundred frequencies
100,000 DOF
Solution vectors require 1.28 gigabytes
Now do a sensitivity analysis with 100 design variables
Disk space requirement goes up by at least 100
An alternative algorithm is available if:
Only grid responses are active
Design model is in the residual
nresp < ndv (nsub nfreq)
9-37
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY THEORY

Standard frequency response equation
2
[ M + iB + K ] { u } = { P }
Grid response (r) is extracted from the global displacement vector (u)
r = f(u)
Sensitivity of the response with respect to design variables is
T
dr dx = f u u x
In the direct method, u x is obtained from:
2
2
[ M + iB + K ] { du dx } = [ dM dx + idB dx + dK dx ] { u }
The adjoint method solves for a solution vector of the form:
T
2
[ M + iB + K ] { } = { f u }
Defining
2
[ FAC ] = [ M + iB + K ]
9-38
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY THEORY (Cont.)

Then
2
T
dr dx = { } [ dM dx + idB dx + dK dx ] { u }
where the relationship
[ FAC ]
[ FAC ] = [ I ]
has been used.
9-39
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY
WHAT IS SUPPORTED
WHAT IS NOT SUPPORTED
Statics
Static Aeroelasticity
Frequency Response
Transient Response
Gravity Loads
Statics Analysis with Inertia Relief or

Thermal Loads
Grid Responses
DISP
FRDISP
FRVELO FRACCL
p-elements
Design Model in Residual
Element Responses
STRESS
STRAIN FORCE
CSTRESS CSTRAIN CFAILURE
FRSTRE
FRFORC FRSPCF
Multiple BCs for Statics in V70.5
Design Model in Upstream

Superlements
9-40
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY (Cont.)

Example - Visual Sensor
Model
Design Task
Minimize sensor jitter
nfreq
u si
i=1
Constraints
Weight 8.5
f 1 and f 2 100 Hz
9-41

Example - Visual Sensor:
Model Statistics
Number of grids:
2335
Number of elements:
2129
Number of subcases:
Number of excitation frequencies:
101
Number of design variables:
13
Number of responses:
91
Performance Results
Parameter
V70
V69.1
CPU Time
1913.4 secs
4709.9
Scratch Space
90.5 MB
608.4 MB
SCR 300 Space
70.4 MB
356.6 MB
No. of Design Cycles 9
Final Objective
1.559
1.3862
9-42

9-43

9-44

Example - Static Car Body
Model Statistics
Number of grids:
2615
Number of elements:
2647
Number of subcases:
1075
Performance Results
Parameter
V70
V69.1
CPU Time
48.1 secs
410.2
Scratch Space
24.4 MB
554.0 MB
Scratch 300 Space
7.7 MB
259.1 MB
9-45

Example - Modal Frequency Car Body
Model Statistics
Number of grids:
14990
Number of elements:
16174
Number of subcases:
Number of frequencies:
Number of modes:
67
2514
Performance Results
Parameter
V70
V69.1
CPU Time
3504.2 secs
6787.7 secs
Scratch Space
541.0MB
5238. MB
SCR 300 Space
487.4MB
1953. MB
No. of Design Cycles
Final Objective
0.6379
0.6386
Final Maximum Constraint
-0.4218
-.4151
9-46
DESIGN SENSITIVITY COEFFICIENT MATRICES

Used by the optimizer to construct approximations to structural
response quantities, or available as output for coupling with
external optimizers. (A design engineer might also act as an
external optimizer)
Definition of design sensitivity coefficient
r j
ij = ------x i
Response
Design Variable
Responses can be either first-level or direct (i.e., displacement,

stress, etc.), or second-level (synthetic), that is, defined via
DEQATN entries.
To output; use PARAM,OPTEXIT,4 in Bulk Data or Case Control.
As of Version 68, OPTEXIT = 7 yields sensitivity coefficients for the
optimal design.
Recall that a number of analysis model properties may depend on
several design variables. To allow for this:
r j
--------- =
x i
r j p k
---------- ---------p k x i
Sensitivity
Analysis
DVPREL1,
DVPREL2
where pk = properties
9-47
DESIGN SENSITIVITY COEFFICIENT MATRICES (Cont.)

Responses are listed in order in the DSCM2 Matrix. Design
variable order is printed in the design history summary at the end
of the .f06 file.
Matrix DSCM2 contains the sensitivity coefficients
r j
--------x i
where i, j = row, column
DSCM2 Matrix Structure
.
.
.
.
.
.
x2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
r j
----------
x n k
xn
9-48
.
.
.
r j
----------
x 1 1
rj
Subcase 2
.
.
.
r 1j
-----------
x 1 1
r1
Subcase 2
.
.
.
x1
rj
Subcase 1
.
.
.
r1
Subcase 1
DSAPRT
Design Sensitivity Output Parameters

DSAPRT
Specifies
design sensitivity output parameters.
Format:
ALL
FORMATTED
NOEXPORT
DSAPRT ( UNFORMATTED ,
, [ START = i ], [ BY = j ], [ END = k ]) = n
EXPORT
NOPRINT
NONE
Examples:
DSAPRT(FORMATTED,EXPORT)
DSAPRT(FORMATTED,START = FIRST,BY = 3,END = LAST) = 101
DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED,START = FIRST)
DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED,EXPORT)
DSAPRT(FORMATTED,END = 4) = ALL
DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED,END = SENS) = ALL
DSAPRT(NOPRINT,EXPORT)
Describers
Meaning
FORMATTED
Output will be presented with headings and labels.
UNFORMATTED Output will be printed as a matrix print (see description of the MATPRN module
in the MSC/NASTRAN DMAP Module Dictionary).
NOPRINT
No output will be printed.
EXPORT
Output will be exported to an external binary file specified by PARAM,IUNIT.
NOEXPORT
Output will not be exported to an external binary file.
START = i
Specifies the first design cycle for output. (Integer > 0 or Character: FIRST or
LAST; Default = 1 or FIRST)
BY = j
Specifies the design cycle interval for output. (Integer 1, or > 0; Default = 0)
See Remark 2.
END = k
Specifies the last design cycle for output. (Integer > 0 or Character: FIRST,
LAST, or SENS; Default = LAST)
ALL
All design responses (defined in DRESP1 and DRESP2 entries) will be output.
Set identification of a previously appearing SET command. Only sensitivities of

responses with identification numbers that appear on this SET command will be
output. (Integer > 0)
(Continued)
9-49
DSAPRT
Remarks:
1.
Only one DSAPRT may appear in the Case Control Section and should appear above all
SUBCASE commands.
2.
Sensitivity data will be output at design cycles i, i + j, i + 2j, ..., k. Note that the BY = 0
default implies no sensitivity analysis at the intermediate design cycles.
3.
END = SENS requests design sensitivity analysis, and no optimization will be performed.
4.
Prior to Version 69, PARAM,OPTEXIT,4, 4, or 7 requested design sensitivity output and

may still be used in Version 69. However, if both DSAPRT and PARAM,OPTEXIT,4, 4,
or 7 are specified, then DSAPRT overrides PARAM,OPTEXIT,4, 4, or 7.
PARAM,OPTEXIT values and the equivalent DSAPRT commands are as follows:
OPTEXIT
Equivalent DSAPRT Command
DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED, END = SENS)
DSAPRT(NOPRINT,EXPORT,END = SENS)
DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED,START = LAST)
9-50
FORMATTED SENSITIVITY PRINT EXAMPLE

**********************************************************************
*
*
* D E S I G N
S E N S I T I V I T Y
M A T R I X
O U T P U T
*
*
*
*
*
* R E S P O N S E
S E N S I T I V I T Y
C O E F F I C I E N T S *
*
*
**********************************************************************
9-51
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------DRESP1 ID=
20
RESPONSE TYPE= WEIGHT
SEID=
0
RESP VALUE
DESIGN VARIABLE COEFFICIENT
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4.8284e+00
1 A1
2.8286e+00
2 A2
1.0006e+00
SYMMETRIC THREE BAR TRUSS DESIGN OPTIMIZATION D200X1
JANUARY 18, 1996 MSC/NASTRAN
1/17/96
PAGE
24
BASELINE - 2 CROSS SECTIONAL AREAS AS DESIGN VARIABLES
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------DRESP1 ID=
23
RESPONSE TYPE= STRESS
ELEM ID=
1
COMP NO=
2 SEID=
0
SUBCASE RESP VALUE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1
1.3530E+04
1 A1
-1.1895E+04
2 A2
-8.1543E+02
2 -9.0973E+03
1 A1
1.0742E+04
2 A2
-8.2031E+02
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------DRESP1 ID=
25
RESPONSE TYPE= STRESS
ELEM ID=
3
COMP NO=
2 SEID=
0
SUBCASE RESP VALUE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 -9.0973E+03
1 A1
1.0742E+04
2 A2
-8.2031E+02
2
1.3530E+04
1 A1
-1.1895E+04
2 A2
-8.1543E+02
MOVE LIMITS
Move limits are directly applied to the design variables as side
constraints
Limits are also imposed as upper and lower bounds on each
analysis property related to the design model. These bounds are
applied to the optimization of the current approximate model and
are treated as constraints by the optimizer, not side constraints.
Allowable move limits are problem dependent, and there is no
general a priori method of estimation
true function
F(X)
linear approximation
X = current design
allowable
move limits
For sizing problems, use relatively large move limits (such as 0.5
1.0 initially), reducing them if convergence becomes a problem.
Smaller move limits are recommended for dynamics problems
since such responses are often highly nonlinear.
9-52
MOVE LIMITS IMPOSED ON ANALYSIS MODEL

PROPERTIES
The property move limit is initialized by the value (or default)
supplied in the DOPTPRM entry in the DELP and DPMIN fields
For property optimization, move limits are imposed on the analysis
model properties as well as the design variables
o
For the initial design x , analysis model properties p j , j = 1, 2, , ...,

J are determined. DELP specifies the bounds within which pj may
be modified as:
l
pj pj ( x ) pj
where
p j p j DELP
u =
p j + p j DELP
pj
pj
pj
pj
9-53
pj
MOVE LIMITS IMPOSED ON ANALYSIS MODEL

PROPERTIES (Cont.)
In case p j is small, both of the upper and lower bounds may be
too small imposing unnecessarily small move limits. To make sure
this does not happen, DPMIN is specified to ensure that at least
some move limits are available as follows:
l
l
o
p j = max min [ p j ( DELP ), ( p j DPMIN ) ], PMIN
u
u
o
p j = min max [ p j ( DELP ), ( p j + DPMIN ) ], PMAX
pj
pj
pjo
pj
pj
Note that PMIN and PMAX from the DVPREL1 and 2 entries have
been accounted for as well.
Because property limits are treated as constraints, it is possible
they may become violated during the design process if this helps
satisfy a more seriously violated constraint. In the extreme, a
physically meaningless design may result.
9-54
MOVE LIMITS IMPOSED ON DESIGN VARIABLES

Move limits are also imposed on the design variables
o
xi
DELTA x i x i
xi
xi
DELTA
where DELTA = DELXV if specified on the DESVAR entry

or
DELX if specified on the DOPTPRM entry
or
1.0 by default
if DELXV is specified, it always has priority over DELX.
As with the case of DPMIN for properties, DXMIN provides

minimum move limits on design variables if these are near zero
o
if x i
o
xi
DELTA < DXMIN then

DXMIN x i
xi
+ DXMIN
However, x i and x i , provided on the DESVAR entry, are never

exceeded.
9-55
AUTOMATIC UPDATES OF MOVE LIMITS

Under the following conditions, move limits DELP, DPMIN and
DELX, DXMIN are reduced to one-half of the current values
The current iteration cycle number is greater than or equal to three
There is at least one violated constraint, and the level of constraint
violation is increasing
Every time the move limits are changed, a message is printed and
the user is advised to include a revised DOPTPRM entry reflecting
the changes in the restart Bulk Data
9-56
MOVE LIMITS UPDATE

^^^ USER INFORMATION MESSAGE 9052 (FEA)
^^^ STATIC ANALYSIS COMPLETED. DESIGN CYCLE NUMBER=
********************************************************
*
*
*
USER WARNING MESSAGE
*
*
*
* IF YOU WANT TO CONTINUE THE DESIGN AFTER THIS JOB
*
* IS COMPLETED, YOU MUST INCLUDE A REVISED DOPTPRM
*
* BULK DATA ENTRY IN THE BULK DATA SECTION WITH THE
*
* FOLLOWING ITEMS MODIFIED AS SHOWN:
*
*
*
*
DELP =
1.0000E-01
*
*
DPMIN =
5.0000E-03
*
*
DELX =
5.0000E-01
*
*
DXMIN =
2.5000E-02
*
*
*
********************************************************
9-57
********************************************************
*
*
* IF A DELXV IS SPECIFIED ON A DESVAR BULK DATA ENTRY, *
* UPDATED DELXV VALUES ARE PRESENT ON THE DESVAR
*
* ENTRIES CONTAINED IN THE PUNCH FILE.
*
*
*
* (NOTE: THERE MAY BE MORE THAN ONE MESSAGE LIKE
*
*
THIS. THE LAST ONE IN THIS RUN SHOULD
*
*
BE LOCATED AND USED.)
*
*
*
********************************************************
CONVERGENCE NOT ACHIEVED YET
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2.8778E-02 MUST BE LESS THAN
1.0000E-03
1.0000E-20
: 3.3610E-02 MUST BE LESS THAN
5.0000E-03
: 0.0000E+00 MUST BE LESS THAN
1.0000E-03
AND
: 4.0000E-01 MUST BE LESS THAN
1.0000E-03
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------OR

:
:
PARAM OPTEXIT
The OPTEXIT parameter provides a means of exiting a design task in
SOL 200.
OPTEXIT
Value
Description
Do not exit. Proceed with optimization.
Exit after the initialization of the analysis and design model

but before finite element analysis begins.
Exit after finite element analysis and initial design response

and shape basis vector processing.
Exit after design constraint evaluation and screening.
Exit after design sensitivity analysis and print the matrix of

design sensitivity coefficients (DSCM2). This is equivalent to
the DSAPRT (UNFORM,END+SENS) Case Control
command.
Exit after design sensitivity analysis and write the data blocks
related to sensitivity coefficients (DSCM2 and DSCMCOL) to
an external file using the OUTPUT2 and OUTPUT4 modules.
This is equivalent to the DSAPRT (NOPRINT,EXPORT
END+SENS) Case Control command. See related
parameters ITAPE, IUNIT, and OMAXR.
Exit after the first approximate optimization of the design

model.
Exit after the first update of the analysis model based on the
first approximate optimization of the design model.
Compute and output design sensitivity coefficients at the end

of normal program termination: hard convergence, soft
convergence, or maximum design cycles. This is equivalent
to the DSAPRT (UNFORM,START+LAST) Case Control
command.
9-58
FLOW CHART FOR SOLUTION 200
MSC/NASTRAN Input File

Processing for Primary
and All Auxiliary Models
AXMDRV, AXMPR1
NO
IFPL
Does a Design
Model Exist?
YES
Generate Nonrepetitive Tables Used in

Design Sensitivity and Analysis.
Analysis Model Override by Design Model
DOPR1, DOPR2, DOPR4, DOM11
1
PREDOM
EXITOPT
Case Control Partitioning

Based on Analysis Type
MDCASE
PHASE0 Operations, Restart Checking for
Primary and Auxiliary Models (for Shape)
AXMDRV, AXMPR2
Design Optimization Data Initialization

DMPR, SDSA, SDSB
Begin Design Cycle Loop

Loop on Design Cycles
Database Cleanup From

Previous Design Cycle
9-59
PHASE0
DESINIT,
SETSOLAP
FLOW CHART FOR SOLUTION 200 (Cont.)
NO
If AMBS
AMBS
Auxiliary Model
Boundary Shapes
YES
Static Analysis for All Auxiliary Models,
Loop over Auxiliary Models, Boundary
Conditions (FEAOPT = Analysis)
NO
If AMBS
or GMBS
FEA
GMBS
Geometry Model
Boundary Shapes
YES
Collect Analysis Results, Generate

Enforced Boundary Displacements
for Auxiliary Structure Analysis
AXMDRV, DSAJ
BNDSHP
Finite Element Analysis and Data Recovery

for All Analysis Disciplines, Superelements,
and Subcases. Basis Vector Solution
(for Shape Optimization)
NO
FEA
If AMBS
or GMBS
YES
Partition Out Shape Basis Vector

Solutions, Generate Basis Vectors
If a Design Model Exists and

PARAM, OPTIM, YES
NO
EXIT
YES
Begin Design Sensitivity
and Optimization
Pre-Sensitivity Initialization Operations.
Shape Basis Vector Initialization
and Scaling Operations.
DOM11, DOPR2, DOPR3, DOPR4, DOPR5
9-60
PRESENS (First Design

Cycle Only)
Design Constraint Evaluation and Screening

DESCON
DSAD, DSAR, DSPRM, WEIGHT
SDR2STAT
Hard Convergence Check
DOM12
(and Design Cycle = 2

EXITOPT
e.g., One Pass Through Loop)
Maximum
Design Cycles
Completed?
YES
EXIT
EXITOPT
NO
3
EXITOPT
If Hard
Convergence
YES
Data Recovery and

Exit (FEAOPT =
DATARECOVERY) FEA,
EXITOPT
*
7
Generate Pseudo-load Vectors for
Sensitivity Analysis Across Analysis
Disciplines, Subcases, and Superelements
DESAERDR
DSABO, DSAE, DSAM, DSAN,
,PSLGDV,
DSAP, DSAR, DSVG1, DSVG2
SEDRDR
NO
Generate Solutions for

Sensitivity Analysis
(FEAOPT = SENSITIVITY)
FEA
*OPTEXIT=7 includes computation of sensitivities for the current design cycle (all operations up to DOM9).
9-61
Compute Necessary Response

Sensitivities for All Retained Constraints
RESPSEN,
DSAF, DSAH, DSAL, DSAW, DSDVRG,
SEDRDR,
DSFLTF, DSFLUTE, DSPRM, DSVG1, DSVG4, SDR2STAT
Exit and Print Sensitivities

DSTAP2, DOM6, SDSC EXITOPT
Optimization with Respect

to Approximate Models
DOM9
Output Updated Grid Entries

DOM11
Design Optimization Output

DOM10
Soft Convergence Check

DOM12
If Soft
Convergence
YES Data Recovery and

Exit (FEAOPT =
FEA,
DATARECOVERY) EXITOPT
NO
Analysis Model Updates

(Auxiliary + Primary)
AXMPR2
End Design
Cycle Loop
9-62
UPDATE
CONVERGENCE AT THE DESIGN CYCLE LEVEL
IFP
PREDOM
FEA
DESCON
Initialization
Finite Element Analysis

Constraint Evaluation and Screening
1 Hard Convergence
(Convergence Check Based on the
Data of Two Consecutive Designs)
DOM12
PSLGDV
FEA
RESPSEN
Sensitivity Analysis and Optimization

with Approximate Models
DOM9
DOM10
DOM12
DOM11
Note:
Print Output
2
Soft Convergence
(Check If the Optimizer Made Progress)
Update Analysis Model
Soft convergence 2 does not terminate the iteration

process, unless the SOFTEXIT parameter is YES
(default is NO).
9-63
CONVERGENCE AT THE DESIGN CYCLE

LEVEL (Cont.)
Internal
Variable
Criterion
(P)
CHGOBJ
ACHOBJ
OBJ
CHGPRP
CHGDV
CONMAX
User
Parameter
0.001
CONV1
1.E-20
CONV2
0.001
CONVPR
0.001
CONVDV
0.005
GMAX
(P 1)
OBJ
OBJ
------------------------------------------------------(P 1)
OBJ
(P)
Default
Limit
OBJ
(P 1)
P (P) P (P 1)
i
i
max
----------------------------------------
(P 1)
1 i NPROP
Pi
x (P) x (P 1)
i
i
max
---------------------------------------
(P 1)
1 i NDV
xi
max { g ( x ) }
k
k
9-64
CONVERGENCE CRITERIA
Soft Convergence Decision Logic
Compares the results of the approximate optimization with the
previous finite element analysis
CHGOBJ CONV1
or
ACHOBJ CONV2
No
YES
CHGPRP CONVPR
No
YES
CONMAX GMAX
or
CHGDV CONVDV
No
YES
SOFTCV = TRUE
SOFTCV = FALSE
9-65
CONVERGENCE CRITERIA (Cont.)

Hard Convergence Decision Logic
Compares results of finite element analysis at the completion of a
design loop with the previous analysis results.
CHGOBJ < CONV1

or
ACHOBJ < CONV2
No
Yes
Yes
CONMAX < GMAX
Yes
Convergence to a
Unique Design
No
CHGPRP<CONVPR
and
CHGDV<CONVDV
Best Compromise,
Infeasible Design
Found
Nonunique If
CHGPRP > CONVPR or
CHGDV > CONVDV
9-66
No
Continue with
Optimization
SUMMARY OF PARAMETERS FOR DESIGN

OPTIMIZATION
The following parameters are unique to Design Sensitivity and
Optimization:
CDIF
DESPCH
DSNOKD
NASPRT
Controls the selection of finite difference scheme

used in sensitivity analysis.
YES
Selects central differences (default

for shape optimization).
NO
Selects forward differences (default

for property optimization only).
Controls the frequency of updated DESVAR and

GRID Bulk Data entry output to the PUNCH file.
N<0
No output.
N=0
Final design cycle (default).
N>0
Every N-th, as well as final design

cycles.
Indicates if the differential stiffness effect is to be

included in buckling sensitivity analysis.
1.0
Include differential stiffness.
0.0
Do not include differential stiffness

(default).
Controls the frequency of MSC/NASTRAN output.

-1
No output.
Output on initial and final design

cycles (default).
Output every N-th iteration and also

prior to exit.
9-67
SUMMARY OF PARAMETERS FOR DESIGN

OPTEXIT
SOFTEXIT
UPDTBSH
Instructs the program to exit at one of seven

predetermined exit points.
0
No user-defined exit (default).
N>0
Exit at one of the locations 1

through 7 (1 N 7).
Determines whether to terminate design cycles if

soft convergence is indicated.
NO
Do not stop if soft convergence is

indicated (default).
YES
Terminate design cycles

convergence is achieved.
if
soft
Controls the update of the boundary shapes in the

analytic boundary shapes method for shape
optimization.
NO
Do not update the boundary shapes

(default).
YES
Update the boundary shapes.
Note:
Regardless
of
the
value
of
UPDTBSH, shape basis vectors are
still updated for every design cycle
(interpolation to the interior grids).
UPDTBSH only controls updates on
the boundary shapes.
9-68
SECTION 10
SHAPE OPTIMIZATION
BASIC EQUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
BASIS VECTORS EXAMPLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
SHAPE BASIS VECTORS IN THE DESIGN MODEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
DESIGN MODELING INPUT FOR SHAPE OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
MANUAL GRID VARIATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
DVGRID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
AUXILIARY MODELS IN SHAPE OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
EXAMPLE DIRECT INPUT OF SHAPES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
DVSHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
AUXILIARY BOUNDARY MODELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
EXAMPLE ANALYTIC BOUNDARY SHAPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
AUXCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
AUXMODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
BNDGRID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
DVBSHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
SUMMARY OF SHAPE BASIS VECTOR GENERATION METHODS . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
GUIDELINES, RECOMMENDATIONS AND LIMITATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
BASIC EQUATION
10
MSC/NASTRAN uses shape basis vectors to describe shape changes:

Grid Point
Changes
{G}
Basis
Vectors
[T]
Design Variable
Changes
{x}
where {G} = { G }
i + 1 { G }i
{x}
= {x}
i + 1 { x }i
= current design
i+1
= updated design
A new shape is a linear combination of basis vectors.

The engineer determines HOW the structure can change [T]
The optimizer determines HOW MUCH the structure can change
{x}
BASIS VECTORS EXAMPLES

Example 1 Plate Height as Shape Design Variable
h = 1.0
y
2
1
x
1 2 h
h
h
{ G } = { G } { G } = x { T }
T
{ T } = 0. 1. 0. 0. 1. 0. 0. 0.5 0. 0. 0.5 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.
GRID 1 GRID 2 GRID 3 GRID 4 GRID 5 GRID 6
10-2
BASIS VECTORS EXAMPLES (Cont.)

Example 2 Radius of Circular Plate
6
4
5
R
3
R = -1.0
1 1
{ G } = { G } { G } = x { T }
{ T } = 1. 0. 0.
GRID 1
0. 0. 0. 1. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 1. 0. 0.
GRID 2
GRID 3
10-3
0. 0. 0.
BASIS VECTORS EXAMPLES (Cont.)

Example 3
Consider a plate with a hole in the middle with unequal edge traction
forces. A quarter model is pictured below:
Ty = 1.0E4 N/m
Tx = 2.0E4 N/m
0.15m
0.15m
Material:
aluminum, 7075T6 sheet
2
E = 7.2E10 N/m
= 0.33
= 2.8E3 kg/m
10-4
BASIS VECTORS AN EXAMPLE (Cont.)

We expect the optimal hole shape to be an ellipse, so a candidate set
of basis vectors might be:
Basis Vector {T}1
Basis Vector {T}2
MSC/NASTRAN will allow us to define design variables that represent

x and y axis intercepts as:
x1 = a
x2 = b
so that,
x 1
{ G } = [ { T 1 } { T 2 } ]
x 2
x-direction
variation
y-direction
variation
10-5
a
b
SHAPE BASIS VECTORS IN THE DESIGN MODEL

There are two primary tasks in design modeling for shape:
Defining the shape basis vectors
Defining the design variables and correlating these to the basis
vectors
Defining shape basis vectors
Each basis vector component describes the direction and
magnitude of an individual grid component change, for a given
design variable change
This is a large amount of data.
MSC/NASTRAN provides four methods of generating shape basis
vectors
Manual grid variation
Direct input of shapes
Geometric boundary shapes
Analytic boundary shapes
10-6
DESIGN MODELING INPUT FOR SHAPE

OPTIMIZATION

Case Control: Analysis =)

(Bulk Data: DESVAR)

Analysis Model:
(Bulk Data: DVPREL1, DVPREL2)
for Shape (Bulk Data: DVGRID,
DVBSHAP, DVSHAP, BNDGRID)

(Bulk Data: DRESP1, DRESP2)

Provide any necessary

parameter overrides
(Bulk Data: DOPTPRM, DSCREEN)
10-7
MANUAL GRID VARIATION

This method is recommended only for very simple cases, or in unique
situations.
A DVGRID entry is used to define motion for a single grid:
(Design Variable to GRID) Relationships
{G}i
{G}i
y
x
G ix
N1
{ G } i = G iy = COEFF N2 x DVID
G iz
N3
DVGRID
DVID
GRID
CID
COEFF
N1
N2
N3
10-8
10
MANUAL GRID VARIATION (Cont.)

Each DVGRID entry defines a single basis vector component, as well
as identifying the related design variable.
Multiple references to the same grid-design variable result in vectorial
addition of the basis vector component.
DVGRID entry format:
10-9
DVGRID
Design Variable to Grid Point Relation
DVGRID the relationship between design variables and grid point locations.
Defines
Format:
1
DVGRID
DVID
GID
CID
COEFF
N1
N2
N3
108
0.2
0.5
0.3
1.0
10
Example:
DVGRID
Field
Contents
DVID
GID
Grid point (GRID) or geometric point (POINT) identification number. (Integer > 0)
CID
Coordinate system identification number. (Integer 0; Default = 0)
COEFF
Multiplier of the vector defined by Ni. (Real; Default = 0.0)
Ni
Components of the vector measured in the coordinate system defined by CID.

(Real; at least one Ni 0.0.)
Remarks:
1.
A CID of zero or blank (the default) references the basic coordinate system.
2.
Multiple references to the same grid ID and design variable result in vectorial addition of
the participation vectors defined by CID, COEFF, and Ni. There is no restriction on the
number of DVGRID entries that may reference a given grid (GID) or design variable
(DVID).
3.
The coordinate update equation is given as

0
{ g }i { g }i =
COEFF j ( X DVID j X DVID j ) { N } j

0
where { g } i is the location of the i-th grid, [ g x g y g z ] .

T
The vector { N } = [ N x N y N z ] is determined from CID and Ni. Note that it is a change
0
in a design variable from its initial value X , and not the absolute value of the design
0
variable itself, that represents a change in a grid point location, { g } i { g } i .

(Continued)
10-10

4.
DVGRID
The DVGRID entry defines the participation coefficients (basis vectors) of each design
variable for each of the coordinates affected by the design process in the relationship
{ g }i =
{ T }ij X j
j
5.
DVGRID entries that reference grid points on MPCs or RSSCON entries produce incorrect
sensitivities. Often the sensitivities are 0.0 which may result in a warning message indicating zero gradients which may be followed by UFM 6499. Other rigid elements produce
correct results.
10-11
AUXILIARY MODELS IN SHAPE OPTIMIZATION

The following methods use auxiliary models as an aid to shape basis
vector generation
What is an auxiliary model?
It is a structure whose deformations may be used to generate basis
vectors.
Although the geometry is usually the same, boundary conditions,
loads, and possibly material types may differ.
10-12
AUXILIARY MODELS IN SHAPE OPTIMIZATION (Cont.)

Example: Elliptical hole variation in quarter plate
Loads applied to the hole boundary yield consistent deformations

that can be used as basis vectors:
{ U } Vectors from static analysis
{ G } = [ T ] { x }
10-13
EXAMPLE DIRECT INPUT OF SHAPES

(TPL problems D200CSX.DAT, D200CS.DAT)
The figure below is the initial design and von Mises stress resultants
for a two-dimensional, symmetric road support structure (culvert)
Pressure load on top surface
From the above stress distribution, we can observe that the culvert
interior profile is not optimal.
10-14
EXAMPLE DIRECT INPUT OF SHAPES (Cont.)

Shape Optimal Solution Approach:
Build an auxiliary model
Gather displacement solutions to use as basis vectors
Define a design task
Auxiliary Model Generation
We require that the outer culvert profile remain unchanged. Interior
shape variations can be achieved by loading each interior grid
individually (7 separate load conditions).
10-15

ID,AUX1,VT100 $FEB 10,1990
TIME 10
SOL 101
CEND
TITLE=Culvert Example Using External Auxiliary Model
SUBTITLE=The External Auxiliary Model
SPC=25
$
$ seven load cases
$
SUBCASE 1
LOAD=100
DISP=ALL
SUBCASE 2
LOAD=101
DISP=ALL
SUBCASE 3
LOAD=102
DISP=ALL
SUBCASE 4
LOAD=103
DISP=ALL
SUBCASE 5
LOAD=104
DISP=ALL
SUBCASE 6
LOAD=105
DISP=ALL
SUBCASE 7
LOAD=106
DISP=ALL
BEGIN BULK
PARAM,POST,0
param,newseq,-1
$
$ The same GRID and CQUAD4 entries as the primary structure
$
GRID, 1,, 3.00000, 0.00000,.00
GRID, 2,, 4.00000, 0.00000,.00
GRID, 3,, 5.00000, 0.00000,.00
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(see optimization input file)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
GRID, 38,, 2.00000, 5.19600,.00
GRID, 39,, 2.50000, 5.19600,.00
GRID, 40,, 3.00000, 5.19600,.00
10-16

CQUAD4,
1,101,
1,
2,
6,
5
CQUAD4,
2,101,
2,
3,
7,
6
CQUAD4,
3,101,
3,
4,
8,
7
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
(see optimization input file)
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
CQUAD4,
25,101,
30,
31,
38,
37
CQUAD4,
26,101,
31,
32,
39,
38
CQUAD4,
27,101,
32,
33,
40,
39
PSHELL,101,102,.44
MAT1,102,2.+7,,.3
$
$ Additional CBAR elements maintain smoothness of the circular boundary
$
CBAR,31,1,13,14,,1.0
CBAR,32,1,14,15,,1.0
CBAR,33,1,15,16,,1.0
CBAR,34,1,16, 9,,1.0
CBAR,35,1, 9, 5,,1.0
CBAR,36,1,5 , 1,,1.0
PBAR
1
102
20.0
1.0
1.0
$
$ Seven load cases
$
FORCE,100,13,0,1.e5,0.,1.,0.
FORCE,101,14,0,1.e5,0.259,.9659
FORCE,102,15,0,1.e5,0.5,0.866,0.0
FORCE,103,16,0,1.e5,1.,1.,0.
FORCE,104,9,0,1.e5,0.866,0.5,0.0
FORCE,105,5,0,1.e5,0.9659,0.259
FORCE,106,1,0,1.e5,1.,0.,0.
$
$ Boundary conditions satisfy functional and manufacturing requirements
$
SPC1,25,345,1,THRU,40
SPC1,25,6,2,THRU,4
SPC1,25,6,6,THRU,8
SPC1,25,6,10,THRU,12
SPC1,25,6,17,THRU,19
SPC1,25,6,20,THRU,26
SPC1,25,6,27,THRU,33
SPC1,25,6,34,THRU,40
SPC1,25,12,33,THRU,40
SPC1,25,12,4,8,12,19,26
SPC1,25,1,13,20,27
SPC1,25,2,1,2,3
ENDDATA
10-17

Optimization input
Displacement vectors are dblocated and defined as basis vectors
using DVSHAP Bulk Data entries.
10-18
DVSHAP
Design Variable to Basis Vector(s)
DVSHAP
Variable
to Basis
Vector(s)
Defines a shape basis vector by relating a design variable identificationDesign
number
(DVID)
to columns
of a displacement matrix.
Format:
1
DVSHAP
DVID
COL1
SF1
COL2
SF2
COL3
SF3
2.0
1.0
10
Example:
DVSHAP
Field
Contents
DVID
Design variable identification number on the DESVAR entry. (Integer > 0)
COLi
Column number of the displacement matrix. See Remark 2. (1 Integer

maximum column number in the displacement matrix.)
SFi
Scaling factor applied to the COLi-th column of the displacement matrix. (Real;
Default = 1.0)
Remarks:
1.
DVID must be defined on a DESVAR entry.
2.
COLi must be a valid column number in the displacement matrix.
3.
Multiple references to the same DVID and/or COLi will result in a linear combination of
displacement vectors. In the example above, the shape basis vector is a linear combination of the fourth column and twice the second column.
4.
The displacement matrix must have been created by MSC/NASTRAN and be available on
a database, which is attached via the DBLOCATE FMS statement shown below:
ASSIGN
DBLOCATE
DISPMAT= physical filename of MASTER DBset

DATABLK=(UG/UGD,GEOM1/GEOM1D,GEOM2/GEOM2D) ,
LOGICAL=DISPMAT
10-19

$
$ FMS section for retrieving the auxiliary displacement matrix
$
assign f1_aux=culvert1.MASTER
dblocate datablk=(ug/ugd,geom1/geom1d,geom2/geom2d) ,
logical=f1_aux
SOL
200 $
TIME
100
CEND
TITLE=CULVERT EXAMPLE USING EXTERNAL AUXILIARY STRUCTURE
SUBTITLE=THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE
ANALYSIS = STATICS
SPC=25
LOAD=1
DISP=ALL
STRESS=all
DESSUB = 10
desobj = 5
BEGIN BULK
PARAM,POST,0
$ PARAM,optexit,4
PARAM,NEWSEQ,-1
GRID, 1,, 3.00000, 0.00000,.00
GRID, 2,, 4.00000, 0.00000,.00
GRID, 3,, 5.00000, 0.00000,.00
GRID, 4,, 6.00000, 0.00000,.00
GRID, 5,, 2.89464, 0.78478,.00
GRID, 6,, 3.79369, 0.75885,.00
GRID, 7,, 4.69274, 0.73293,.00
GRID, 8,, 5.59178, 0.70700,.00
GRID, 9,, 2.60164, 1.49178,.00
GRID, 10,, 3.46229, 1.46585,.00
GRID, 11,, 4.32293, 1.43993,.00
GRID, 12,, 5.18357, 1.41400,.00
GRID, 13,, 0.00000, 3.00000,.00
GRID, 14,, 0.78478, 2.89464,.00
GRID, 15,, 1.49178, 2.60164,.00
GRID, 16,, 2.12100, 2.12100,.00
GRID, 17,, 3.00578, 2.12100,.00
GRID, 18,, 3.89057, 2.12100,.00
GRID, 19,, 4.77535, 2.12100,.00
10-20

GRID, 20,, 0.00000,
GRID, 21,, 0.68985,
GRID, 22,, 1.32785,
GRID, 23,, 1.91400,
GRID, 24,, 2.67052,
GRID, 25,, 3.42704,
GRID, 26,, 4.18357,
GRID, 27,, 0.00000,
GRID, 28,, 0.59493,
GRID, 29,, 1.16393,
GRID, 30,, 1.70700,
GRID, 31,, 2.33526,
GRID, 32,, 2.96352,
GRID, 33,, 3.59178,
GRID, 34,, 0.00000,
GRID, 35,, 0.50000,
GRID, 36,, 1.00000,
GRID, 37,, 1.50000,
GRID, 38,, 2.00000,
GRID, 39,, 2.50000,
GRID, 40,, 3.00000,
CQUAD4,
1,101,
CQUAD4,
2,101,
CQUAD4,
3,101,
CQUAD4,
4,101,
CQUAD4,
5,101,
CQUAD4,
6,101,
CQUAD4,
7,101,
CQUAD4,
8,101,
CQUAD4,
9,101,
CQUAD4,
10,101,
CQUAD4,
11,101,
CQUAD4,
12,101,
CQUAD4,
13,101,
CQUAD4,
14,101,
CQUAD4,
15,101,
CQUAD4,
16,101,
CQUAD4,
17,101,
CQUAD4,
18,101,
CQUAD4,
19,101,
CQUAD4,
20,101,
CQUAD4,
21,101,
CQUAD4,
22,101,
CQUAD4,
23,101,
CQUAD4,
24,101,
CQUAD4,
25,101,
CQUAD4,
26,101,
CQUAD4,
27,101,
FORCE
1
34
FORCE
1
35
3.73200,.00
3.66176,.00
3.46643,.00
3.14600,.00
3.14600,.00
3.14600,.00
3.14600,.00
4.46400,.00
4.42888,.00
4.33122,.00
4.17100,.00
4.17100,.00
4.17100,.00
4.17100,.00
5.19600,.00
5.19600,.00
5.19600,.00
5.19600,.00
5.19600,.00
5.19600,.00
5.19600,.00
1,
2,
2,
3,
3,
4,
5,
6,
6,
7,
7,
8,
9,
10,
10,
11,
11,
12,
13,
14,
14,
15,
15,
16,
20,
21,
21,
22,
22,
23,
27,
28,
28,
29,
29,
30,
16,
17,
17,
18,
18,
19,
23,
24,
24,
25,
25,
26,
30,
31,
31,
32,
32,
33,
0
0
6,
7,
8,
10,
11,
12,
17,
18,
19,
21,
22,
23,
28,
29,
30,
35,
36,
37,
24,
25,
26,
31,
32,
33,
38,
39,
40,
1250.
2500.
5
6
7
9
10
11
16
17
18
20
21
22
27
28
29
34
35
36
23
24
25
30
31
32
37
38
39
10-21
-1.
-1.

FORCE
1
36
0
2500.
-1.
FORCE
1
37
0
2500.
-1.
FORCE
1
38
0
2500.
-1.
FORCE
1
39
0
2500.00
-1.
FORCE
1
40
0
1250.
-1.
PSHELL,101,102,.44
MAT1,102,2.+7,,.3,0.731-3
SPC1,25,3456,1,THRU,40
SPC1,25,12,1,THRU,4
SPC1,25,1,13,20,27,34
$
$ design model
$
desvar 1
b1
3.
-1.e6
1.e6
.2
desvar 2
b1
3.
-1.e6
1.e6
.2
desvar 3
b3
3.
-1.e6
1.e6
.2
desvar 4
b4
3.
-1.e6
1.e6
.2
desvar 5
b5
3.
-1.e6
1.e6
.2
desvar 6
b6
3.
-1.e6
1.e6
.2
desvar 7
b7
3.
-1.e6
1.e6
.2
$
$ A DVSHAP entry defines a shape basis vector by associating one design
$ variable to a dblocated displacement vector.
$
dvshap 1
1
66.773
dvshap 2
2
117.35
These scaling factors are chosen to
dvshap 3
3
216.33
normalize the basis vectors with the
dvshap 4
4
443.55
resulting maximum component of each
dvshap 5
5
220.89
basis vector being unit.
dvshap 6
6
115.69
dvshap 7
7
65.669
dresp1 5
volume volume
dresp1 2
von-mis stress pshell
9
101
DCONSTR 10
2
-3.100e43.100e4
doptprm DESMAX 25
APRCOD 1
param,nasprt,1
ENDDATA
10-22

Results:
Final volume is reduced by more than 20%. Maximum stess is
increased by 16%.
10-23
AUXILIARY BOUNDARY MODELS

We have seen how auxiliary models can be used to generate shape
variations over the domain of the structure.
Auxiliary boundary models can likewise be used to generate shape
variations over the boundaries of structures. These can be used to
smooth out the applied shape-changing loads.
The geometric boundary shapes and analytic boundary shapes
methods both interpolate boundary variations to the structures
interior. The result is a set of shape basis vectors.
Auxiliary boundary model example:
Bar Elements
Primary Model
Auxiliary Boundary Model
10-24
AUXILIARY BOUNDARY MODELS

Auxiliary boundary model solutions yield the boundary shapes.
Constant
Linear
Quadratic
P
Cubic
10-25
EXAMPLE ANALYTIC BOUNDARY SHAPES

Consider the following solid cantilever model, with tip loading as
shown:
154
165
143
132
121
110
Z
Y
X
10-26
EXAMPLE ANALYTIC BOUNDARY SHAPES (Cont.)

Initial von Mises stress distribution:
Z
Y
X
Suppose we would like to change the shape of the structure to

minimize mass subject to constraints on von Mises stresses.
To change the shape, we will modify the upper and lower planes of
the cantilever.
10-27
Z
Y
X
The auxiliary boundary models will produce deformations over the

primary model boundaries. These deformations are then interpolated
to the interior. The resulting boundary + interior motion will yield a
shape basis vector.
From the auxiliary model analysis we have
x1
[ T ] = [ 1.0U SUBCASE200 1.0U SUBCASE300 ]
x2
10-28

Text input for analytic boundary shapes
AUXCASE
AUXMODEL
BNDGRID
DVBSHAP
10-29
AUXCASE
Auxiliary Model Case Control Delimiter
AUXCASE Case Control Commands for an Auxiliary Model in SOL 200.

Delimits
Format:
AUXCASE
Examples:
AUXCAS
AUXC
Remarks:
1.
AUXCASE indicates the beginning of Case Control commands for an auxiliary model.
AUXCASE must follow the primary model Case Control commands.
2.
All Case Control commands following this entry are applicable until the next AUXCASE or
BEGIN BULK command. Commands from preceding Case Control Sections are ignored.
3.
Each auxiliary model Case Control must be delimited with the AUXCASE command.
4.
The AUXMODEL command is used to associate the auxiliary model Case Control with a
particular auxiliary model.
10-30
Auxiliary Model Identification Number
AUXMODEL
AUXMODEL an auxiliary model for generation of boundary shapes in Auxiliary

Model Identification Number
References
shape optimization.
Format:
AUXMODEL = n
Examples:
AUXMODEL = 4
AUXM = 4
Describer
Meaning
Auxiliary model identification number. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1.
AUXMODEL references a particular auxiliary model for analysis and may only be specified
in the auxiliary model Case Control Section.
2.
See the BEGIN BULK command for the Bulk Data definition of an auxiliary model.
10-31
BNDGRID
Boundary Grid Points
BNDGRIDa list of grid point identification numbers on design boundaries or surfaces

Boundary
Grid Points
Specifies
for shape
optimization (SOL 200).
Format:
1
BNDGRID
GP1
GP2
GP3
GP4
GP5
GP6
GP7
GP8
-etc.-
123
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
10
Example:
BNDGRID
49
Alternate Format and Example:

BNDGRID
GP1
"THRU"
GP2
BNDGRID
123
41
THRU
49
Field
Contents
Component number (any unique combination of integers 1 through 6 with no

embedded blanks). See Remark 1.
GPi
Shape boundary grid point identification number. (0 < Integer < 1000000; For
THRU option, GP1< GP2)
Remarks:
1.
C specifies the components for the listed grid points for which boundary motion is
prescribed.
2.
Multiple BNDGRID entries may be used to specify the shape boundary grid point identification numbers.
3.
Both fixed and free shape boundary grid point identification numbers are listed on this
entry.
4.
The degrees of freedom specified on BNDGRID entries must be sufficient to statically constrain the model.
5.
Degrees of freedom specified on this entry form members of the mutually exclusive s-set.
They may not be specified on other entries that define mutually exclusive sets. See the
MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference Guide, Appendix B for a list of these entries.
10-32
DVBSHAP
Design Variable to Boundary Shapes
DVBSHAP
Design Variable
Boundary Shapes
Associates a design variable identification number to a linear combination
of to
boundary
shape
vectors from a particular auxiliary model.
Format:
1
DVBSHAP
DVID
AUXMOD
COL1
SF1
COL2
SF2
COL3
SF3
1.6
10
Example:
DVBSHAP
Field
Contents
DVID
Design variable identification number of a DESVAR entry. (Integer > 0)
AUXMOD
COLi
Load sequence identification number from AUXMODEL Case Control command.

(Integer > 0)
SFi
Scaling factor for load sequence identification number. (Real; Default = 1.0)
Remarks:
1.
Design variable DVID must be defined on a DESVAR entry.
2.
Multiple references to the same DVID and/or COLi will result in the vector addition of the
referenced boundary shape vectors.
3.
Multiple DVBSHAP entries may be specified.
10-33

Modeling input:
TIME 600
$
SOL 200
$
CEND
TITLE = CANTILEVERED BEAM - HEXA **** D200AM3 ****
D200AM3
DESOBJ = 15
DESSUB = 100
SUBCASE 100
ANALYSIS = STATICS
SPC
= 1
LOAD
= 1
DISPLACEMENT = ALL
OUTPUT(PLOT)
SET 1 = ALL
VIEW 90.0,0.0,90.0
PLOT SET 1
$SET 2 = ALL
$VIEW 34.0, 24.0, 0.0
$PLOT SET 2
$PLOT STATIC DEFORMATION SET 2
AUXCASE
TITLE = AUXILIARY MODEL 1
AUXMODEL = 1
SUBCASE 200
SPC
= 200
LOAD = 220
LABEL = UPPER
SUBCASE 300
SPC
= 300
LOAD = 330
LABEL = LOWER
BEGIN BULK
$
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$ ANALYSIS MODEL:
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$
PARAM
AUTOSPC YES
PARAM
POST
0
PARAM
GRDPNT 0
PARAM
MAXRATIO1.0E+8
$
CORD2S*
2
0
0.0
0.0+1A
*1A
2
0.0
0.0
0.0
1000.000+1B
*1B
2
1000.000
0.0
0.0
+1C
*1C
2
CORD2C*
1
0
0.0
0.0+1A
*1A
1
0.0
0.0
0.0
1000.000+1B
*1B
1
1000.000
0.0
0.0
+1C
*1C
1
10-34
2
2
2
1
1
1

GRID
1
0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
GRID
165
0 10.000
2.000
4.000
0
$GRDSET
456
CHEXA
1
1
1
2
13
12
34
35+EA
+EA
1
46
45
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
CHEXA
80
1
120
121
132
131
153
154+EA
+EA
80
165
164
MAT1*
1
2.0680E+05
0.28999999166+MA
*MA
1
1.00000000 1.169999996E-05
+MB
*MB
1
1500000.00
1500000.00
68000.00
+MC
*MC
1
PSOLID
1
1
0
0
0
0
SPC
1
1 123456
0.0
SPC
1
12 123456
0.0
SPC
1
23 123456
0.0
SPC
1
34 123456
0.0
SPC
1
45 123456
0.0
SPC
1
56 123456
0.0
SPC
1
67 123456
0.0
SPC
1
78 123456
0.0
SPC
1
89 123456
0.0
SPC
1
100 123456
0.0
SPC
1
111 123456
0.0
SPC
1
122 123456
0.0
SPC
1
133 123456
0.0
SPC
1
144 123456
0.0
SPC
1
155 123456
0.0
SPC1
1
456
1
THRU
165
FORCE
1
143
0
0.5
0.0
0.0
-50.0
FORCE
1
154
0
1.0
0.0
0.0
-50.0
FORCE
1
165
0
0.5
0.0
0.0
-50.0
$
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$ DESIGN MODEL:
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$
PARAM,DESPCH,1
PARAM,NASPRT,1
$
$DESVAR,ID,
LABEL, XINIT, XLB,
XUB,
DELXV
DESVAR
1 UPPER
1.0
.00
7.00
0.4
DESVAR
2 LOWER
1.0
.00
7.00
0.4
$
$DVBSHAP,DVID, AUXMID, COL1,
SF1,
COL2,
SF2,
...
DVBSHAP 1
1
1
1.0
DVBSHAP 2
1
2
1.0
10-35
80
1
1
1

$
$DLINK, ID,
DDVID, CO,
CMULT, IDV1,
C1,
IDV2,
$+,
IDV3,
C3,
...
DLINK
1
2
1.0
1
1.0
$
$ BOUNDARY CONDITIONS FOR SHAPE INTERPOLATIONS:
$
$ ---TOP SURFACE:
$
BNDGRID,C,
GP1,
GP2,
GP3,
GP4,
GP5,
GP6,
$+,
GP8,
...
BNDGRID 123
133
134
135
136
137
138
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
164
165
$
$ ---BOTTOM SURFACE:
BNDGRID 123
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
32
33
$
$ ---EXTERIOR SURFACES - INTERPOLATION IN X&Z DIRECTION ONLY:
BNDGRID 2
34
35
36
37
38
39
41
42
43
44
BNDGRID 2
56
57
58
59
60
61
63
64
65
66
BNDGRID 2
67
68
69
70
71
72
74
75
76
77
BNDGRID 2
89
90
91
92
93
94
96
97
98
99
BNDGRID 2
100
101
102
103
104
105
107
108
109
110
BNDGRID 2
122
123
124
125
126
127
129
130
131
132
$
$ ---TIP END:
BNDGRID 1
11
22
33
44
55
66
BNDGRID 1
77
88
99
110
121
132
BNDGRID 1
143
154
165
$
$ ---FIXED END:
BNDGRID 123
1
12
23
34
56
67
100
122
133
144
155
BNDGRID 1
45
78
111
$
$ FORMULATE WEIGHT-BASED SYNTHETIC RESPONSE: F = 1.E5*W
DRESP1 1
WEIGHT WEIGHT
DRESP2 15
WE1000 1
+
DRESP1 1
DEQATN 1
F(A)=100000.*A
10-36
C2,
GP7,
139
147
155
163
7
15
23
31
40
62
73
95
106
128
89

$
$ CONSTRAINTS ON VON MISES STRESSES:
DRESP1 2
STRESS STRESS PSOLID
13
1
DSCREEN STRESS -1.0
10
DCONSTR 100
2
200.
$
$ OVERRIDE OF OPTIMIZATION PARAMETERS
DOPTPRM DESMAX 9
P1
1
P2
15
$
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$ AUXILIARY BOUNDARY MODEL(S):
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------$
BEGIN BULK AUXMODEL=1
PARAM,PRGPST,NO
PARAM
MAXRATIO1.0E+8
PARAM,AUTOSPC,YES
$
$ LOWER SURFACE:
CQUAD4
1000
2
1
2
13
12
0.0
CQUAD4
1001
2
2
3
14
13
0.0
CQUAD4
1002
2
3
4
15
14
0.0
CQUAD4
1003
2
4
5
16
15
0.0
CQUAD4
1004
2
5
6
17
16
0.0
CQUAD4
1005
2
6
7
18
17
0.0
CQUAD4
1006
2
7
8
19
18
0.0
CQUAD4
1007
2
8
9
20
19
0.0
CQUAD4
1008
2
9
10
21
20
0.0
CQUAD4
1009
2
10
11
22
21
0.0
CQUAD4
1010
2
12
13
24
23
0.0
CQUAD4
1011
2
13
14
25
24
0.0
CQUAD4
1012
2
14
15
26
25
0.0
CQUAD4
1013
2
15
16
27
26
0.0
CQUAD4
1014
2
16
17
28
27
0.0
CQUAD4
1015
2
17
18
29
28
0.0
CQUAD4
1016
2
18
19
30
29
0.0
CQUAD4
1017
2
19
20
31
30
0.0
CQUAD4
1018
2
20
21
32
31
0.0
CQUAD4
1019
2
21
22
33
32
0.0
$
$ UPPER SURFACE:
CQUAD4
950
2
133
144
145
134
0.0
CQUAD4
951
2
134
145
146
135
0.0
CQUAD4
952
2
135
146
147
136
0.0
CQUAD4
953
2
136
147
148
137
0.0
CQUAD4
954
2
137
148
149
138
0.0
CQUAD4
955
2
138
149
150
139
0.0
CQUAD4
956
2
139
150
151
140
0.0
CQUAD4
957
2
140
151
152
141
0.0
CQUAD4
958
2
141
152
153
142
0.0
CQUAD4
959
2
142
153
154
143
0.0
CQUAD4
960
2
144
155
156
145
0.0
CQUAD4
961
2
145
156
157
146
0.0
CQUAD4
962
2
146
157
158
147
0.0
10-37

CQUAD4
CQUAD4
CQUAD4
CQUAD4
CQUAD4
CQUAD4
CQUAD4
$
MAT1
PSHELL
SPC1
SPC1
SPC1
SPCD
SPCD
SPC1
$
SPC1
SPC1
SPC1
SPCD
SPCD
SPC1
ENDDATA
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
11
2
200
2.1E+5
11
123456
0.8E+5
0.20
1
0.3
11
12
0.00
200
200
220
220
200
12
123456
11
33
3
300
300
300
330
330
300
11
34
3
3
11
123456
12
143
123456 1
143
3
165
3
3
143
0.0
33
165
22
1.0
33
144
154
THRU
-1.0
-1.0
154
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
23
22
THRU
1.0
1.0
22
133
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
165
132
154
165
10-38
-1.0

Optimization results:
10-39
***************************************************************
S U M M A R Y
O F
D E S I G N
C Y C L E
H I S T O R Y
***************************************************************
6
5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------OBJECTIVE FROM
OBJECTIVE FROM
FRACTIONAL ERROR
MAXIMUM VALUE
CYCLE
APPROXIMATE
EXACT
OF
OF
NUMBER
OPTIMIZATION
ANALYSIS
APPROXIMATION
CONSTRAINT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INITIAL
8.000000E+06
-3.827773E-01
1
7.401214E+06
7.401214E+06
0.000000E+00
-3.720914E-01
2
6.562918E+06
6.562912E+06
9.142283E-07
-3.570341E-01
3
5.389287E+06
5.389288E+06
-2.783299E-07
-4.672768E-02
4
5.350312E+06
5.350312E+06
0.000000E+00
8.081818E-04
5
5.350312E+06
5.350312E+06
0.000000E+00
8.081055E-04
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------AUXILIARY MODEL 1
MARCH 16, 1994 MSC/NASTRAN
3/15/94
PAGE
226
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL | EXTERNAL
|
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID.
| LABEL
| INITIAL
:
1
:
2
:
3
:
4
:
5 :
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| UPPER
| 1.0000E+00 : 1.4000E+00 :
1.9600E+00 : 2.7440E+00 : 2.7700E+00 : 2.7700E+00 :
2 |
2
| LOWER
| 1.0000E+00 : 1.4000E+00 :
1.9600E+00 : 2.7440E+00 : 2.7700E+00 : 2.7700E+00 :
5.

Final Shape:
Z
Y
X
Final von Mises stress distribution:
Z
Y
X
10-40
SUMMARY OF SHAPE BASIS VECTOR

GENERATION METHODS
Manual grid variation
Based entirely on DVGRID entries
General, yet tedious and prone to input error
Based on external auxiliary models
DBLOCATE {U}s, use to form [T]
Entries: DBLOCATE, DVSHAP
DVGRIDs specified over boundaries
Code interpolates interior grid motion [T]
Efficient coupling with geometric modelers
Entries: DVGRID, BNDGRID
10-41
SUMMARY OF SHAPE BASIS VECTOR GENERATION

METHODS (Cont.)
Auxiliary boundary model solutions
Code interpolates interior grid motion [T]
Interface completely
environment
within
the
MSC/NASTRAN
text
Entries: AUXCASE, AUXMODEL, BNDGRID, DVBSHAP
10-42
input
GUIDELINES, RECOMMENDATIONS AND

LIMITATIONS
Always preview shape basis vectors before starting an
optimization job to identify possible modeling errors and to check
whether the shape basis vectors satisfy design requirements.
It is recommended to normalize a shape basis vector by its
maximum component. With a normalized basis vector, a user may
directly relate a physical parameter (e.g., radius, width) to a shape
design variable. Therefore, the actual lower and upper bounds can
be specified on DESVAR entries.
Use smaller move limits for a shape design variable (delxv = 0.5 or
less)
The new or updated finite element meshes can be shown using
Version 7.0 (or higher) of MSC/PATRAN. If other preprocessing
software is used, the updated GRID entries in the *.pch file may be
used.
When an auxiliary model is used, rigid elements are useful to
generate certain basis vectors which change a features location
but maintain the features shape. In addition, temperature or
gravity loading may be useful to create special shape changes.
Mode shapes generated from a normal modes analysis may be
used for basis vectors (Direct Input of Shapes only).
10-43
GUIDELINES, RECOMMENDATIONS AND

LIMITATIONS (Cont.)
The BNDGRID entries list grids whose displacements will be
specified, rather than interpolated. By default, these specified
displacements will be zero, unless a nonzero value is supplied via
either a DVGRID entry or an auxiliary boundary solution.
As a limitation, a shape optimization task always starts with the
mesh given by GRID Bulk Data entries regardless of the initial
values on DESVAR and DVGRID entries.
10-44
SECTION 11
DYNAMIC RESPONSE OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
BASIC EQUATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
EXAMPLE MODAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
EXAMPLE ACOUSTIC OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-18

Available analysis disciplines in Solution 200
Direct Frequency
Modal Frequency
Modal Transient
Acoustic (Fluid-Structure Interaction)
Available response types: (see also the DRESP1 entry)
Displacement
Velocity
Acceleration
SPC Force
Stress
Element force
Equations (DRESP2+DEQATN)
Weight
Volume
11-1
11
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
Design responses are computed just for the output frequencies and
output time steps:
For frequency response:
OFREQ
For transient response:
OTIME
NOi
TSTEP
t after OTIME reduction

t after NOi reduction
t for all analysis steps
The design model can include:

Property changes
Shape changes
Superelements
In short, all of the design modeling tools available for other analysis
disciplines are available for dynamic optimization as well.
11-2
BASIC EQUATIONS
Direct frequency response
Equation of motion
2
[ M + iB + K ]u = F
Displacement sensitivities, let
= ------x i
2
[ M + iB + K ]u = F [ M + iB + K ]u
Modal frequency response
Modal transformation,
u =
Differentiate
------x i
and apply
[ u = + = ]
which avoids calculation of eigenvector sensitivities
11-3
BASIC EQUATIONS (Cont.)

2 T
[ M + i T B + T K ]
T
= F [ M + iB + K ]U
Modal transient response
Equation of motion
Mu + Bu + Ku = F
with modal transformation u = differentiating, and using
T
+ [ B ] + [ K ]
[ M ]
T
= F ( Mu + Bu + Ku )
Limitations in Dynamic Response Sensitivity
F assumed zero in direct and modal frequency and modal
transient
This assumption is usually good, except for those situations in
which the following may be significant:
Gravity (or other mass-related) loads
11-4
BASIC EQUATIONS (Cont.)

Follower forces (shape sensitivity)
Thermal loading
Complete stiffness contribution can be written as:
K = K 1 + igK 1 + i
ge ke + K2
e
where K1 = structural stiffness

g
= uniform structural damping coefficient PARAM,G
ge = structural damping coefficient on MAT entry

K2 = direct matrix input at grids (DMIG)
Limitations:
g, ge, and K2 must be constant (no dependence on design variables).
Similarly, M2 and B2 are constant.
Accurate sensitivities for the modal solutions typically require
retaining more modes (e.g., twice as many) as are required for
accurate modal analysis
11-5
EXAMPLE MODAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE

OPTIMIZATION
This example illustrates minimization of an rms displacement over a
given frequency range. (The example is also presented in the
MSC/NASTRAN Design Sensitivity and Optimization Users Guide,
Section 7.7)
A simple pressure loaded flat plate is shown in the figure below. The
pressure loading is a constant 1.0 lbf/in**2 applied over a frequency
range of 20.0 to 200.0 Hz. We would like to minimize the transverse
mean square displacement of the free edge midside grid over the
same frequency range.
Y
Grid 1110
X
(Uniform Pressure)
11-6

Plate thicknesses are the design quantities, as shown in the following
figure:
Symmetric
Boundary Conditions
Grid 1110
t1 = x1
Free
Edge
x
Ten independent design variables are used to describe the ten
bands of plate thicknesses.
The mean square displacement minimization will be subject to a
weight budget (minimize the displacement without appreciably
changing the weight):
7.99 vol 8.01
A mean square displacement can be written as:
100
min =
2
i
( u z, 1110 ) + 2
i = 20
200
i = 51
11-7
2i
( u z, 1110 )

Input file:
$ Unit Test Data Deck
$
d200t4af: SOL200, V68
$
$ID MSC, D200t4af
ID MSC, D200RML3 $ V68.2
TIME 200
$TIME 100
SOL 200
CEND
TITLE = Synthesis of Responses across Different Frequencies: D200RML3
SET 10 = 1110
DISPL(PHASE,SORT1) = 10
$ MAGNITUDE/PHASE REPRESENTATION FOR RESPONSE
$
ANALYSIS AS WELL AS SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
desglb = 10
subcase 1
SPC
= 100
LOADSET
= 720
DLOAD
= 700
FREQ
= 740
METHOD
= 500
ANALYSIS = MFREQ
sdamping
= 2000
DESOBJ = 1
output
disp(plot,phase) = 10
output(xyout)
cscale 2.0
ymax=4.0
plotter = nastran
ytitle = displacement at grid 1110
xyplot disp / 1110(t3)
$
BEGIN BULK
PARAM, WTMASS, .002588
$------------------------------------------------------------------------------$ ANALYSIS MODEL
$------------------------------------------------------------------------------$
$...GRID AND SPC DATA:
$
GRDSET, ,
,
,
,
,
,
6
GRID,
100,
,
0.,
0.,
0.
=,
*(1),
,
*(1.), =,
=
=9
GRID,
200,
,
0.,
1.0,
0.
=,
*(1),
,
*(1.), =,
=
=9
GRID,
300,
,
0.,
2.0,
0.
=,
*(1),
,
*(1.), =,
=
=9
11-8

GRID,
400,
,
0.,
3.0,
0.
=,
*(1),
,
*(1.), =,
=
=9
GRID,
500,
,
0.,
4.0,
0.
=,
*(1),
,
*(1.), =,
=
=9
GRID,
600,
,
0.,
5.0,
0.
=,
*(1),
,
*(1.), =,
=
=9
GRID,
700,
,
0.,
6.0,
0.
=,
*(1),
,
*(1.), =,
=
=9
GRID,
800,
,
0.,
7.0,
0.
=,
*(1),
,
*(1.), =,
=
=9
GRID,
900,
,
0.,
8.0,
0.
=,
*(1),
,
*(1.), =,
=
=9
GRID,
1000,
,
0.,
9.0,
0.
=,
*(1),
,
*(1.), =,
=
=9
GRID,
1100,
,
0.,
10.0,
0.
=,
*(1),
,
*(1.), =,
=
=9
$
SPC1,
100,
123456 100,
101,
102,
103,
104,
+,
106,
107,
108,
109,
110,
200,
300,
+,
500,
600,
700,
800,
900,
1000,
1100
SPC1,
100,
246,
1101,
1102,
1103,
1104,
1105,
+,
1107,
1108,
1109
SPC1,
100,
246,
1110
$
$...ELEMENT DEFINITION AND PROPERTIES:
$
(ELEMENTS GROUPED BY PID SINCE THICKNESS OF ALL ELEMENTS IN
$
ARE TO BE AFFECTED BY A SINGLE DESIGN VARIABLE)
$
MAT1,
150,
1.0E7, ,
0.3,
0.1
$...ELEMENT GROUP 1:
CQUAD4, 101,
1,
100,
101,
201,
200
=,
*(100), =,
*(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
=8
CQUAD4, 102,
1,
101,
102,
202,
201
=,
*(1),
=,
*(1),
*(1),
*(1),
*(1),
=7
PSHELL, 1,
150,
.08,
150
CQUAD4, 202,
2,
201,
202,
302,
301
=,
*(100), =,
*(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
=7
CQUAD4, 203,
2,
202,
203,
303,
302
=,
*(1),
=,
*(1),
*(1),
*(1),
*(1),
=6
11-9
105,
400,
+
+
1106,
A GROUP

PSHELL, 2,
150,
CQUAD4, 303,
3,
=,
*(100), =,
=6
CQUAD4, 304,
3,
=,
*(1),
=,
=5
PSHELL, 3,
150,
CQUAD4, 404,
4,
=,
*(100), =,
=5
CQUAD4, 405,
4,
=,
*(1),
=,
=4
PSHELL, 4,
150,
CQUAD4, 505,
5,
=,
*(100), =,
=4
CQUAD4, 506,
5,
=,
*(1),
=,
=3
PSHELL, 5,
150,
CQUAD4, 606,
6,
=,
*(100), =,
=3
CQUAD4, 607,
6,
=,
*(1),
=,
=2
PSHELL, 6,
150,
CQUAD4, 707,
7,
=,
*(100), =,
=2
CQUAD4, 708,
7,
=,
*(1),
=,
=1
PSHELL, 7,
150,
CQUAD4, 808,
8,
=,
*(100), =,
=1
CQUAD4, 809,
8,
=,
*(1),
=,
PSHELL, 8,
150,
CQUAD4, 909,
9,
=,
*(100), =,
CQUAD4, 910,
9,
.08,
150
302,
303,
403,
402
*(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
303,
*(1),
304,
*(1),
.08,
150
404,
*(1),
403
*(1),
403,
404,
504,
503
*(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
404,
*(1),
405,
*(1),
.08,
150
505,
*(1),
504
*(1),
504,
505,
605,
604
*(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
505,
*(1),
506,
*(1),
.08,
150
606,
*(1),
605
*(1),
605,
606,
706,
705
*(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
606,
*(1),
607,
*(1),
.08,
150
707,
*(1),
706
*(1),
706,
707,
807,
806
*(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
707,
*(1),
708,
*(1),
.08,
150
808,
*(1),
807
*(1),
807,
808,
908,
907
*(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
808,
*(1),
.08,
809,
*(1),
150
909,
*(1),
908
*(1),
908,
909,
1009,
1008
*(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
909,
910,
1010,
1009
11-10

PSHELL, 9,
150,
.08,
150
CQUAD4, 1010,
10,
1009,
1010,
1110,
1109
PSHELL, 10,
150,
.08,
150
$
$...EIGENVALUE EXTRACTION INFORMATION - 15 RETAINED MODES
$
EIGRL
500
15
0
$
$...FREQUENCY DEPENDENT LOADING DATA: (OSCILLATORY PRESSURE LOAD)
$
RLOAD1, 700,
710,
,
,
800
LSEQ,
720,
710,
730
PLOAD2, 730,
1.0,
101,
THRU,
110
PLOAD2, 730,
1.0,
201,
THRU,
210
PLOAD2, 730,
1.0,
301,
THRU,
310
PLOAD2, 730,
1.0,
401,
THRU,
410
PLOAD2, 730,
1.0,
501,
THRU,
510
PLOAD2, 730,
1.0,
601,
THRU,
610
PLOAD2, 730,
1.0,
701,
THRU,
710
PLOAD2, 730,
1.0,
801,
THRU,
810
PLOAD2, 730,
1.0,
901,
THRU,
910
PLOAD2, 730,
1.0,
1001,
THRU,
1010
TABLED1,800,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+
+,
0.0,
1.0,
1.0E3, 1.0,
ENDT
$
FREQ1
740
20.
1.
180
tabdmp1 2000
0.0
0.20
1000.0 0.20
endt
$
$------------------------------------------------------------------------------$ DESIGN MODEL
$------------------------------------------------------------------------------$
$...SPECIFY DESIGN VARIABLES, RELATE LINEARLY TO PLATE THICKNESS
DESVAR, 1,
T1,
.08,
.001,
1.0
DESVAR, 2,
T2,
.08,
.001,
1.0
DESVAR, 3,
T3,
.08,
.001,
1.0
DESVAR, 4,
T4,
.08,
.001,
1.0
DESVAR, 5,
T5,
.08,
.001,
1.0
DESVAR, 6,
T6,
.08,
.001,
1.0
DESVAR, 7,
T7,
.08,
.001,
1.0
DESVAR, 8,
T8,
.08,
.001,
1.0
DESVAR, 9,
T9,
.08,
.001,
1.0
DESVAR, 10,
T10,
.08,
.001,
1.0
$
$...RELATE DESIGN VARIABLES TO PLATE THICKNESSES
DVPREL1,101,
PSHELL, 1,
4,
.01,
,
,
,
+00
=,
*(1),
=,
*(1),
=,
=,
=,
=,
=,
*(1)
=8
+00,
1,
1.0
*(1),
*(1),
=
=8
11-11

$
DRESP1
DRESP1
=
=79
DRESP1
=
=48
$
DRESP2
$
DEQATN
201
20
*(1)
VOLUME
g1110L
=
VOLUME
FRDISP
=
3
=
20.0
*(1.0)
1110
=
102
*(2)
G1110H
=
FRDISP
=
3
=
102.0
*(2.0)
1110
=
1
DRESP1
UZ2
20
27
34
41
48
55
62
69
76
83
90
97
108
122
136
150
164
178
192
1
21
28
35
42
49
56
63
70
77
84
91
98
110
124
138
152
166
180
194
22
29
36
43
50
57
64
71
78
85
92
99
112
126
140
154
168
182
196
23
30
37
44
51
58
65
72
79
86
93
100
114
128
142
156
170
184
198
24
31
38
45
52
59
66
73
80
87
94
102
116
130
144
158
172
186
200
25
32
39
46
53
60
67
74
81
88
95
104
118
132
146
160
174
188
26
33
40
47
54
61
68
75
82
89
96
106
120
134
148
162
176
190
UZ2(U20,u21,u22,u23,u24,u25,U26,U27,U28,U29,U30,
U31,U32,U33,U34,U35,U36,U37,U38,U39,U40,
U41,U42,U43,U44,U45,U46,U47,U48,U49,U50,
U51,U52,U53,U54,U55,U56,U57,U58,U59,U60,
U61,U62,U63,U64,U65,U66,U67,U68,U69,U70,
U71,U72,U73,U74,U75,U76,U77,U78,U79,U80,
U81,U82,U83,U84,U85,U86,U87,U88,U89,U90,
U91,U92,U93,U94,U95,U96,U97,U98,U99,U100,
U102,U104,U106,U108,U110,U112,U114,U116,U118,U120,
U122,U124,U126,U128,U130,U132,U134,U136,U138,U140,
U142,U144,U146,U148,U150,U152,U154,U156,U158,U160,
U162,U164,U166,U168,U170,U172,U174,U176,U178,U180,
U182,U184,U186,U188,U190,U192,U194,U196,U198,U200)
= u20**2 + u21**2 + U22**2 + U23**2+ U24**2 +
U25**2 + U26**2 + U27**2 + U28**2 + U29**2 +U30**2 +
U31**2 + U32**2 + U33**2 + U34**2 + U35**2 +
U36**2 + U37**2 + U38**2 + U39**2 + U40**2 +
U41**2 + U42**2 + U43**2 + U44**2 + U45**2 +
U46**2 + U47**2 + U48**2 + U49**2 + U50**2 +
U51**2 + U52**2 + U53**2 + U54**2 + U55**2 +
u56**2 + u57**2 + u58**2 + u59**2 + u60**2 +
U61**2 + U62**2 + U63**2 + U64**2 + U65**2 +
U66**2 + U67**2 + U68**2 + U69**2 + U70**2 +
11-12

U71**2 + U72**2 + U73**2 + U74**2 + U75**2 +
U76**2 + U77**2 + U78**2 + U79**2 + U80**2 +
U81**2 + U82**2 + U83**2 + U84**2 + U85**2 +
u86**2 + u87**2 + u88**2 + u89**2 + u90**2 +
U91**2 + U92**2 + U93**2 + U94**2 + U95**2 +
u96**2 + u97**2 + u98**2 + u99**2 + u100**2 +
2.0*(u102**2 + u104**2 + u106**2 + u108**2 + u110**2 +
u112**2 + u114**2 + u116**2 + u118**2 + u120**2 +
u122**2 + u124**2 + u126**2 + u128**2 + u130**2 +
u132**2 + u134**2 + u136**2 + u138**2 + u140**2 +
u142**2 + u144**2 + u146**2 + u148**2 + u150**2 +
u152**2 + u154**2 + u156**2 + u158**2 + u160**2 +
u162**2 + u164**2 + u166**2 + u168**2 + u170**2 +
u172**2 + u174**2 + u176**2 + u178**2 + u180**2 +
u182**2 + u184**2 + u186**2 + u188**2 + u190**2 +
u192**2 + u194**2 + u196**2 + u198**2 + u200**2)
$
DCONSTR 10
201
7.99
8.01
doptprm desmax 40
p1
1
p2
8
conv1
0.01
$.......2.......3.......4.......5.......6.......7.......8.......9.......0
$
$param, optexit, 2
ENDDATA
11-13
EXAMPLE MODAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE OPTIMIZATION (Cont.)

Results:
***************************************************************
S U M M A R Y
O F
D E S I G N
C Y C L E
H I S T O R Y
***************************************************************
8
7
11-14

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------OBJECTIVE FROM
OBJECTIVE FROM
FRACTIONAL ERROR
MAXIMUM VALUE
CYCLE
APPROXIMATE
EXACT
OF
OF
NUMBER
OPTIMIZATION
ANALYSIS
APPROXIMATION
CONSTRAINT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INITIAL
2.301266E+02
-1.249123E-03
1
2.077626E+02
1.858892E+02
1.176688E-01
-1.247635E-03
1.743351E+02
1.609400E+02
8.323036E-02
-1.242462E-03
1.552931E+02
1.549932E+02
1.935096E-03
-1.248490E-03
1.483332E+02
1.423191E+02
4.225774E-02
-1.247516E-03
1.352799E+02
1.396561E+02
-3.133548E-02
-1.240314E-03
1.376002E+02
1.359294E+02
1.229173E-02
-1.239836E-03
7
1.338581E+02
1.346727E+02
-6.048443E-03
-1.231839E-03
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXAMPLE MODAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE OPTIMIZATION (Cont.)

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL |
EXTERNAL
|
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID.
|
LABEL
|
INITIAL
:
1
:
2
:
3
:
4
:
5
:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| T1
|
8.0000E-02 :
9.6000E-02 :
9.2260E-02 :
1.0819E-01 :
8.6551E-02 :
1.0386E-01 :
2 |
2
| T2
|
8.0000E-02 :
7.9020E-02 :
9.0223E-02 :
8.1839E-02 :
9.2760E-02 :
8.0022E-02 :
3 |
3
| T3
|
8.0000E-02 :
6.4695E-02 :
7.0780E-02 :
7.0625E-02 :
6.8610E-02 :
6.8198E-02 :
4 |
4
| T4
|
8.0000E-02 :
6.6232E-02 :
5.2986E-02 :
4.2548E-02 :
4.6342E-02 :
3.8022E-02 :
5 |
5
| T5
|
8.0000E-02 :
7.4244E-02 :
6.0564E-02 :
5.0883E-02 :
4.8050E-02 :
4.8722E-02 :
6 |
6
| T6
|
8.0000E-02 :
8.0033E-02 :
7.2680E-02 :
7.1341E-02 :
7.4902E-02 :
7.4154E-02 :
7 |
7
| T7
|
8.0000E-02 :
8.5749E-02 :
8.7154E-02 :
8.9976E-02 :
9.4979E-02 :
9.4669E-02 :
8 |
8
| T8
|
8.0000E-02 :
9.6000E-02 :
1.1429E-01 :
1.2160E-01 :
1.3566E-01 :
1.3450E-01 :
9 |
9
| T9
|
8.0000E-02 :
9.6000E-02 :
1.1520E-01 :
1.2648E-01 :
1.5178E-01 :
1.5422E-01 :
10 |
10
| T10
|
8.0000E-02 :
9.6000E-02 :
1.1520E-01 :
1.2155E-01 :
1.4586E-01 :
1.4772E-01 :
11-15
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL |
EXTERNAL
|
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID.
|
LABEL
|
6
:
7
:
8
:
9
:
10
:
11
:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| T1
|
9.2234E-02 :
1.0245E-01 :
2 |
2
| T2
|
8.9215E-02 :
7.8416E-02 :
3 |
3
| T3
|
6.6226E-02 :
6.4560E-02 :
4 |
4
| T4
|
3.6059E-02 :
3.2658E-02 :
5 |
5
| T5
|
5.5572E-02 :
5.8001E-02 :
6 |
6
| T6
|
7.6552E-02 :
7.8469E-02 :
7 |
7
| T7
|
9.6333E-02 :
9.7656E-02 :
8 |
8
| T8
|
1.3458E-01 :
1.3406E-01 :
9 |
9
| T9
|
1.5716E-01 :
1.5932E-01 :
10 |
10
| T10
|
1.4968E-01 :
1.5128E-01 :
7.

Frequency-Dependent Displacement Results:
3.622 @ 58 Hz
2.929 @ 52 Hz
11-16

Final Thickness Distribution:
Thickness
11-17
10
EXAMPLE ACOUSTIC OPTIMIZATION

This example illustrates minimization of acoustic response peaks
over a given frequency range. (The example is also presented in the
MSC/NASTRAN Design Sensitivity and Optimization Users Guide,
Section 7.10.)
The figure below shows an acoustic box with an acoustic source and
a transducer located on opposite walls of the box (prop 3 ends). We
would like to modify the box plate thicknesses to minimize the
response peaks within the fluid (air). This is to be done without
changing the total weight of the box.
11-18
EXAMPLE ACOUSTIC OPTIMIZATION (Cont.)

One could use the following technique for minimizing response
peaks:
P(f)
c1
c2
c3
f1
f2
f3
minimize x
subject to P ( f1 ) x 0
P ( f2 ) x 0
P ( f3 ) x 0
One such constraint is written for every response of interest.
can only be minimized if the peak pressures are lowered.
11-19

Input File:
ID
MSC-XL, MSC-NASTRAN
TIME 100
SOL
200 $ modal frequency response
CEND
SUBTITLE = acoustic and structural elements
LABEL =
boxae1.dat
$
$ analysis case control:
set 20 = 11280
echo = sort(param,eigc,eigrl,freq,desvar,dconstr,dresp1,dresp2,deqatn,
dvprel1)
spc = 1
DISP(phase) = 20
method(structure) = 20
method(fluid) = 30
cmethod = 10
frequency = 200
dload = 100
partn = 20
$ optimization case control:
ANALYSIS = MFREQ
DESGLB
= 5
DESSUB
= 10
DESOBJ
= 100
$
BEGIN BULK
$
EIGRL
20
200.
max
eigrl
,30,
15.,
155.,
9,
0,
,
105.,
max
eigc,10,clan,max,,,,
,15.,300.,,,,,4
$
$ sound pressure level
param,rms,yes
$ reference pressure for dB and dBA
param,prefdb,2.-5
$
PARAM
AUTOSPC no
$
$ fluid/structure interface
acmodl,diff , , , ,0.01
$
$ structural damping:
param,g,0.02
$
11-20

$-------2-------3-------4-------5-------6-------7-------8-------9-------10---rload1,100,101,,,102
darea,101,1288,3,100.
tabled1,102
,0.,1.,1000.,1.,endt
$freq2, 200, 1.0, 200.0, 50
$-------2-------3-------4-------5-------6-------7-------8-------9-------10---freq
200
40.
50.
60.
70.
80.
90.
95.
100.
105.
110.
120.
130.
140.
150.
160.
170.
180.
190.
200.
97.5
102.5
$-------2-------3-------4-------5-------6-------7-------8-------9-------10---$
$
$ Define the Design Variables:
$
$ESVAR, ID,
LABEL, XINIT, XLB,
XUB,
DELXV
DESVAR, 1,
P1,
0.02493,0.0001, 1.
DESVAR, 2,
P2,
0.01953,0.0001, 1.
DESVAR, 4,
P4,
0.02047,0.0001, 1.
DESVAR, 5,
P5,
0.02596,0.0001, 1.
DESVAR, 6,
P6,
0.02175,0.0001, 1.
DESVAR, 7,
P7,
0.02426,0.0001, 1.
DESVAR, 8,
BETA
1.0,
0.001
$
$ Relate the Design Variables to changes in plate thicknesses:
$
$VPREL1,ID,
TYPE,
PID,
FID,
PMIN,
PMAX,
C0,
,
+
$+,
$
DVPREL1,1,
PSHELL, 1,
4,
0.0001, ,
,
,
+
+,
1,
1.
DVPREL1,2,
PSHELL, 2,
4,
0.0001, ,
,
,
+
+,
2,
1.
DVPREL1,4,
PSHELL, 4,
4,
0.0001, ,
,
,
+
+,
4,
1.
DVPREL1,5,
PSHELL, 5,
4,
0.0001, ,
,
,
+
+,
5,
1.
DVPREL1,6,
PSHELL, 6,
4,
0.0001, ,
,
,
+
+,
6,
1.
DVPREL1,7,
PSHELL, 7,
4,
0.0001, ,
,
,
+
+,
7,
1.
$
$ Define the synthetic Objective as a function of X8:
$
$RESP2, ID,
LABEL, EQID,
REGION, ,
,
,
,
+
$+,
,
,
,
,
+
DRESP2 100
BETA
100
DESVAR 8
DEQATN 100
OBJ(BETA) = 10000.0 * BETA
$
11-21

$ Define the constraint on weight (weight budget for optimization):
$
$RESP1, ID,
ATTB,
ATT1,
$+,
ATT2,
...
$
DRESP1 2
WEIGHT WEIGHT
$CONSTR,DCID,
RID,
LALLOW, UALLOW
DCONSTR 5
2
2890.
2910.
$
$ Define the constraints on acoustic sound pressure levels
$ (one for each forcing frequency):
$
DRESP1 1
DRUCK
FRDISP
1
11280
DRESP2 11
PRESBET 10
DESVAR 8
DRESP1 1
DEQATN 10
F(BETA,PRES) = 100.0 * BETA - PRES + 1000.
DCONSTR 10
11
1000.
$
$ Override miscellaneous Optimization Parameters:
$
DOPTPRM DESMAX 20
P1
1
P2
15
CONV1
1E-6
$
$
$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
$
structural model
$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
$
$
$ THIS SECTION CONTAINS THE PROPERTY AND MATERIAL BULK DATA ENTRIES
$
PSHELL 3
1
.100
1
$
PSHELL 1
1
.02493 1
PSHELL 2
1
.01953 1
pshell 4
1
.02047 1
pshell 5
1
.02596 1
pshell 6
1
.02175 1
pshell 7
1
.02426 1
$
$
$ THIS SECTION CONTAINS BULK DATA FOR SUPERELEMENT 0
$
$
GRID
1
0.0
0.0
0.0
GRID
2
2.
0.0
0.0
GRID
3
2.
0.0
1.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11-22

GRID
1293
1.5
.5
1.
GRID
1294
1.6
.5
1.
GRID
1295
1.7
.5
1.
$
CQUAD4 1
1
1
9
29
28
CQUAD4 2
1
9
10
30
29
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
CQUAD4 999
3
1139
1140
275
296
CQUAD4 1000
3
1140
897
5
275
$
$ THIS SECTION CONTAINS THE LOADS,CONSTRAINTS, AND CONTROL BULK DATA ENTRIES
$
$
SPC
1
1
123
0.0
SPC
1
2
123
0.0
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
SPC
1
986
4
SPC
1
987
4
SPC
1
975
4
$
$
MAT1
1
2.+11
.3
7600.
$
$-------2-------3-------4-------5-------6-------7-------8-------9-------10---$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
$
acoustic model
$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
$
$ THIS SECTION CONTAINS BULK DATA FOR SUPERELEMENT 0
$
$
$-------2-------3-------4-------5-------6-------7-------8-------9-------10---GRID
10001
0.0
0.0
0.0
-1
GRID
10002
2.
0.0
0.0
-1
GRID
10003
2.
0.0
1.
-1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
GRID
12540
2.
1.
.2
-1
GRID
12541
2.
1.
.1
-1
$
CHEXA
10001100
10004
10126
10127
10009
10018
10137
+
+
10138
10019
11-23

CHEXA
10002100
10009
+
10139
10020
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
CHEXA
11999100
12411
+
12541
12423
CHEXA
12000100
12412
+
10006
12424
$
psolid,100,100,,,,1,pfluid
$
mat10,100,,1.293,200.
$
ENDDATA
10127
10128
10010
10019
10138
.
.
.
12530
.
.
.
12531
.
.
.
12412
.
.
.
12422
.
.
.
12540
12531
12532
12413
12423
12541
11-24

Results:
***************************************************************
S U M M A R Y
O F
D E S I G N
C Y C L E
H I S T O R Y
***************************************************************
16
15
11-25

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------OBJECTIVE FROM
OBJECTIVE FROM
FRACTIONAL ERROR
MAXIMUM VALUE
CYCLE
APPROXIMATE
EXACT
OF
OF
NUMBER
OPTIMIZATION
ANALYSIS
APPROXIMATION
CONSTRAINT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INITIAL
1.000000E+04
1.106849E-01
1
5.334501E+03
5.334501E+03
0.000000E+00
4.063804E-01
2
1.246205E+03
1.246205E+03
0.000000E+00
2.724397E-01
3
1.809879E+03
1.809879E+03
0.000000E+00
1.475203E-01
4
2.076569E+03
2.076569E+03
0.000000E+00
1.426204E-01
5
2.075635E+03
2.075635E+03
0.000000E+00
9.813190E-02
6
2.076403E+03
2.076403E+03
0.000000E+00
4.730811E-02
7
2.103385E+03
2.103385E+03
0.000000E+00
6.921270E-02
8
2.104906E+03
2.104906E+03
0.000000E+00
6.877228E-02
9
2.133196E+03
2.133196E+03
0.000000E+00
9.842414E-02
10
2.478105E+03
2.478105E+03
0.000000E+00
2.656518E-02
11
1.858579E+03
1.858579E+03
0.000000E+00
8.776490E-03
12
1.393935E+03
1.393935E+03
0.000000E+00
5.736145E-03
13
1.424619E+03
1.424619E+03
0.000000E+00
2.339111E-03
14
1.068465E+03
1.068465E+03
0.000000E+00
1.823486E-03
15
1.068465E+03
1.068465E+03
0.000000E+00
1.823486E-03
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL |
EXTERNAL
|
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID.
|
LABEL
|
INITIAL
:
1
:
2
:
3
:
4
:
5
:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| P1
|
2.4930E-02 :
3.4858E-02 :
3.2397E-02 :
2.8322E-02 :
3.4406E-02 :
3.5523E-02 :
2 |
2
| P2
|
1.9530E-02 :
2.6421E-02 :
2.6187E-02 :
3.3966E-02 :
3.3395E-02 :
3.2716E-02 :
3 |
4
| P4
|
2.0470E-02 :
1.0487E-02 :
1.2030E-02 :
1.3776E-02 :
7.8943E-03 :
6.4859E-03 :
4 |
5
| P5
|
2.5960E-02 :
2.0480E-02 :
2.1393E-02 :
1.3477E-02 :
2.3186E-02 :
2.2668E-02 :
5 |
6
| P6
|
2.1750E-02 :
1.8127E-02 :
2.1821E-02 :
2.3308E-02 :
2.1010E-02 :
1.9540E-02 :
6 |
7
| P7
|
2.4260E-02 :
1.9210E-02 :
1.5891E-02 :
1.4294E-02 :
9.1583E-03 :
1.0095E-02 :
7 |
8
| BETA
|
1.0000E+00 :
5.3345E-01 :
1.2462E-01 :
1.8099E-01 :
2.0766E-01 :
2.0756E-01 :
11-26
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL |
EXTERNAL
|
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID.
|
LABEL
|
6
:
7
:
8
:
9
:
10
:
11
:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| P1
|
3.4322E-02 :
2.9154E-02 :
2.4363E-02 :
2.7226E-02 :
2.4670E-02 :
2.4619E-02 :
2 |
2
| P2
|
3.1484E-02 :
2.6989E-02 :
3.1301E-02 :
2.5696E-02 :
2.3196E-02 :
2.3115E-02 :
3 |
4
| P4
|
5.6109E-03 :
6.5327E-03 :
5.8686E-03 :
5.4315E-03 :
4.3781E-03 :
3.8628E-03 :
4 |
5
| P5
|
2.4430E-02 :
3.1121E-02 :
3.3386E-02 :
3.8369E-02 :
4.0770E-02 :
4.0748E-02 :
5 |
6
| P6
|
1.8545E-02 :
1.7878E-02 :
1.7679E-02 :
1.4659E-02 :
1.6339E-02 :
1.6324E-02 :
6 |
7
| P7
|
1.3480E-02 :
1.9997E-02 :
2.1885E-02 :
2.5364E-02 :
2.7816E-02 :
2.7732E-02 :
7 |
8
| BETA
|
2.0764E-01 :
2.1034E-01 :
2.1049E-01 :
2.1332E-01 :
2.4781E-01 :
1.8586E-01 :
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL |
EXTERNAL
|
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID.
|
LABEL
|
12
:
13
:
14
:
15
:
16
:
17
:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| P1
|
2.4258E-02 :
2.6005E-02 :
2.6021E-02 :
2.6021E-02 :
2 |
2
| P2
|
2.3058E-02 :
2.1841E-02 :
2.1834E-02 :
2.1834E-02 :
3 |
4
| P4
|
3.3257E-03 :
2.7535E-03 :
2.4141E-03 :
2.4141E-03 :
4 |
5
| P5
|
4.3248E-02 :
4.3566E-02 :
4.3587E-02 :
4.3587E-02 :
5 |
6
| P6
|
1.4020E-02 :
1.1520E-02 :
1.1632E-02 :
1.1632E-02 :
6 |
7
| P7
|
2.7829E-02 :
2.9923E-02 :
2.9964E-02 :
2.9964E-02 :
7 |
8
| BETA
|
1.3939E-01 :
1.4246E-01 :
1.0685E-01 :
1.0685E-01 :
15.

Sound Pressure Levels: Initial and Final Distributions:
140.5 dB @ 100 Hz
115.9 dB @ 100 Hz
11-27
EXAMPLE: ACOUSTIC OPTIMIZATION (Cont.)

Structural and Fluid Eigenfrequencies:
Mode
No.
Structural
Eigenfrequencies
Initial
Final
Fluid
Eigenfrequencies
75.99
7.861680E+01
50.01
95.29
8.777968E+01
100.41
104.16
9.964240E+01
100.41
130.78
1.187981E+02
100.41
133.35
1.262226E+02
112.19
143.74
1.309330E+02
112.19
153.16
1.448834E+02
142.00
173.69
1.457052E+02
142.00
142.00
11-28
SECTION 12
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
CASE CONTROL SPECIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
EXAMPLE TWENTY FIVE BAR TRUSS, SUPERELEMENT OPTIMIZATION . . . 12-5
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
12
Superelements supported in SOL 200 are for old formulation only.

Superelement optimization allows the design model to span
superelement boundaries.
Advantages of using superelements in design optimization:
Large problems can be broken into smaller, more manageable
pieces
Incremental or concurrent processing using split database
technique (multi-master)
Partial redesign requires partial solution
Provides effective use of resources
Design variables:
For sizing: can be related to property groups across superelements
For shape: limited shape optimization support is available in
Version 68 only the Manual Grid Variation method can be used in
a superelement model
12-1
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS (Cont.)

Design responses:
All solution 200 analysis disciplines are supported
Weight and volume
superelements
responses
can
be
from
any,
or
all,
First level responses (DRESP1) can be from any superelement

(except eigenvalues, which are for the residual only)
Second level responses (DRESP2) are supported, although the
argument list cannot span superelements or load cases
Supported Superelements:
Primary and Image superelements are supported
Image superelements reference the
responses of the Primary superelement
design
variables
and
Although External superelements can be used in the analysis, they

cannot be a part of the design model (they cannot be written as
functions of design variables, or contribute design responses)
12-2
CASE CONTROL SPECIFICATION

Single Discipline:
Condensed (SUPER=ALL)
Expanded
Multidisciplinary
Condensed (SUPER=ALL) case control is recommended
Example: Condensed Case Control
Recommended Case Control structure
ID MSC, D200SE3 $
SOL 200
$ OPTIMIZATION
CEND
TITLE=STATIC ANALYSIS OF A 25-BAR TRUSS
DISP=ALL
SPC=100
ANALYSIS=STATICS
SUPER=ALL
DESOBJ=15
SUBCASE 1
DESSUB=1
LABEL=LOAD CONDITION 1
LOAD=300
SUBCASE 2
DESSUB=2
LABEL=LOAD CONDITION 2
LOAD=310
BEGIN BULK
12-3
D200SE3
CASE CONTROL SPECIFICATION (Cont.)

Example: Expanded Case Control
Design constraints called out for each superelement and load case
ANALYSIS=STATICS
DESOBJ=15
SUBCASE 10
DESSUB=1
SUPER=1,1 $ SUPERELEMENT 1, LOAD SEQ 1
LOAD=300
SUBCASE 20
DESSUB=2
SUPER=1,2 $ SUPERELEMENT 1, LOAD SEQ 2
LOAD=310
SUBCASE 30
DESSUB=3
LOAD=300
SUBCASE 40
DESSUB=4
LOAD=310
BEGIN BULK
12-4
EXAMPLE TWENTY FIVE BAR TRUSS,

This example illustrates the use of superelement optimization for a
simple case. (The example is also presented in the MSC/NASTRAN
Design Sensitivity and Optimization Users Guide, Section 7.9)
The figure below shows a twenty-five bar truss structure that has
been partitioned into an upstream superelement 1, and a residual
structure, superelement 0. (Grids 1 and 2 have been defined as
interior to superelement 1.)
1
Superelement 1
3
4
5
10
Superelement 0
X
Analysis Model Description

Three-dimensional truss
Symmetric with respect to x-y plane and y-z plane
Weight density = 0.1 lbs/in3
Materials: E = 1.0E7 psi
Two distinct loading conditions
12-5
EXAMPLE: TWENTY FIVE BAR TRUSS,

SUPERELEMENT OPTIMIZATION (Cont.)
Design Model Description
Minimization of structural weight
Design variables:
Cross-sectional areas linked

independent design variables
to
Constraints:
Allowable stress: Tensile = 40,000 psi

Compressive = 40,000 psi
eight
Displacement constraints: 0.35 inches at

grid 1 and 2 for all translational degrees of
freedom
Euler buckling constraints for compressive
members assuming tubular section diameter
to thickness ratio of approximately 100
The Euler Buckling stress for a pin-connected truss member can be
written as:
2
Pb
1 Ei
b = ------- = ---- ------------
2
A
A
L
Assuming tubular section elements with a diameter to thickness ratio

of 100,
A Dt
D
where ---- 100
t
So the area moment of inertia can be approximated as

2
Dt ( D + t )
I ---------------------------------8
12-6

Buckling stresses in terms of the area design variables can be written
approximately as:
2
AE ( 100 + 1 )
b = -------- ------------------------------2
8100
L
A feasible buckling condition is:
b
Which can be normalized as:
------ 1
b
12-7
D
where ---- = 100
t

Input data:
ID MSC, D200X3
TIME 10
SOL 200
$ OPTIMIZATION
CEND
super = all
ECHO
= UNSORT
OLOAD
= ALL
DISP
= ALL
SPCFORCE = ALL
ELFORCE = ALL
STRESS
= ALL
SPC
= 100
ANALYSIS = STATICS $
DESOBJ(MIN) = 15
DESSUB = 12
SUBCASE 1
LOAD = 300
SUBCASE 2
LOAD = 310
BEGIN BULK
$
$------------------------------------------------------------------------$ ANALYSIS MODEL
$------------------------------------------------------------------------$
GRDSET, ,
,
,
,
,
,
456
SESET, 1,
1,
2
MAT1,
1,
10.0E6, ,
,
0.1,
,
,
,
+M1
+M1,
25000., 25000.
SPC1,
100,
123,
7,
THRU,
10
GRID,
1 ,
,
-37.5,
0.0, 200.0
GRID,
2 ,
,
37.5,
0.0, 200.0
GRID,
3 ,
,
-37.5,
37.5, 100.0
GRID,
4 ,
,
37.5,
37.5, 100.0
GRID,
5 ,
,
37.5, -37.5, 100.0
GRID,
6 ,
,
-37.5, -37.5, 100.0
GRID,
7 ,
,
-100.0, 100.0,
0.0
GRID,
8 ,
,
100.0, 100.0,
0.0
GRID,
9 ,
,
100.0, -100.0,
0.0
GRID,
10,
,
-100.0, -100.0,
0.0
CROD,
1 ,
1,
1,
2
CROD,
2 ,
2,
1,
4
12-8

CROD,
3 ,
2,
2,
3
CROD,
4 ,
2,
1,
5
CROD,
5 ,
2,
2,
6
CROD,
6 ,
3,
2,
4
CROD,
7 ,
3,
2,
5
CROD,
8 ,
3,
1,
3
CROD,
9 ,
3,
1,
6
CROD,
10,
4,
3,
6
CROD,
11,
4,
4,
5
CROD,
12,
5,
3,
4
CROD,
13,
5,
5,
6
CROD,
14,
6,
3,
10
CROD,
15,
6,
6,
7
CROD,
16,
6,
4,
9
CROD,
17,
6,
5,
8
CROD,
18,
7,
4,
7
CROD,
19,
7,
3,
8
CROD,
20,
7,
5,
10
CROD,
21,
7,
6,
9
CROD,
22,
8,
6,
10
CROD,
23,
8,
3,
7
CROD,
24,
8,
5,
9
CROD,
25,
8,
4,
8
$
PROD,
1,
1,
2.0,
0.0
PROD,
2,
1,
2.0,
0.0
PROD,
3,
1,
2.0,
0.0
PROD,
4,
1,
2.0,
0.0
PROD,
5,
1,
2.0,
0.0
PROD,
6,
1,
2.0,
0.0
PROD,
7,
1,
2.0,
0.0
PROD,
8,
1,
2.0,
0.0
$
FORCE, 300,
1,
,
1.0,
1000.,
10000.,-5000.
FORCE, 300,
2,
,
1.0,
0.,
10000.,-5000.
FORCE, 300,
3,
,
1.0,
500.,
0.,
0.
FORCE, 300,
6,
,
1.0,
500.,
0.,
0.
FORCE, 310,
1,
,
1.0,
0.,
20000.,-5000.
FORCE, 310,
2,
,
1.0,
0., -20000.,-5000.
$
$----------------------------------------------------------------------------$ DESIGN MODEL
$----------------------------------------------------------------------------$
$DESVAR,ID,
LABEL, XINIT, XLB,
XUB,
DELXV
$
12-9

DESVAR, 1,
X1,
2.0,
0.01,
100.0
DESVAR, 2,
X2,
2.0,
0.01,
100.0
DESVAR, 3,
X3,
2.0,
0.01,
100.0
DESVAR, 4,
X4,
2.0,
0.01,
100.0
DESVAR, 5,
X5,
2.0,
0.01,
100.0
DESVAR, 6,
X6,
2.0,
0.01,
100.0
DESVAR, 7,
X7,
2.0,
0.01,
100.0
DESVAR, 8,
X8,
2.0,
0.01,
100.0
$
$...Relate the design variables to the analysis model properties
$DVPREL1,ID,
TYPE,
PID,
FID,
PMIN,
PMAX,
C0,
,
$+,
$
DVPREL1,1,
PROD,
1,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP1
,1,
1.0
DVPREL1,2,
PROD,
2,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP2
,2,
1.0
DVPREL1,3,
PROD,
3,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP3
,3,
1.0
DVPREL1,4,
PROD,
4,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP4
,4,
1.0
DVPREL1,5,
PROD,
5,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP5
,5,
1.0
DVPREL1,6,
PROD,
6,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP6
,6,
1.0
DVPREL1,7,
PROD,
7,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP7
,7,
1.0
DVPREL1,8,
PROD,
8,
4,
,
,
,
,
+DP8
,8,
1.0
$
$...Identify the responses to be used in the design model
$DRESP1,ID,
ATTB,
ATT1,
$+,
ATT2,
...
$
DRESP1, 1 ,
S1,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
1
DRESP1, 2 ,
S2,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
2
DRESP1, 3 ,
S3,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
3
DRESP1, 4 ,
S4,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
4
DRESP1, 5 ,
S5,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
5
DRESP1, 6 ,
S6,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
6
DRESP1, 7 ,
S7,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
7
DRESP1, 8 ,
S8,
STRESS, PROD,
,
2,
,
8
DRESP1, 9 ,
D1,
DISP , ,
,
1,
,
1
DRESP1, 10,
D2,
DISP , ,
,
2,
,
1
DRESP1, 11,
D3,
DISP , ,
,
3,
,
1
DRESP1, 12,
D4,
DISP , ,
,
1,
,
2
DRESP1, 13,
D5,
DISP , ,
,
2,
,
2
DRESP1, 14,
D6,
DISP , ,
,
3,
,
2
12-10
+DP1
+DP2
+DP3
+DP4
+DP5
+DP6
+DP7
+DP8

DRESP1, 15,
W ,
WEIGHT, ,
,
,
,
ALL
$
$...Formulate the second level responses (here, simple Euler buckling)
$DRESP2,ID,
LABEL, EQID,
REGION, ,
,
,
,
+
$+,
,
,
,
,
+
$+,
DTABLE, LABEL1, LABEL2, ...,
,
,
,
,
+
$+,
DRESP1, NR1,
NR2,
...,
,
,
,
,
+
$+,
DNODE, NID1,
DIR1,
NID2,
DIR2,
...,
,
,
+
$
DRESP2, 16,
SC1,
1,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR11
+DR11 , DESVAR, 1,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR12
+DR12 , DTABLE, L1,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR13
+DR13 , DRESP1, 1
DRESP2, 17,
SC2,
1,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR21
+DR21 , DESVAR, 2,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR22
+DR22 , DTABLE, L2,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR23
+DR23 , DRESP1, 2
DRESP2, 18,
SC3,
1,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR31
+DR31 , DESVAR, 3,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR32
+DR32 , DTABLE, L3,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR33
+DR33 , DRESP1, 3
DRESP2, 19,
SC4,
1,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR41
+DR41 , DESVAR, 4,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR42
+DR42 , DTABLE, L4,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR43
+DR43 , DRESP1, 4
DRESP2, 20,
SC5,
1,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR51
+DR51 , DESVAR, 5,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR52
+DR52 , DTABLE, L5,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR53
+DR53 , DRESP1, 5
DRESP2, 21,
SC6,
1,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR61
+DR61 , DESVAR, 6,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR62
+DR62 , DTABLE, L6,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR63
+DR63 , DRESP1, 6
DRESP2, 22,
SC7,
1,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR71
+DR71 , DESVAR, 7,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR72
+DR72 , DTABLE, L7,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR73
+DR73 , DRESP1, 7
DRESP2, 23,
SC8,
1,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR81
+DR81 , DESVAR, 8,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR82
+DR82 , DTABLE, L8,
,
,
,
,
,
,
+DR83
+DR83 , DRESP1, 8
$
$...Equations used to define second level responses (note: fixed-field form!!)
$DEQATN EQUID
F() = ...
$
DEQATN 1
F(A,RL,S) = -S*RL**2/(A*1.E7*39.274)
$
12-11

$...Table constants
$DTABLE,LABEL1, VALUE1, LABEL2, VALUE2, LABEL3, VALUE3, LABEL4, VALUE4 +
$+,
LABEL5, VALUE5, ...
$
DTABLE, L1,
75.00, L2,
130.50, L3,
106.80,L4,
75.00, +
+,
L5,
75.00, L6,
181.14,L7,
181.14, L8,
133.46
$
$CONSTR,DCID,
RID,
LALLOW, UALLOW
$
DCONSTR,10,
1 ,
-40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10,
2 ,
-40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10,
3 ,
-40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10,
4 ,
-40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10,
5 ,
-40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10,
6 ,
-40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10,
7 ,
-40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10,
8 ,
-40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10,
9 ,
-0.35 ,0.35
DCONSTR,10,
10,
-0.35 ,0.35
DCONSTR,10,
11,
-0.35 ,0.35
DCONSTR,10,
12,
-0.35 ,0.35
DCONSTR,10,
13,
-0.35 ,0.35
DCONSTR,10,
14,
-0.35 ,0.35
$
DCONSTR,11,
16,
-1.0E10, 1.0
DCONSTR,11,
17,
-1.0E10, 1.0
DCONSTR,11,
18,
-1.0E10, 1.0
DCONSTR,11,
19,
-1.0E10, 1.0
DCONSTR,11,
20,
-1.0E10, 1.0
DCONSTR,11,
21,
-1.0E10, 1.0
DCONSTR,11,
22,
-1.0E10, 1.0
DCONSTR,11,
23,
-1.0E10, 1.0
$
$...Combine the two constraint sets
$
(equivalent to just putting all into the same set to begin with)
DCONADD,12,
10,
11
$
$...Override optimization parameter defaults:
$
DOPTPRM,IPRINT, 3,
DESMAX, 15,
DELP,
0.5,
p1,
1,
+
+,
p2,
15
ENDDATA
$.......2.......3.......4.......5.......6.......7.......8.......9.......0
12-12
EXAMPLE TWENTY FIVE BAR TRUSS, SUPERELEMENT

Results:
**************************************************************************************
1.0000E-03
1.0000E-02
5.0000E-03
1.0000E-03
AND
1.0000E-03
**************************************************************************************
OR
12-13
EXAMPLE: TWENTY FIVE BAR TRUSS, SUPERELEMENT

***************************************************************
S U M M A R Y
O F
D E S I G N
C Y C L E
H I S T O R Y
***************************************************************
9
8
12-14

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------OBJECTIVE FROM
OBJECTIVE FROM
FRACTIONAL ERROR
MAXIMUM VALUE
CYCLE
APPROXIMATE
EXACT
OF
OF
NUMBER
OPTIMIZATION
ANALYSIS
APPROXIMATION
CONSTRAINT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INITIAL
6.614414E+02
1.102773E-01
1
5.985143E+02
5.985219E+02
-1.254311E-05
2.294609E-03
2
5.763787E+02
5.763831E+02
-7.730217E-06
8.119856E-04
3
5.605763E+02
5.605792E+02
-5.117301E-06
3.697191E-04
4
5.513699E+02
5.513676E+02
4.206515E-06
2.951452E-03
5
5.484974E+02
5.484994E+02
-3.560852E-06
3.337860E-05
6
5.465300E+02
5.465295E+02
7.817438E-07
1.285757E-04
7
5.459542E+02
5.459532E+02
1.788729E-06
3.235681E-06
8
5.459244E+02
5.459244E+02
0.000000E+00
3.865957E-04
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXAMPLE TWENTY FIVE BAR TRUSS, SUPERELEMENT

12-15

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL | EXTERNAL |
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID. |
LABEL
|
INITIAL
:
1
:
2
:
3
:
4
:
5
:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| X1
|
2.0000E+00 :
1.0000E+00 :
9.3000E-01 : 4.6500E-01 :
2.3250E-01 : 1.1625E-01 :
2 |
2
| X2
|
2.0000E+00 :
2.0461E+00 :
2.0175E+00 : 2.0560E+00 :
2.0416E+00 : 2.0378E+00 :
3 |
3
| X3
|
2.0000E+00 :
3.0000E+00 :
3.1355E+00 : 3.0361E+00 :
3.0550E+00 : 3.0211E+00 :
4 |
4
| X4
|
2.0000E+00 :
1.0000E+00 :
8.6000E-01 : 4.3000E-01 :
2.1500E-01 : 1.0750E-01 :
5 |
5
| X5
|
2.0000E+00 :
1.0000E+00 :
8.6240E-01 : 4.3120E-01 :
2.1558E-01 : 1.0774E-01 :
6 |
6
| X6
|
2.0000E+00 :
1.0000E+00 :
6.1363E-01 : 7.1806E-01 :
6.8686E-01 : 6.6251E-01 :
7 |
7
| X7
|
2.0000E+00 :
1.5944E+00 :
1.5890E+00 : 1.5927E+00 :
1.5991E+00 : 1.6201E+00 :
8 |
8
| X8
|
2.0000E+00 :
2.5863E+00 :
2.7106E+00 : 2.6171E+00 :
2.6308E+00 : 2.6893E+00 :
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL | EXTERNAL |
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID. |
LABEL
|
6
:
7
:
8
:
9
:
10
:
11 :
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
1
| X1
|
5.8125E-02 :
2.9063E-02 :
2.8529E-02 :
2 |
2
| X2
|
2.0443E+00 :
2.0427E+00 :
2.0427E+00 :
3 |
3
| X3
|
3.0237E+00 :
3.0059E+00 :
3.0061E+00 :
4 |
4
| X4
|
5.3750E-02 :
2.6875E-02 :
2.5837E-02 :
5 |
5
| X5
|
5.3789E-02 :
5.4376E-02 :
5.3374E-02 :
6 |
6
| X6
|
6.8365E-01 :
6.8306E-01 :
6.8303E-01 :
7 |
7
| X7
|
1.6118E+00 :
1.6216E+00 :
1.6215E+00 :
8 |
8
| X8
|
2.6649E+00 :
2.6690E+00 :
2.6691E+00 :
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*** USER INFORMATION MESSAGE 6464 (DOM12E)
8.
SECTION 13
AEROELASTIC OPTIMIZATION
AEROELASTIC OPTIMIZATION MSC BACKGROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
STATIC AEROELASTICITY DESIGN CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2
STATIC AEROELASTICITY SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
FLUTTER DESIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
FLUTTER RESPONSE PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
FLUTTER RESPONSE SENSITIVITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
AEROELASTIC DESIGN EXAMPLE (HA200A and B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
ANALYSIS CONDITIONS FOR EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9
DESIGN CONDITIONS FOR EXAMPLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-10
HA200B OBJECTIVE RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
HA200B DESIGN VARIABLE RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
HA200B FLUTTER RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
HA200A INPUT FILE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
DESIGN MODEL AND BULK DATA INPUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
HA200A SELECTED RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23
HA200B SELECTED RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-31
AEROELASTIC OPTIMIZATION MSC BACKGROUND13
Aeroelasticity
Design Optimization
Aeroelastic
Optimization
13-1
STATIC AEROELASTICITY DESIGN CONDITIONS

Standard response quantities, e.g.,
Stress/strain
Displacement
Internal force
Trim parameters, for example
10.0
20.0 e 20.0
Stability derivative values restrained or unrestrained

Equations using stability derivatives can be used to design, e.g.,
roll effectiveness
13-2
STATIC AEROELASTICITY SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

Similar to sensitivity of static analysis without aerodynamics
Aerodynamic matrices are invariant with respect to design
variables
Calculation varies depending on the design condition
Stability derivative sensitivities
displacement vectors
13-3
require
additional
pseudo-
FLUTTER DESIGN
The PK method solves for p at a set of specified velocities
Given p:
= Imag ( p )
= Real ( p )
The flutter response is the damping level () at user specified:

Velocities
Densities
Mach numbers
Mode numbers
13-4
FLUTTER RESPONSE PROPERTIES

Computation of the flutter speed is not required
Response evaluated only at velocities of interest
Hump mode behavior is addressed
Typically, only a few responses require gradients
13-5
FLUTTER RESPONSE SENSITIVITY

The gradient of the damping value is given by
p l
1 p R
------ = ---- ---------- --------

x
x
x
Gradient is computed analytically
Sensitivity of the normal modes is considered negligible
Adjoint flutter vector is utilized
Similar to frequency constraint sensitivity
Gradient calculation
algebraically complex
is
conceptually
13-6
straightforward
but
AEROELASTIC DESIGN EXAMPLE (HA200A and B)

Aerodynamic panels
(a) Plan View
(b) Side View
2000
1000
Canard
2100
2007
1007
1131
2103
1100
2115
1119
Aileron
3100
2131
3115
Wing
3103
Rudder
This is a standard MSC/NASTRAN test case (Example HA144E).
13-7
AEROELASTIC DESIGN EXAMPLE (Cont.)

(HA200A and B)
Structural model
97
(a) Plan View
(b) Side View
Designed Bars
98
98
90
90
221
97
121
99
99
120
220
122
222
211
111
210
110
212
112
100
311
310
312
This is a standard MSC/NASTRAN test case (Example HA144E).
13-8
100
ANALYSIS CONDITIONS FOR EXAMPLE

Five trim conditions:
Level flight, M = 0.9, q = 1200 psf (sea level)
Level flight, M = 1.2, q = 863 psf (20,000 ft.)
Steady rolling pullout, M = 0.9, q = 1200 psf
Abrupt rolling pullout, M = 0.9, q = 1200 psf
Snap-roll entry, M = 0.45, q = 300 psf
Two flutter conditions:
Sea level, M = 0.9
Sea level, M = 1.2
13-9
DESIGN CONDITIONS FOR EXAMPLE

Minimize the weight:
3
W =
i Ai l i
i=1
With bar properties:

A
1.5000
I
1
0.1736
=
X i
I
2.0000
2

0.4630
J i
where X1 = DV10 for the inboard wing bar

X2 = DV20 for the outboard wing bar
X3 = DV30 for the fin bar
and
38.490 lb/ft to give a weight of 333 lbs when X1 = 1.0

3

3
13-10
DESIGN CONDITIONS FOR EXAMPLE (Cont.)

Subject to:
6
t = 50,000 psi = 7.20 10 psf limit allowable tensile stress

6
c = 40,000 psi = 5.76 10 psf limit allowable compressive stress
( u5 )
( u5 )
100
1.0, M = 0.9 , Level flight, q = 1200 psf
( u5 )
( u5 )
0.5, M = 1.2 , Level flight, q = 863 psf
220
100
120
0.60, M = 0.9, q = 1200 psf

pb
--------------
2V a 0.43, M = 1.2, q = 863 psf
g 0.00 at V = 1000, 1300 and 1500 ft/s for M = 0.9 and 1.2
13-11
HA200B OBJECTIVE RESULTS
Wing Structural Weight (lbs)
4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
0
Iteration Number
13-12
HA200B DESIGN VARIABLE RESULTS
Design Variable
2.0
= DV10
= DV20
= DV30
1.0
0.0
0
Iteration Number
13-13
HA200B FLUTTER RESULTS
1.00
0.75
Optimized Design
Initial Design
Damping (g)
0.50
0.25
0.00
0.25
VREQ
0.50
0.75
1.00
6.0
Frequency (Hz)
5.0
4.0
3.0
Optimized Design
2.0
Initial Design
1.0
0.0
1000
1200
1400
Velocity (ft/sec)
13-14
1600
1800
HA200A INPUT FILE

ID MSC, HA200A
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA200A
$$$$$$$$
$$
$
MODEL DESCRIPTION
FULL SPAN 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING
$
$
WITH AILERON, CANARD AND AFT SWEPT
$
$
VERTICAL FIN AND RUDDER.
$
$
BAR MODEL WITH DUMBBELL MASSES.$
$$
$
SOLUTION
QUASI-STEADY AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS$
$
AND UNSTEADY FLUTTER ANALYSIS USING$
$
DOUBLET-LATTICE METHOD$
$
AERODYNAMICS AT MACH NO. 0.9.$
$$
$
OUTPUT
STANDARD AEROELASTIC OUTPUT PLUS$
$
A TABLE IDENTIFYING RESPONSES$
$
FOR WHICH SENSITIVITY RESULTS ARE$
$
AVAILABLE FOLLOWED BY A MATRIX OF$
$
SENSITIVITY VALUES.$
$
$
$$
$$$$$$$$
$$$$$$$$
TIME 30 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 200 $ OPTIMIZATION WITH AEROELASTICITY
CEND
TITLE = EXAMPLE HA200A: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD AND FIN
SUBTI = DEMONSTRATION OF AEROELASTIC SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
ECHO
= BOTH
SPC
= 1
DESOBJ = 10
DISP
= ALL $
STRESS
= ALL $
FORCE
= ALL $
AEROF
= ALL $
APRES
= ALL $
SUBCASE 1
LABEL
= SUBSONIC SYMMETRIC PULLOUT
ANALYSIS = SAERO
DESSUB
= 1
TRIM
= 1 $
SUBCASE 2
LABEL
= SUPERSONIC SYMMETRIC PULLOUT
ANALYSIS = SAERO
DESSUB
= 2
TRIM
= 2 $
SUBCASE 3
LABEL
= HIGH SPEED ROLLING PULLOUT
ANALYSIS = SAERO
DESSUB
= 200
TRIM
= 3 $
13-15
HA200A INPUT FILE (Cont.)

SUBCASE 4
LABEL
= HIGH SPEED PULLUP WITH ABRUPT ROLL
ANALYSIS = SAERO
DESSUB
= 200
TRIM
= 4 $
SUBCASE 5
LABEL
= SUBSONIC ENTRY INTO SNAP ROLL
ANALYSIS = SAERO
DESSUB = 200
TRIM
= 5 $
SUBCASE 6
LABEL
= SUBSONIC FLUTTER ANALYSIS
ANALYSIS = FLUTTER
SET 10
= 1,THRU,100000
PARAM
OPPHIPA,1
DISP
= 10
STRESS
= NONE $
FORCE
= NONE $
AEROF
= NONE $
APRES
= NONE $
DESSUB
= 6
METHOD
= 20
FMETHOD = 30
SUBCASE 7
LABEL
= SUPERSONIC FLUTTER ANALYSIS
ANALYSIS = FLUTTER
DISP
= NONE $
STRESS
= NONE $
FORCE
= NONE $
AEROF
= NONE $
APRES
= NONE $
DESSUB
= 7
METHOD
= 20
FMETHOD = 40
BEGIN BULK
13-16
DESIGN MODEL AND BULK DATA INPUT

$
$
*
*
*
*
$
$
* * * OPTIMIZATION * * *
$
$
$
*
*
*
$
$
* THE DESIGN MODEL *
$
$ DEFINITION OF THE DESIGN VARIABLES
$
$
THE DESVAR ENTRY DEFINES A DESIGN VARIABLE FOR DESIGN
$
OPTIMIZATION. LISTED ARE A UNIQUE DESIGN VARIABLE ID
$
NUMBER, A USER SUPPLIED NAME FOR PRINTING PURPOSES, AN
$
INITIAL VALUE, A LOWER BOUND, AND AN UPPER BOUND.
$
$DESVAR ID
LABEL
XINIT
XLB
XUB
DESVAR 10
PBAR101 1.0
0.001
100.0
DESVAR 20
PBAR102 1.0
0.001
100.0
DESVAR 30
PBAR103 0.1
0.001
100.0
$
$ RELATIONSHIP OF DESIGN VARIABLES TO ANALYSIS MODEL PROPERTIES
$
$
THE DVPREL1 ENTRY EXPRESSES AN AN ANALYSIS MODEL PROPERTY AS
$
A LINEAR FUNCTION OF DESIGN VARIABLES. IT LISTS A UNIQUE ID,
$
AN ANALYSIS MODEL ENTRY TYPE ID STRING, A PROPERTY ENTRY ID,
$
THE FIELD POSITION OF THE PROPERTY ENTRY OR WORD POSITION IN
$
THE ELEMENT PROPERTY TABLE OF THE ANALYSIS MODEL, THE MINIMUM
$
AND MAXIMUM VALUES ALLOWED FOR THIS PROPERTY DURING OPTIMIZATION,
$
A CONSTANT TERM OF RELATION, A DESIGN VARIABLE ENTRY (DESVAR)
$
ID, AND A COEFFICIENT OF LINEAR RELATION. THE EQUATION IS PI
$
= CO + CJXJ AND THE CONTINUATION ENTRY CAN BE USED TO LIST
$
MORE THAN ONE CJ. IN THIS CASE, THERE IS ONLY ONE CJ FOR EACH
$
DVPREL1 ENTRY.
$
$DVPREL1ID
TYPE
PID
FID
PMIN
PMAX
C0
XXXX
DVPREL1
DVPREL1 1014
PBAR
101
4
$
DVID1
COEF1
DVID2
COEF2
DVID3
COEF3
....
10
1.5
DVPREL1 1015
PBAR
101
5
10
0.173611
DVPREL1 1016
PBAR
101
6
10
2.0
DVPREL1 1017
PBAR
101
7
10
0.462963
DVPREL1 1024
PBAR
102
4
20
1.5
DVPREL1 1025
PBAR
102
5
20
0.173611
13-17
DESIGN MODEL AND BULK DATA INPUT (Cont.)

DVPREL1 1026
PBAR
102
6
20
2.0
DVPREL1 1027
PBAR
102
7
20
.462963
DVPREL1 1028
PBAR
103
4
30
1.5
DVPREL1 1029
PBAR
103
5
30
0.173611
DVPREL1 1030
PBAR
103
6
30
2.0
DVPREL1 1031
PBAR
103
7
30
.462963
$
$
*
*
*
$
$
* STRUCTURAL RESPONSES AND CONSTRAINTS *
$
$
THE DRESP1 ENTRY DEFINES A SET OF STRUCTURAL RESPONSES THAT
$
IS USED IN THE DESIGN EITHER AS CONSTRAINTS OR AS AN OBJECTIVE.
$
IT LISTS A UNIQUE ENTRY IDENTIFIER, A USER DEFINED LABEL, THE
$
THE RESPONSE TYPE, THE PROPERTY ENTRY TYPE OR ELEMENT ID FLAG
$
(ELEM), A REGION IDENTIFIER FOR CONSTRAINT SCREENING, AND A
$
NUMBER OF ATTRIBUTES DEFINED IN THE TABLE GIVEN IN THE DRESP1
$
BULK DATA ENTRY DESCRIPTION (SEE EITHER THE MSC/NASTRAN USERS
$
MANUAL, THE DESIGN OPTIMIZATION USERS GUIDE, OR THE QUICK
$
REFERENCE GUIDE).
$
$
DRESP1,10, IDENTIFIES THE
$
WEIGHT RESPONSE USED AS THE OBJECTIVE FUNCTION.
$
$DRESP1 ID
LABEL
RTYPE
PTYPE
REGION ATTA
ATTB
ATT1
DRESP1 10
WEIGHT WEIGHT
$
$
THE FOLLOWING DRESP1 ENTRIES IDENTIFY MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM
$
STRESSES AT END A OF ALL ELEMENTS IN PROPERTY GROUPS 101,
$
102, AND 103. THE STRESS ITEM CODES LISTED IN THE ATTA
$
FIELDS CAN BE FOUND IN SECTION 4 OF THE MSC/NASTRAN USERS
$
MANUAL.
$
$
$ STRESS RESPONSES
$
$DRESP1 ID
LABEL
RTYPE
PTYPE
REGION ATTA
ATTB
ATT1
DRESP1 1001
TEN110 STRESS PBAR
7
101
102
103
DRESP1 1002
COM110 STRESS PBAR
8
101
102
103
$
13-18

$ STRESS CONSTRAINTS
$
$
THE DCONSTR ENTRY DEFINES DESIGN CONSTRAINTS. LISTED ARE
$
A CONSTRAINT SET ID, THE DRESPI ENTRY ID AND THE LOWER AND
$
UPPER BOUND IMPOSED ON THIS RESPONSE QUANTITY. THE FOLLOWING
$
TWO ENTRIES IMPOSE LIMITS ON THE ALLOWABLE STRESSES IN THE
$
BARS IN UNITS OF POUNDS/FOOT**2.
$
$DCONSTR DCID
RID
LALLOW UALLOW
DCONSTR 200
1001
-5.76+6 7.20+6
DCONSTR 200
1002
-5.76+6 7.20+6
$
$
$ TIP TWIST RESPONSES
$
DRESP1 101
RTIPROT DISP
5
120
DRESP1 201
LTIPROT DISP
5
220
DRESP1 100
RTROT
DISP
5
100
$
$ SECOND LEVEL RESPONSES FOR TIP TWIST
$
$
THE DRESP2 ENTRY DEFINES THE INPUT ARGUMENTS TO USER-SUPPLIED
$
EQUATIONS. THESE SECOND-LEVEL RESPONSES CAN THEN EITHER BE
$
USED AS CONSTRAINTS OR AS AN OBJECTIVE FUNCTION. INPUT MAY
$
CONSIST OF DESIGN VARIABLES (DESVAR), FIRST-LEVEL (DRESP1)
$
RESPONSES, TABLE CONSTANTS (DTABLE), AND GRID COORDINATES
$
(DVGRID). IT LISTS AN ID, A USER DEFINED LABEL, THE DEQATN
$
ENTRY ID, A REGION IDENTIFIER FOR CONSTRAINT SCREENING, A
$
STRING INDICATING DESVAR ID NUMBERS, A DESVAR ID, A STRING
$
INDICATING THAT THE LABELS FOR THE CONSTANTS IN A DTABLE ENTRY
$
FOLLOW, THE LABELS OF CONSTANTS IN THE DTABLE INPUT,
$
A STRING INDICATING DRESP1 ID NUMBERS, DRESP1 IDS, A STRING
$
SIGNIFYING THAT THE IDS AND DIRECTIONS FOLLOWING ARE NODE
$
NUMBERS AND CARTESIAN DIRECTION COMPONENTS, NODE NUMBERS,
$
AND CARTESIAN DIRECTIONS.
$
$DRESP2 ID
LABEL
EQID
REGION XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
DRESP2 5
RHSTWIST5
+DR25
$
DRESP1 NR1
NR2
NR3
ETC
+DR25
DRESP1 101
100
$
DRESP2 6
LHSTWIST5
+DR26
+DR26
DRESP1 201
100
$
$ EQUATION DEFINING SECOND LEVEL RESPONSE FOR TIP TWIST
$
$
THE DEQATN ENTRY DEFINES THE EQUATION(S) USED IN THE DESIGN
$
PROCESS. IT LISTS A UNIQUE EQUATION ID, AND THE EQUATION IS
$
WRITTEN IN FORTRAN LIKE SYNTAX FOLLOWING THE RULES IN DEFINING
$
DMAP ASSIGNMENTS AND FUNCTIONS.
13-19

$DEQATN EQID
EQUATION
DEQATN 5
F(RTIP,RROOT) = RTIP - RROOT
$
$
$ TIP TWIST CONSTRAINTS
$
DCONSTR 50
5
-0.017450.01745
DCONSTR 50
6
-0.017450.01745
DCONSTR 60
5
-.008726 .008726
DCONSTR 60
6
-.008726 .008726
DCONADD 1
50
200
DCONADD 2
60
200
$
$
*
*
*
$
$
* AILERON ROLL EFFECTIVENESS *
$
$
$ RESPONSES REQUIRED FOR ROLL EFFECTIVENESS
$
DRESP1 1401
CLDELTA STABDER
517
DRESP1 1402
CLP
STABDER
513
$
$
$DRESP2 ID
LABEL
EQID
REGION XXX
XXX
DRESP2 2401
ROLLEFF 103
$
DRESP1 NR1
NR2
NR3
ETC
+DR2401 DRESP1 1402
1401
$DEQATN EQID
EQUATION
DEQATN 103
F(A,B) = -B/A
$
$ SUBSONIC AILERON EFFECTIVENESS CONSTRAINT
$
DCONSTR 50
2401
0.60
$
$ SUBSONIC AILERON EFFECTIVENESS CONSTRAINT
$
DCONSTR 60
2401
0.43
$
$
*
*
*
$
$
* SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC FLUTTER *
$
$ RESPONSE FOR SUBSONIC FLUTTER
$
$DRESP1 ID
LABEL
FLUTTER XXXX
REGION SID
DRESP1 1
FLUTTER FLUTTER
$
ID_DENS ID_MACH ID_VEL
+DR1
1
2
4
13-20
0
0
4
4
XXX
XXX
XXXX
ID_MODE +DR
88
+DR1
+DRES2
+DR2401

$
$ SELECTION OF FLUTTER MODES FOR OPTIMIZATION
$
SET1
88
4
THRU
7
$
$ SELECTION OF VELOCITIES FOR IMPOSING FLUTTER CONSTRAINTS
$
FLFACT 4
1000.0 1300.0 1500.0
$
$ EQUATION FOR SECOND LEVEL FLUTTER RESPONSE TO CONSTRAIN SYSTEM DAMPING
$
DRESP2 4
GDAMP
4
+DR24
+DR24
DRESP1 1
DEQATN 4
F(A) = (A - 0.03)/0.1
$
$ CONSTRAINT ON AEROELASTIC SYSTEM DAMPING
$
DCONSTR 6
4
-1.0+20 -0.3
$
$
$ RESPONSE FOR SUPERSONIC FLUTTER
$
$DRESP1 ID
LABEL
FLUTTER XXXX
REGION SID
XXXX
ID_MODE +DR
DRESP1 11
FLUTTER FLUTTER
89
+DR11
$
ID_DENS ID_MACH ID_VEL
+DR11
11
12
14
$
SET1
89
4
THRU
7
$
FLFACT 14
1000.0 1300.0 1500.0
$
DRESP2 21
GDAMP
4
+DR21
+DR21
DRESP1 11
$
DCONSTR 7
21
-1.0+20 -0.3
$
$
*
*
*
$
$
* OPTIMIZATION CONTROL PARAMETERS *
$
$
THE DOPTPRM ENTRY IS USED TO OVERRIDE DEFAULT OPTIMIZATION
$
PARAMETERS. THE DOPTPRM ENTRY IS USED
$
HERE TO SET THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DESIGN CYCLES TO 25 AND TO
$
REQUEST DETAILED RESULTS FOLLOWING EACH OPTIMIZATION CYCLE.
$
$
PARAM1 VAL1
PARAM2 VAL2
ETC
DOPTPRM DESMAX 25
P1
2
P2
15
DELB
0.01
$
13-21

$
THE PARAMETER CDIF,YES FORCES THE SELECTION OF THE CENTRAL
$
DIFFERENCE SCHEME USED IN THE SEMI-ANALYTIC APPROACH
$
REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OF OPTIMIZATION REQUESTED.
PARAM
CDIF
YES
$
$
THE BULK DATA PARAMETER, NASPRT, IS USED TO SPECIFY HOW OFTEN
$
MSC/NASTRAN OUTPUT IS TO BE PROVIDED. ITS VALUE INDICATES THAT
$
OUTPUT IS TO BE COMPUTED EVERY N-TH DESIGN CYCLE.
PARAM
NASPRT 2
$
$
THE BULK DATA PARAMETER, OPTEXIT, IS USED TO CONTROL THE EXIT
$
POINT FROM A SOLUTION 200 OPTIMIZATION TASK. OPTEXIT=4 INDICATES
$
THAT A SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS IS TO BE PERFORMED WITHOUT OPTIMIZATION.
PARAM
OPTEXIT 4
$
$
THE DSCREEN ENTRY IS USED HERE TO FORCE RETENTION OF ALL THE
$
CONSTRAINTS SO THAT THE DESIRED RESPONSE SENSITIVITIES WILL
$
BE PRINTED. CONSTRAINTS ARE RETAINED IF THEY ARE GREATER
$
THAN TRS.
$SCREEN RTYPE
TRS
NSTR
DSCREEN STRESS -2.0
DSCREEN EQUA
-2.0
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT =
900
13-22
HA200A SELECTED RESULTS

EXAMPLE HA200A: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD AND FIN
DEMONSTRATION OF AEROELASTIC SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
PAGE
13-23
----COMPARISON BETWEEN INPUT PROPERTY VALUES FROM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN MODELS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------PROPERTY
PROPERTY
FIELD
ANALYSIS
DESIGN
LOWER
UPPER
DIFFERENCE
TYPE
ID
ID
VALUE
VALUE
BOUND
BOUND
FLAG
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------PBAR
101
4
1.500000E+00
1.500000E+00
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
NONE
PBAR
101
5
1.736110E-01
1.736110E-01
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
NONE
PBAR
101
6
2.000000E+00
2.000000E+00
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
NONE
PBAR
101
7
4.629630E-01
4.629630E-01
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
NONE
PBAR
102
4
1.500000E+00
1.500000E+00
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
NONE
PBAR
102
5
1.736110E-01
1.736110E-01
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
NONE
PBAR
102
6
2.000000E+00
2.000000E+00
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
NONE
PBAR
102
7
4.629630E-01
4.629630E-01
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
NONE
PBAR
103
4
1.500000E+00
1.500000E-01
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
WARNING
PBAR
103
5
1.736110E-01
1.736110E-02
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
WARNING
PBAR
103
6
2.000000E+00
2.000000E-01
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
WARNING
PBAR
103
7
4.629630E-01
4.629630E-02
1.000000E-03
1.000000E+20
WARNING
1. IF FIELD ID IS LESS THAN ZERO, IT IDENTIFIES THE WORD POSITION OF AN ENTRY IN EPT.
2. IF FIELD ID IS GREATER THAN ZERO, IT IDENTIFIES THE FIELD POSITION ON A PROPERTY BULK DATA ENTRY.
3. THE DIFFERENCE FLAG IS USED TO CHARACTERIZE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ANALYSIS AND DESIGN MODEL PROPERTIES:
IF THE FLAG IS NONE, THEN THERE IS NO SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE TWO VALUES.
IF THE FLAG IS WARNING, THEN THE USER IS ADVISED THAT DIFFERENCES EXIST.
IF THE FLAG IS FATAL, THEN THE DIFFERENCES ARE GREATER THAN 1.00000E+35 AND THE RUN WILL BE TERMINATED.
31
HA200A SELECTED RESULTS (Cont.)
13-24
----- WEIGHT/VOLUME RESPONSES ---------------------------------------------COLUMN

DRESP1
RESPONSE
NO.
ENTRY ID
TYPE
-----------------------------------------1
10
WEIGHT
----- STATICS RESPONSES -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------COLUMN
DRESP1
RESPONSE
GRID/ELM
COMPONENT
SUB
PLY
NO.
ENTRY ID
TYPE
ID
NO.
CASE
NO.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2
100
DISP
100
5
1
3
101
DISP
120
5
1
4
201
DISP
220
5
1
5
1001
STRESS
110
7
1
6
1001
STRESS
210
7
1
7
1001
STRESS
120
7
1
8
1001
STRESS
220
7
1
9
1001
STRESS
310
7
1
10
1002
STRESS
110
8
1
11
1002
STRESS
210
8
1
12
1002
STRESS
120
8
1
13
1002
STRESS
220
8
1
14
1002
STRESS
310
8
1
----- AEROELASTIC STABILITY DERIVATIVE RESPONSES -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------COLUMN
DRESP1
RESPONSE
SUBCASE
RESTRAINED/
COMPONENT
AESTAT/AESURF
NO.
ENTRY ID
TYPE
ID
UNRESTRAINED
NO.
ID
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------15
1401
STABDER
1
UNRESTRAINED
4
517
16
1402
STABDER
1
UNRESTRAINED
4
513
13-25

DRESP1
RESPONSE
GRID/ELM
COMPONENT
SUB
PLY
NO.
ENTRY ID
TYPE
ID
NO.
CASE
NO.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------17
100
DISP
100
5
2
18
101
DISP
120
5
2
19
201
DISP
220
5
2
20
1001
STRESS
110
7
2
21
1001
STRESS
210
7
2
22
1001
STRESS
120
7
2
23
1001
STRESS
220
7
2
24
1001
STRESS
310
7
2
25
1002
STRESS
110
8
2
26
1002
STRESS
210
8
2
27
1002
STRESS
120
8
2
28
1002
STRESS
220
8
2
29
1002
STRESS
310
8
2
----- AEROELASTIC STABILITY DERIVATIVE RESPONSES -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------COLUMN
DRESP1
RESPONSE
SUBCASE
RESTRAINED/
COMPONENT
AESTAT/AESURF
NO.
ENTRY ID
TYPE
ID
UNRESTRAINED
NO.
ID
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------30
1401
STABDER
2
UNRESTRAINED
4
517
31
1402
STABDER
2
UNRESTRAINED
4
513
13-26

DRESP1
RESPONSE
GRID/ELM
COMPONENT
SUB
PLY
NO.
ENTRY ID
TYPE
ID
NO.
CASE
NO.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------32
1001
STRESS
110
7
3
33
1001
STRESS
210
7
3
34
1001
STRESS
120
7
3
35
1001
STRESS
220
7
3
36
1001
STRESS
310
7
3
37
1002
STRESS
110
8
3
38
1002
STRESS
210
8
3
39
1002
STRESS
120
8
3
40
1002
STRESS
220
8
3
41
1002
STRESS
310
8
3
42
1001
STRESS
110
7
4
43
1001
STRESS
210
7
4
44
1001
STRESS
120
7
4
45
1001
STRESS
220
7
4
46
1001
STRESS
310
7
4
47
1002
STRESS
110
8
4
48
1002
STRESS
210
8
4
49
1002
STRESS
120
8
4
50
1002
STRESS
220
8
4
51
1002
STRESS
310
8
4
52
1001
STRESS
110
7
5
53
1001
STRESS
210
7
5
54
1001
STRESS
120
7
5
55
1001
STRESS
220
7
5
56
1001
STRESS
310
7
5
57
1002
STRESS
110
8
5
58
1002
STRESS
210
8
5
59
1002
STRESS
120
8
5
60
1002
STRESS
220
8
5
61
1002
STRESS
310
8
5
13-27
----- AEROELASTIC FLUTTER RESPONSES -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------COLUMN

DRESP1
RESPONSE
SUBCASE
MODE
DENSITY
MACH
VELOCITY
NO.
ENTRY ID
TYPE
ID
NO.
NO.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------62
1
FLUTTER
6
4
1.000
0.900
1000.000
63
1
FLUTTER
6
4
1.000
0.900
1300.000
64
1
FLUTTER
6
4
1.000
0.900
1500.000
65
1
FLUTTER
6
5
1.000
0.900
1000.000
66
1
FLUTTER
6
5
1.000
0.900
1300.000
67
1
FLUTTER
6
5
1.000
0.900
1500.000
68
1
FLUTTER
6
6
1.000
0.900
1000.000
69
1
FLUTTER
6
6
1.000
0.900
1300.000
70
1
FLUTTER
6
6
1.000
0.900
1500.000
71
1
FLUTTER
6
7
1.000
0.900
1000.000
72
1
FLUTTER
6
7
1.000
0.900
1300.000
73
1
FLUTTER
6
7
1.000
0.900
1500.000
74
11
FLUTTER
7
4
1.000
1.200
1000.000
75
11
FLUTTER
7
4
1.000
1.200
1300.000
76
11
FLUTTER
7
4
1.000
1.200
1500.000
77
11
FLUTTER
7
5
1.000
1.200
1000.000
78
11
FLUTTER
7
5
1.000
1.200
1300.000
79
11
FLUTTER
7
5
1.000
1.200
1500.000
80
11
FLUTTER
7
6
1.000
1.200
1000.000
81
11
FLUTTER
7
6
1.000
1.200
1300.000
82
11
FLUTTER
7
6
1.000
1.200
1500.000
83
11
FLUTTER
7
7
1.000
1.200
1000.000
84
11
FLUTTER
7
7
1.000
1.200
1300.000
85
11
FLUTTER
7
7
1.000
1.200
1500.000
----IDENTIFICATION OF COLUMNS IN THE DESIGN SENSITIVITY --------MATRIX THAT ARE ASSOCIATED WITH DRESP2 ENTRIES
-----
13-28
---------------------------------------------------------COLUMN
DRESP2
SUB
FREQ/
NO.
ENTRY ID
CASE
TIME
---------------------------------------------------------86
5
1
87
6
1
88
2401
1
89
5
2
90
6
2
91
2401
2
92
4
6
93
4
6
94
4
6
95
4
6
96
4
6
97
4
6
98
4
6
99
4
6
100
4
6
101
4
6
102
4
6
103
4
6
104
21
7
105
21
7
106
21
7
107
21
7
108
21
7
109
21
7
110
21
7
111
21
7
112
21
7
113
21
7
114
21
7
115
21
7
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9029 (DESOPT) DESIGN SENSITIVITY COEFFICIENT MATRIX FOR DIRECT
AND SYNTHETIC RESPONSES - GRADIENTS OF RESPONSES
WITH RESPECT TO INDEPENDENT DESIGN VARIABLES
13-29
MATRIX DSCM2
(GINO NAME 101 ) IS A REAL
115 COLUMN X
3 ROW RECTANG
COLUMN
1
ROWS
1 THRU
3
-------------------------------------------------ROW
1)
6.6667E+02 1.3333E+03 5.0000E+01
COLUMN
2
ROWS
1 THRU
3
-------------------------------------------------ROW
1)
2.3115E-04 5.5879E-06 5.3085E-05
COLUMN
3
ROWS
1 THRU
3
-------------------------------------------------ROW
1)
-5.4311E-03 -4.8257E-03 8.5682E-05
COLUMN
4
ROWS
1 THRU
3
-------------------------------------------------ROW
1)
-5.4313E-03 -4.8257E-03 8.5682E-05
COLUMN
5
ROWS
1 THRU
3
-------------------------------------------------ROW
1)
-1.2751E+06 1.3784E+05 5.2500E+03
COLUMN
6
ROWS
1 THRU
3
-------------------------------------------------ROW
1)
-1.2751E+06 1.3784E+05 5.2500E+03
COLUMN
7
ROWS
1 THRU
3
-------------------------------------------------ROW
1)
-1.2258E+05 -4.9729E+05 2.1250E+03
.
.
.
COLUMN
110
ROWS
1 THRU
3
-------------------------------------------------ROW
1)
5.2690E-03 3.3642E-02 8.6986E-04
COLUMN
111
ROWS
1 THRU
3
-------------------------------------------------ROW
1)
1.4705E+00 1.4853E+00 1.0002E-01
COLUMN
112
ROWS
1 THRU
3
-------------------------------------------------ROW
1)
1.1036E+01 5.7482E+00 3.5277E-01
MATRIX.
13-30
COLUMN
113
ROWS
1 THRU
3
-------------------------------------------------ROW
1)
5.7897E-01 7.2965E-01 2.5005E-02
COLUMN
114
ROWS
1 THRU
3
-------------------------------------------------ROW
1)
9.0316E-03 6.3687E-02 1.4559E-03
COLUMN
115
ROWS
1 THRU
3
-------------------------------------------------ROW
1)
1.2167E-02 8.5035E-02 1.8582E-03
THE NUMBER OF NON-ZERO TERMS IN THE DENSEST COLUMN =
3
THE DENSITY OF THIS MATRIX IS 98.84 PERCENT.
***************************************************************
S U M M A R Y
O F
D E S I G N
C Y C L E
H I S T O R Y
***************************************************************
1
0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------OBJECTIVE FROM
OBJECTIVE FROM
FRACTIONAL ERROR
MAXIMUM VALUE
CYCLE
APPROXIMATE
EXACT
OF
OF
NUMBER
OPTIMIZATION
ANALYSIS
APPROXIMATION
CONSTRAINT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INITIAL
2.005000E+03
1.460522E+01
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------DESIGN VARIABLE HISTORY
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL |
EXTERNAL
|
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID.
|
LABEL
|
INITIAL
:
1
:
2
:
3
:
4
:
5
:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
10
| PBAR101
|
1.0000E+00 :
2 |
20
| PBAR102
|
1.0000E+00 :
3 |
30
| PBAR103
|
1.0000E-01 :
RUN TERMINATED DUE TO PARAMETER OPTEXIT =
4.
HA200B SELECTED RESULTS

EXAMPLE HA200B: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD AND FIN
DEMONSTRATION OF AEROELASTIC OPTIMIZATION
SUPERSONIC FLUTTER ANALYSIS
THIS IS THE FIRST ANALYSIS - NO CONVERGENCE CHECK
------------------------------------------------------MAXIMUM VALUE OF CONSTRAINTS
: 1.4605E+01
-------------------------------------------------------
PAGE
159
SUBCASE 7
13-31
********************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
D E S I G N
O P T I M I Z A T I O N
*
*
*
*
*
********************************************************************
*******************************************
*
*
*
D E S I G N
C Y C L E
1
*
*
*
*******************************************
*****
OPTIMIZATION RESULTS BASED ON THE APPROXIMATE MODEL

*****
----DESIGN OBJECTIVE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL
TYPE
MINIMIZE
RESPONSE
OF
OR
SUPERELEMENT
SUBCASE
INPUT
OUTPUT
ID
RESPONSE
LABEL
MAXIMIZE
ID
ID
VALUE
VALUE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1
DRESP1
WEIGHT
MINIMIZE
0
1
2.0050E+03
3.5277E+03
HA200B SELECTED RESULTS (Cont.)

-----
DESIGN VARIABLES
-----
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL
DESVAR
LOWER
INPUT
OUTPUT
UPPER
ID
ID
LABEL
BOUND
VALUE
VALUE
BOUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1
10
PBAR101
1.0000E-03
1.0000E+00
2.0000E+00
1.0000E+02
2
20
PBAR102
1.0000E-03
1.0000E+00
1.6390E+00
1.0000E+02
3
30
PBAR103
1.0000E-03
1.0000E-01
2.0000E-01
1.0000E+02
-----
DESIGNED PROPERTIES
-----
13-32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------PROPERTY
PROPERTY
FIELD
TYPE OF
LOWER
INPUT
OUTPUT
UPPER
TYPE
ID
ID
PROPERTY
BOUND
VALUE
VALUE
BOUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------PBAR
101
4
DVPREL1
1.0000E-03
1.5000E+00
3.0000E+00
1.0000E+20
PBAR
101
5
DVPREL1
1.0000E-03
1.7361E-01
3.4722E-01
1.0000E+20
PBAR
101
6
DVPREL1
1.0000E-03
2.0000E+00
4.0000E+00
1.0000E+20
PBAR
101
7
DVPREL1
1.0000E-03
4.6296E-01
9.2593E-01
1.0000E+20
PBAR
102
4
DVPREL1
1.0000E-03
1.5000E+00
2.4586E+00
1.0000E+20
PBAR
102
5
DVPREL1
1.0000E-03
1.7361E-01
2.8455E-01
1.0000E+20
PBAR
102
6
DVPREL1
1.0000E-03
2.0000E+00
3.2781E+00
1.0000E+20
PBAR
102
7
DVPREL1
1.0000E-03
4.6296E-01
7.5881E-01
1.0000E+20
PBAR
103
4
DVPREL1
1.0000E-03
1.5000E-01
3.0000E-01
1.0000E+20
PBAR
103
5
DVPREL1
1.0000E-03
1.7361E-02
3.4722E-02
1.0000E+20
PBAR
103
6
DVPREL1
1.0000E-03
2.0000E-01
4.0000E-01
1.0000E+20
PBAR
103
7
DVPREL1
1.0000E-03
4.6296E-02
9.2593E-02
1.0000E+20

-----
DESIGN CONSTRAINTS ON RESPONSES
-----
(MAXIMUM RESPONSE CONSTRAINTS MARKED WITH **)
13-33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL
INTERNAL
INTERNAL
DCONSTR
RESPONSE
RESPONSE
L/U
REGION
SUBCASE
INPUT
OUTPUT
ID
ID
ID
TYPE
FLAG
ID
ID
VALUE
VALUE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1
50
2
EQUA
UPPER
6
1
-3.9543E-01
-6.6547E-01
2
50
1
EQUA
UPPER
5
1
-3.9543E-01
-6.6440E-01
3
50
3
EQUA
LOWER
2401
1
1.7848E-02
-3.4503E-02
4
60
4
EQUA
LOWER
2401
2
1.1241E-02
-3.9465E-02
5
6
5
EQUA
UPPER
4
6
-4.3507E-01
-3.6965E-01
6
6
6
EQUA
UPPER
4
6
1.4605E+01**
1.3839E+00**
7
7
7
EQUA
UPPER
21
7
8.1231E+00
-8.8540E+00
8
7
8
EQUA
UPPER
21
7
-4.7149E-01
-4.1885E-01
-----
CONSTRAINTS ON DESIGNED PROPERTIES
-----
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL
PROPERTY
FIELD
L/U
CYCLE
INPUT
OUTPUT
ID
ID
FLAG
FLAG
LIMIT
VALUE
VALUE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------9
101
4
LOWER
1.2000E+00
-2.5000E-01
-1.5000E+00
10
101
5
LOWER
1.3889E-01
-2.5000E-01
-1.5000E+00
11
101
6
LOWER
1.6000E+00
-2.5000E-01
-1.5000E+00
12
101
7
LOWER
3.7037E-01
-2.5000E-01
-1.5000E+00
13
102
4
LOWER
1.2000E+00
-2.5000E-01
-1.0488E+00

-----
CONSTRAINTS ON DESIGNED PROPERTIES
-----
13-34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL
PROPERTY
FIELD
L/U
CYCLE
INPUT
OUTPUT
ID
ID
FLAG
FLAG
LIMIT
VALUE
VALUE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------14
102
5
LOWER
1.3889E-01
-2.5000E-01
-1.0488E+00
15
102
6
LOWER
1.6000E+00
-2.5000E-01
-1.0488E+00
16
102
7
LOWER
3.7037E-01
-2.5000E-01
-1.0488E+00
17
103
4
LOWER
1.2000E-01
-2.5000E-01
-1.5000E+00
18
103
5
LOWER
7.3611E-03
-1.3585E+00
-3.7170E+00
19
103
6
LOWER
1.6000E-01
-2.5000E-01
-1.5000E+00
20
103
7
LOWER
3.6296E-02
-2.7551E-01
-1.5510E+00
21
101
4
UPPER
1.8000E+00
-1.6667E-01
6.6667E-01
22
101
5
UPPER
2.0833E-01
-1.6667E-01
6.6667E-01
23
101
6
UPPER
2.4000E+00
-1.6667E-01
6.6667E-01
24
101
7
UPPER
5.5556E-01
-1.6667E-01
6.6667E-01
25
102
4
UPPER
1.8000E+00
-1.6667E-01
3.6586E-01
26
102
5
UPPER
2.0833E-01
-1.6667E-01
3.6586E-01
27
102
6
UPPER
2.4000E+00
-1.6667E-01
3.6586E-01
28
102
7
UPPER
5.5556E-01
-1.6667E-01
3.6586E-01
29
103
4
UPPER
1.8000E-01
-1.6667E-01
6.6667E-01
30
103
5
UPPER
2.7361E-02
-3.6548E-01
2.6904E-01
31
103
6
UPPER
2.4000E-01
-1.6667E-01
6.6667E-01
32
103
7
UPPER
5.6296E-02
-1.7763E-01
6.4474E-01

---------------------------------------------------------------------|
R E S P O N S E S
IN
D E S I G N
M O D E L
|
---------------------------------------------------------------------(N/A - BOUND NOT ACTIVE OR AVAILABLE)
-----
WEIGHT RESPONSE
-----
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL
DRESP1
RESPONSE
LOWER
INPUT
OUTPUT
UPPER
ID
ID
LABEL
BOUND
VALUE
VALUE
BOUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1
10
WEIGHT
N/A
2.0050E+03
3.5277E+03
N/A
13-35
D E S I G N
C Y C L E =
-----
S U B C A S E =
DISPLACEMENT RESPONSES
-----
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL
DRESP1
RESPONSE
GRID
COMPONENT
LOWER
INPUT
OUTPUT
UPPER
ID
ID
LABEL
ID
NO.
BOUND
VALUE
VALUE
BOUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2
100
RTROT
100
5
N/A
1.1291E-02
1.1403E-02
N/A
3
101
RTIPROT
120
5
N/A
2.1841E-02
1.7259E-02
N/A
4
201
LTIPROT
220
5
N/A
2.1841E-02
1.7240E-02
N/A
-----
STABILITY DERIVATIVE RESPONSES
-----
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RESTRAINED /
AESTAT /
INTERNAL
DRESP1
RESPONSE UNRESTRAINED COMPONENT AESURF
LOWER
INPUT
OUTPUT
UPPER
ID
ID
LABEL
FLAG
NO.
ID
BOUND
VALUE
VALUE
BOUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------5
1401 CLDELTA
0
4
517
N/A
2.6340E-01
2.6922E-01
N/A
6
1402 CLP
0
4
513
N/A
-4.4697E-01
-4.3374E-01
N/A

D E S I G N
-----
C Y C L E =
S U B C A S E =
STABILITY DERIVATIVE RESPONSES
-----
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RESTRAINED /
AESTAT /
INTERNAL
DRESP1
RESPONSE UNRESTRAINED COMPONENT AESURF
LOWER
INPUT
OUTPUT
UPPER
ID
ID
LABEL
FLAG
NO.
ID
BOUND
VALUE
VALUE
BOUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------7
1401 CLDELTA
0
4
517
N/A
2.1655E-01
2.2531E-01
N/A
8
1402 CLP
0
4
513
N/A
-5.0933E-01
-5.0408E-01
N/A
D E S I G N
C Y C L E =
13-36
-----
S U B C A S E =
FLUTTER RESPONSES
-----
-----
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL
DRESP1
RESPONSE
MODE
MACH
LOWER
INPUT
OUTPUT
UPPER
ID
ID
LABEL
NO.
VELOCITY
NO.
BOUND
VALUE
VALUE
BOUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------9
1 FLUTTER
6
1.0000E+03
9.0000E-01
N/A
-1.3052E-02
-1.1089E-02
N/A
10
1 FLUTTER
6
1.5000E+03
9.0000E-01
N/A
4.3816E-01
4.1516E-02
N/A
D E S I G N
C Y C L E =
-----
S U B C A S E =
FLUTTER RESPONSES
-----
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL
DRESP1
RESPONSE
MODE
MACH
LOWER
INPUT
OUTPUT
UPPER
ID
ID
LABEL
NO.
VELOCITY
NO.
BOUND
VALUE
VALUE
BOUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------11
11 FLUTTER
5
1.5000E+03
1.2000E+00
N/A
2.4369E-01
-2.6562E-01
N/A
12
11 FLUTTER
6
1.0000E+03
1.2000E+00
N/A
-1.4145E-02
-1.2566E-02
N/A

---- RETAINED DRESP2 RESPONSES ----
13-37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL
DRESP2
RESPONSE
EQUATION
LOWER
INPUT
OUTPUT
UPPER
ID
ID
LABEL
ID
BOUND
VALUE
VALUE
BOUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1
5
RHSTWIST
5
N/A
1.0550E-02
5.8562E-03
1.7450E-02
2
6
LHSTWIST
5
N/A
1.0550E-02
5.8376E-03
1.7450E-02
3
2401
ROLLEFF
103
6.0000E-01
5.8929E-01
6.2070E-01
N/A
4
2401
ROLLEFF
103
4.3000E-01
4.2517E-01
4.4697E-01
N/A
5
4
GDAMP
4
N/A
-4.3052E-01
-4.1089E-01
-3.0000E-01
6
4
GDAMP
4
N/A
4.0816E+00
1.1516E-01
-3.0000E-01
7
21
GDAMP
4
N/A
2.1369E+00
-2.9562E+00
-3.0000E-01
8
21
GDAMP
4
N/A
-4.4145E-01
-4.2566E-01
-3.0000E-01
****************************************************************************************
INSPECTION OF CONVERGENCE DATA FOR THE OPTIMAL DESIGN WITH RESPECT TO APPROXIMATE MODELS
(SOFT CONVERGENCE DECISION LOGIC)
****************************************************************************************
1.0000E-03
1.0000E-02
MAX OF RELATIVE PROP.CHANGES
1.0000E-03
5.0000E-03
OR
MAX OF RELATIVE D.V. CHANGES
1.0000E-03
****************************************************************************************
OR
AND

**************************************************************************************
1.0000E-03
1.0000E-02
-2.5652E-03 MUST BE LESS THAN
5.0000E-03
1.0000E-03
AND
1.0000E-03
**************************************************************************************
OR
13-38

***************************************************************
S U M M A R Y
O F
D E S I G N
C Y C L E
H I S T O R Y
***************************************************************
13-39

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------OBJECTIVE FROM
OBJECTIVE FROM
FRACTIONAL ERROR
MAXIMUM VALUE
CYCLE
APPROXIMATE
EXACT
OF
OF
NUMBER
OPTIMIZATION
ANALYSIS
APPROXIMATION
CONSTRAINT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INITIAL
2.005000E+03
1.460522E+01
1
3.527728E+03
3.528712E+03
-2.787540E-04
-3.269444E-02
2
2.823344E+03
2.822969E+03
1.327524E-04
-1.713157E-02
3
2.627507E+03
2.627666E+03
-6.067127E-05
7.991234E-02
4
2.591437E+03
2.591402E+03
1.318965E-05
1.907182E-01
5
2.595658E+03
2.595581E+03
2.962894E-05
1.129563E-01
6
2.601817E+03
2.601818E+03
-4.691731E-07
-2.565185E-03
7
2.601818E+03
2.601818E+03
0.000000E+00
-2.565185E-03
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13-40

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL |
EXTERNAL
|
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID.
|
LABEL
|
INITIAL
:
1
:
2
:
3
:
4
:
5
:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
10
| PBAR101
|
1.0000E+00 :
2.0000E+00 :
1.6000E+00 :
1.8339E+00 :
1.9884E+00 :
2.0878E+00 :
2 |
20
| PBAR102
|
1.0000E+00 :
1.6390E+00 :
1.3112E+00 :
1.0490E+00 :
9.4408E-01 :
8.9742E-01 :
3 |
30
| PBAR103
|
1.0000E-01 :
2.0000E-01 :
1.6000E-01 :
1.2795E-01 :
1.4074E-01 :
1.4312E-01 :
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------INTERNAL |
EXTERNAL
|
|
DV. ID. |
DV. ID.
|
LABEL
|
6
:
7
:
8
:
9
:
10
:
11
:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 |
10
| PBAR101
|
2.0927E+00 :
2.0927E+00 :
2 |
20
| PBAR102
|
8.9963E-01 :
8.9963E-01 :
3 |
30
| PBAR103
|
1.4322E-01 :
1.4322E-01 :
7.
APPENDIX A
CASE CONTROL COMMANDS AND BULK
DATA ENTRIES
DESIGN MODELING INPUT DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
CASE CONTROL COMMANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
AUXCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
AUXMODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
DESGLB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
DESOBJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
DESSUB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
MODTRAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9
BULK DATA ENTRIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10
BNDGRID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11
DCONADD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12
DCONSTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13
DEQATN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15
DESVAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-19
DLINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-20
DOPTPRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21
DRESP1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25
DRESP2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-31
DSAPRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-34
APPENDIX A
CASE CONTROL COMMANDS AND BULK DATA
ENTRIES (Cont.)
DSCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-37
DTABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-39
DVBSHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-40
DVGRID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-41
DVPREL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-43
DVPREL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-46
DVSHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-48
MODTRAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-49
DESIGN MODELING INPUT DATA

Design variables
DESVAR
Design variable definition
DLINK
Definition of dependent design variable
Relation between design variables and analysis model parameters

DVPREL1
Linear relations
DVPREL2
Nonlinear relations
Definition of structural responses

DRESP1
Responses computed directly by analysis
DRESP2
Synthesized responses for design problems
A-1
DESIGN MODELING INPUT DATA (Cont.)

Definition of objective and constraint functions
DESOBJ Case
Objective function definition
Control Ccommand
DCONSTR
Constraint functions
DCONADD
Constraint set combinations
DESSUB Case
Control command
Selection of subcase-dependent constraints
DESGLB Case
Control command
Selection of global constraints
Optimization control parameters and constants

DSCREEN
Measures of contraint screening
DOPTPRM
Optimization process control
DTABLE
Constants
User equation input

DEQATN
User-definition equation
A-2
CASE CONTROL COMMANDS
A-3
AUXCASE
AUXCASE Case Control Commands for an Auxiliary Model in SOL 200.

Delimits
Format:
AUXCASE
Examples:
AUXCAS
AUXC
Remarks:
1.
AUXCASE indicates the beginning of Case Control commands for an auxiliary model.
AUXCASE must follow the primary model Case Control commands.
2.
All Case Control commands following this entry are applicable until the next AUXCASE or
BEGIN BULK command. Commands from preceding Case Control Sections are ignored.
3.
Each auxiliary model Case Control must be delimited with the AUXCASE command.
4.
The AUXMODEL command is used to associate the auxiliary model Case Control with a
particular auxiliary model.
5.
6.
A-4
Auxiliary Model Identification Number
AUXMODEL
AUXMODEL an auxiliary model for generation of boundary shapes in Auxiliary

Model Identification Number
References
shape optimization.
Format:
AUXMODEL = n
Examples:
AUXMODEL = 4
AUXM = 4
Describer
Meaning
Remarks:
1.
AUXMODEL references a particular auxiliary model for analysis and may only be specified
in the auxiliary model Case Control Section.
2.
See the BEGIN BULK command for the Bulk Data definition of an auxiliary model.
A-5
DESGLB
Request Design Constraints at the Global Level
DESGLB the design constraints to be applied at the global level

Request
Design Constraints
at the
Global Level
Selects
in a design
optimization
task.
Format:
DESGLB = n
Examples:
DESGLB = 10
DESG = 25
Describer
Meaning

number. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1.
A DESGLB command is optional and invokes constraints that are to be applied independent of a particular subcase. These constraints could be based on responses that are
independent of subcases (e.g., WEIGHT or VOLUME).
2.
The DESGLB command can be used to invoke constraints that are not a function of
DRESP1 entries; e.g., DRESP2 responses that are not functions of DRESP1 responses
are subcase independent.
A-6
DESOBJ
Design Objective
DESOBJ the DRESP1 or DRESP2 entry to be used as the design objective.
Selects
Design Objective
Format:
DESOBJ (
MAX
) = N
MIN
Examples:
DESOBJ = 10
DESO = 25
Describer
Meaning
MIN
Specifies that the objective is to be minimized.
MAX
Specifies that the objective is to be maximized.
Set identification of a DRESP1 or DRESP2 Bulk Data entry. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1.
A DESOBJ command is required for a design optimization task and is optional for a sensitivity task.
2.
If the DESOBJ command is specified within a SUBCASE, the identified DRESPi Bulk Data
entry use a response only from that subcase. If DESOBJ appears above all SUBCASE
commands and there are multiple subcases, it uses a global response.
3.
The referenced DRESPi entry must define a scalar response.
A-7
DESSUB
Design Constraints Request at the Subcase Level
DESSUBthe design constraints to be used in a design optimization

Design Constraints
Request
at the
Subcase Level
Select
task for the
current
subcase.
Format:
DESSUB = n
Examples:
DESSUB = 10
DESS = 25
Describer
Meaning

number. (Integer 0)
Remark:
1.
A DESSUB command is required for every subcase for which constraints are to be
applied.
A-8
MODTRAK
MODTRAKmode tracking options in design optimization (SOL 200).

Selects
Format:
MODTRAK = n
Example:
MODTRAK = 100
Describer
Meaning
Set identification of a MODTRAK Bulk Data entry. (Integer > 0)
Remark:
1.
Selection of a MODTRAK Bulk Data entry with the MODTRAK Case Control command
activates mode tracking for the current subcase. This request is limited to normal modes
subcases (ANALYSIS = MODES) in design optimization (SOL 200).
A-9
BULK DATA ENTRIES
A-10
BNDGRID
Boundary Grid Points
BNDGRIDa list of grid point identification numbers on design boundaries or surfaces

Boundary
Grid Points
Specifies
for shape
optimization (SOL 200).
Format:
1
BNDGRID
GP1
GP2
GP3
GP4
GP5
GP6
GP7
GP8
-etc.-
123
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
10
Example:
BNDGRID
49
Alternate Format and Example:

BNDGRID
GP1
"THRU"
GP2
BNDGRID
123
41
THRU
49
Field
Contents
Component number (any unique combination of integers 1 through 6 with no

embedded blanks). See Remark 1.
GPi
Shape boundary grid point identification number. (0 < Integer < 1000000; For
THRU option, GP1< GP2)
Remarks:
1.
C specifies the components for the listed grid points for which boundary motion is
prescribed.
2.
Multiple BNDGRID entries may be used to specify the shape boundary grid point identification numbers.
3.
Both fixed and free shape boundary grid point identification numbers are listed on this
entry.
4.
The degrees of freedom specified on BNDGRID entries must be sufficient to statically constrain the model.
5.
Degrees of freedom specified on this entry form members of the mutually exclusive s-set.
They may not be specified on other entries that define mutually exclusive sets. See the
MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference Guide, Appendix B for a list of these entries.
A-11
DCONADD
Design Constraint Set Combination
DCONADDthe design constraints for a subcase as a union of DCONSTRDesign

Constraint Set Combination
Defines
entries.
Format:
1
DCONADD
DCID
DC1
DC2
DC3
DC4
DC5
DC6
DC7
DC8
-etc.-
10
10
Example:
DCONADD
12
Field
Contents
DCID
DCi
DCONSTR entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1.
The DCONADD entry is selected by a DESSUB or DESGLB Case Control command.
2.
All DCi must be unique from other DCi and DCID.
A-12
DCONSTR
Design Constraints
DCONSTR
Define design
Design Constraints
constraints.
Format:
1
DCONSTR
DCID
RID
10
10
LALLOW UALLOW
Example:
DCONSTR
1.25
Field
Contents
DCID
RID
DRESPi entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
LALLOW
Lower bound on the response quantity. (Real, Default = 1.0E20)
UALLOW
Upper bound on the response quantity. (Real, Default = 1.0E20)
Remarks:
1.
The DCONSTR entry may be selected in the Case Control Section by the DESSUB or
DESGLB command.
2.
DCID may be referenced by the DCONADD Bulk Data entry.
3.
For a given DCID, the associated RID can be referenced only once.
4.
The units of LALLOW and UALLOW must be consistent with the referenced response defined on the DRESPi entry. If RID refers to an EIGN response, then the imposed bounds
must be expressed in units of eigenvalue, (radian/time)2. If RID refers to a FREQ response, then the imposed bounds must be expressed in cycles/time.
5.
LALLOW and UALLOW are unrelated to the stress limits specified on the MATi entry.
6.
Constraints are computed as follows:

LALLOW r
g = -------------------------------- for lower bound constraints
GNORM
r UALLOW
g = --------------------------------- for upper bound constraints
GNORM
where r is the response defined on the DRESPi entry and if the RID refers to a FREQ
response, then the imposed bounds must be expressed in cycles/time.
(Continued)
A-13
DCONSTR
Design Constraints
LALLOW for lower bounds if LALLOW

GNORM =
> GSCAL
UALLOW for upper bounds if UALLOW > GSCAL

GSCAL otherwise
GSCAL is specified on the DOPTPRM entry (Default = 0.001)

7.
As Remark 6 indicates, small values of UALLOW and LALLOW require special processing
and should be avoided. Bounds of exactly zero are particularly troublesome. This can be
avoided by using a DRESP2 entry that offsets the constrained response from zero.
A-14
DEQATN
DEQATN one or more equations for use in design sensitivity or p-element analysis.
Defines
Format:
1
DEQATN
EQID
10
EQUATION
EQUATION (Cont.)
Example:
DEQATN
14
F1(A, B, C, D, R) = A + B C (D 3 + 10.0) + sin(PI(1) R)

+ A 2/(B C); F = A + B F1 D
Field
Contents
EQID
Unique equation identification number. (Integer > 0)
EQUATION
Equation(s). See Remarks. (Character)
Remarks:
1.
EQUATION is a single equation or a set of nested equations and is specified in fields 3

through 9 on the first entry and may be continued on fields 2 through 9 on the continuation
entries. On the continuation entries, no commas can appear in columns 1 through 8. All
data in fields 2 through 9 must be specified in columns 9 through 72. The large-field format is not allowed.
A single equation has the following format:
variable-1 (x1, x2, ..., xn)+expression-1
A set of nested equations is separated by semicolons and has the format:
variable-1 (x1, x2, ..., xn) = expression-1;
etc...................
variable-m = expression-m
Expression-i is a collection of constants, real variables, and real functions, separated by
operators, and must produce a single real value. (x1, x2, ..., xn) is the list of all the variable names (except variable-i) that appear in all expressions. Variable-i may be used in
subsequent expressions. The last equation, variable-m = expression-m, provides the value that is returned to the Bulk Data entry that references EQID; e.g., DRESP2. The
example above represents the following mathematical equations:
(Continued)
A-15
DEQATN

2
3
A
F 1 = A + B C ( D + 10 ) + sin ( PI ( 1 ) R ) + -------------BC
F = A + B F1 D
where SIN and PI are intrinsic functions. See Remark 4.
2.
EQUATION may contain embedded blanks. EQUATION must contain less than 12,500
nonblank characters. This is equivalent to approximately 195 continuation entries.
3.
The syntax of the expressions follows FORTRAN language standards. The allowable
arithmetic operations are shown in Table 1 in the order of execution precedence. Parenthesis are used to change the order of precedence. Operations within parentheses are
performed first with the usual order of precedence being maintained within the
parentheses.
Table 1. DEQATN Entry Operators.
Operator
Operation
Sample Expressions
Interpreted As
, +
Negative or Positive immediately

preceded by exponentiation
XY
X(Y)
Exponentiation
XY
(XY)
, +
Negative or Positive
XY
(X)Y
, /
Multiplication or Division
XY+Z
(XY)+Z
+,
Addition or Subtraction
X+Y
X+Y
4.
The expressions may contain intrinsic functions. Table 2 contains the format and descriptions of functions that may appear in the expressions. The use of functions that may be
discontinuous must be used with caution because they can cause discontinuous derivatives. These are ABS, DIM, MAX, MIN, and MOD. For examples and further details see
the MSC/NASTRAN DMAP Module Dictionary.
(Continued)
A-16
DEQATN

Table 2. DEQATN Entry Functions.
Format
Description
Mathematical Expression
ABS(x)
absolute value
|x|
ACOS(x)
arccosine
cos-1 x
ACOSH(x)
hyperbolic arccosine
cosh-1 x
ASIN(x)
arcsine
sin-1 x
ASINH(x)
hyperbolic arcsine
sinh-1 x
ATAN(x)
arctangent
tan-1 x
ATAN2(x,y)
arctangent of quotient
tan-1 (x/y)
ATANH(x)
hyperbolic arctangent
tanh-1 x
ATANH2(x,y)
hyperbolic arctangent of quotient
tanh-1 (x/y)
COS(x)
cosine
cos x
COSH(x)
hyperbolic cosine
cosh x
DIM(x,y)
positive difference
x MIN(x,y)
EXP(x)
exponential
ex
LOG(x)
natural logarithm
loge x
LOG10(x)
common logarithm
log10 x
LOGX(x,y)
base x logarithm
logx y
MAX(x1, x2, ...)
maximum
maximum of x1, etc.
MIN(x1, x2, ...)
minimum
minimum of x1, etc.
MOD(x,y)
remainder (modulo)
x y (INT(x/y))
PI(x)
multiples of pi (p)
SIN(x)
sine
sin x
SINH(x)
hyperbolic sine
sinh x
SQRT(x)
square root
TAN(x)
tangent
tan x
TANH(x)
hyperbolic tangent
tanh x
(Continued)
A-17
DEQATN
5.
If the DEQATN entry is referenced by the:

a.
DVPREL2 entry, then xi represents the DVIDj and LABLk fields.
b.
DRESP2 entry, then xi represents the DVIDj, LABLk, NRm, and Gp fields in that
order.
c.
GMLOAD, GMBC, or TEMPF entries, then

x1 represents x in the basic coordinate system,
x2 represents y in the basic coordinate system, and
x3 represents z in the basic coordinate system.
d.
GMCURV entry, then

x1 represents line parameter u.
e.
GMSURF entry, then

x1 represents surface parameter u and
x2 represents surface parameter v.
6.
If the DEQATN entry is referenced by the GMLOAD, GMBC, TEMPF, GMCURV, or

GMSURF entries and your computer has a short word length (e.g., 32 bits/word), then
EQUATION is processed with double precision and constants may be specified in double
precision; e.g., 1.2D0. If your machine has a long word length (e.g., 64 bits/word) then
EQUATION is processed in single precision and constants must be specified in single precision; e.g., 1.2.
7.
The DMAP logical operators NOT, AND, OR < XOR, and XQV cannot be used as Xi
names.
8.
Input errors on the DEQATN entry often result in poor messages. Substituting a [ for a
parenthesis or violating the restriction against large field format are examples. Known
messages are UFM 215, SFM 233 and UFM 5199. If any of these messages are encountered then review the DEQATN entry input.
A-18
DESVAR
Design Variable
DESVAR
Defines
a design variable for design optimization.
Design Variable
Format:
1
DESVAR
ID
LABEL
XINIT
XLB
XUB
DELXV
BARA1
35.0
10.
100.
0.2
10
Example:
DESVAR
Field
Contents
ID
Unique design variable identification number. (Integer > 0)
LABEL
User-supplied name for printing purposes. (Character)
XINIT
Initial value. (Real, XLB XINIT XUB)
XLB
Lower bound. (Real, Default = 1.0E+20)
XUB
Upper bound. (Real, Default= +1.0E+20)
DELXV
Fractional change allowed for the design variable during approximate

optimization. (Real > 0.0, for Default see Remark 2.)
Remarks:
1.
DELXV can be used to control the change in the design variable during one optimization
cycle.
2.
If DELXV is blank, the default is taken from the specification of the DELX parameter on
the DOPTPRM entry. If DELX is not specified, then the default is 1.0.
A-19
DLINK
DLINK
Relates
one design variable to one or more other design variables.
Format:
1
DLINK
ID
DDVID
C0
CMULT
IDV1
C1
IDV2
C2
IDV3
C3
-etc.-
10
0.1
0.33
2.0
1.0
7.0
10
Example:
DLINK
Field
Contents
ID
DDVID
Dependent design variable identification number. (Integer > 0)
C0
Constant term. (Real; Default = 0.0)
CMULT
Constant multiplier. (Real; Default = 1.0)
IDVi
Independent design variable identification number. (Integer > 0)
Ci
Coefficient i corresponding to IDVi. (Real)
Remarks:
1.
DLINK defines the relationship

DDVID = C0 + CMULT
i Ci IDVi
2.
This capability provides a means of linking physical design variables such as element
thicknesses to nonphysical design variables such as the coefficients of interpolating
functions.
3.
CMULT provides a simple means of scaling the Ci. For example if Ci = 1/7, 2/7, 4/7, etc.
is desired, then CMULT = 1/7 and Ci = 1, 2, 4, etc., may be input.
4.
An independent IDVi must not occur on the same DLINK entry more than once.
5.
ID is for user reference only.
A-20
DOPTPRM

DOPTPRM default values of parameters used in design optimization.
Overrides
Format:
1
DOPTPRM PARAM1
VAL1
PARAM2
VAL2
PARAM3
VAL3
PARAM4
VAL4
PARAM5
VAL5
-etc.-
DESMAX
10
Example:
DOPTPRM IPRINT
10
Field
Contents
PARAMi
Name of the design optimization parameter.

Table 1. (Character)
VALi
Value of the parameter. (Real or Integer, see Table 1.)
Allowable names are given in
Remarks:
1.
Only one DOPTPRM entry is allowed in the Bulk Data Section.
Table 1. PARAMi Names and Descriptions.
Name
APRCOD
Approximation method to be used. 1 = Direct Linearization; 2 = Mixed Method

based on response type; 3 = Convex Linearization. APRCOD = 1 is recommended
for shape optimization problems. (Integer 1, 2, or 3; Default = 2)
CONV1
Relative criterion to detect convergence. If the relative change in objective

between two optimization cycles is less than CONV1, then optimization is terminated. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
CONV2
Absolute criterion to detect convergence. If the absolute change in objective

between two optimization cycles is less than CONV2, then optimization is terminated. (Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0E-20)
CONVDV
Relative convergence criterion on design variables. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
CONVPR
Relative convergence criterion on properties. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
(Continued)
A-21
DOPTPRM
Name
CT
CTMIN
DABOBJ
DELB

Constraint tolerance. Constraint is considered active if current value is greater
than CT. (Real < 0.0; Default = 0.03)
Constraint is considered violated if current value is greater than CTMIN.
(Real > 0.0; Default = 0.003)
Maximum absolute change in objective between ITRMOP consecutive iterations
(see ITRMOP) to indicate convergence at optimizer level. F0 is the initial objective
function value. (Real > 0.0; Default = MAX[0.00 ABS(F0), 0.0001])
Relative finite difference move parameter. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.0001)
DELOBJ
Maximum relative change in objective between ITRMOP consecutive iterations to

indicate convergence at optimizer level. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
DELP
Fractional change allowed in each property during any optimization design cycle.
This provides constraints on property moves. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.2)
DELX
Fractional change allowed in each design variable during any optimization cycle.
(Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0)
DESMAX
Maximum number of design cycles to be performed. (Integer > 0; Default = 5)
DOBJ1
Relative change in objective attempted on the first optimization iteration. Used to

estimate initial move in the one-dimensional search. Updated as the optimization
progresses. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.1)
DOBJ2
Absolute change in objective attempted on the first optimization iteration. (Real

> 0.0; Default = 0.2 (F0))
DPMIN
Minimum move limit imposed. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.01)
DX1
Maximum relative change in a design variable attempted on the first optimization

iteration. Used to estimate the initial move in the one dimensional search. Updated
as the optimization progresses. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.01)
DX2
Absolute change in a design variable attempted on the first optimization iteration.

(Real > 0.0; Default = 0.2 MAX[X(I)])
DXMIN
Minimum design variable move limit (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.05).
GMAX
Maximum constraint violation allowed at the converged optimum. (Real > 0.0;
Default = 0.005)
GSCAL
Constraint normalization factor. See Remarks under the DSCREEN and

DCONSTR entries. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
(Continued)
A-22
DOPTPRM
Name
IGMAX
If IGMAX = 0, only gradients of active and violated constraints are calculated. If

IGMAX > 0, up to NCOLA gradients are calculated including active, violated, and
near active constraints. (Integer > 0; Default = 0)
IPRINT
Print control during approximate optimization phase. Increasing values represent

increasing levels of optimizer information. (0 Integer 7; Default = 0)
0
no output (Default)
1
internal optimization parameters, initial information, and results
2
same, plus objective function and design variables at each iterations
3
same, plus constraint values and identification of critical constraints
4
same, plus gradients
5
same, plus search direction
6
same, plus scaling factors and miscellaneous search information
7
same, plus one dimensional search information
IPRNT1
If IPRNT1 = 1, print scaling factors for design variable vector. (Integer 0 or 1;

Default = 0)
IPRNT2
If IPRNT2 = 1, print miscellaneous search information. If IPRNT2 = 2, turn on print

during one-dimensional search process. (Warning: This may lead to excessive
output.) (Integer 0, 1, or 2; Default = 0)
ISCAL
Design variables are rescaled every ISCAL iterations. Set ISCAL= 1 to turn off
scaling. (Integer; Default = NDV (number of design variables))
ITMAX
Maximum number of iterations allowed at optimizer level during each design cycle.
ITRMOP
Number of consecutive iterations for which convergence criteria must be satisfied

to indicate convergence at the optimizer level. (Integer; Default = 2)
ITRMST
Number of consecutive iterations for which convergence criteria must be met at

the optimizer level to indicate convergence in the Sequential Linear Programming
Method. (Integer > 0; Default = 2)
JTMAX
Maximum number of iterations allowed at the optimizer level for the Sequential
Linear Programming Method. This is the number of linearized subproblems
solved. (Integer 0; Default = 20)
JPRINT
Sequential Linear Programming subproblem print. If JPRINT > 0, IPRINT is turned

on during the approximate linear subproblem. (Default = 0)
JWRITE
If JWRITE > 0, file number on which iteration history will be written. (Integer > 0;
Default = 0)
(Continued)
A-23
DOPTPRM
Name
METHOD

Optimization Method: (Integer 1, 2, or 3; Default = 1)
1:
Modified Method of Feasible Directions. (Default)
2:
Sequential Linear Programming
3:
Sequential Quadratic Programming
P1
Print control items specified for P2. (Integer 0; Default = 0) Initial results are
always printed prior to the first approximate optimization. If an optimization task
is performed, final results are always printed for the final analysis unless
PARAM,SOFTEXIT,YES is specified. These two sets of print are not controllable.
n: Print at every n-th design cycle.
P2
Items to be printed according to P1: (Integer; Default = 1)

0:
No print.
1:
Print objective and design variables. (Default)
2:
Print properties.
4:
Print constraints.
8:
Print responses.
16:
Print weight as a function of a material ID (note that there is not a design
quantity so that only inputs to the approximate design are available).
n:
Sum of desired items. For example, P2 = 10 means print properties and
responses.
PTOL
Maximum tolerance on differences allowed between the property values on

property entries and the property values calculated from the design variable values
on the DESVAR entry (through DVPRELi relations). PTOL is provided to trap illposed design models. (The minimum tolerance may be specified on user
parameter DPEPS. See MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference Guide, Section 6.)
(Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0E+35)
STPSCL
Scaling factor for shape finite difference step sizes, to be applied to all shape
design variables. (Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0)
A-24
DRESP1
DRESP1
Sensitivity
Responseor
Quantities
Defines a set of structural responses that is used in the designDesign
either
as constraints
as an
objective.
Format:
1
DRESP1
ID
LABEL
RTYPE
PTYPE
REGION
ATTA
ATTB
ATT1
ATT2
-etc.-
DX1
STRESS
PROD
10
Example:
DRESP1
102
103
Field
Contents
ID
Unique entry identifier. (Integer > 0)
LABEL
RTYPE
Response type. See table below. (Character)
PTYPE
Element flag (PTYPE = ELEM) or property entry name. Used with element type
responses (stress, strain, force, etc.) to identify the property type, since property
entry IDs are not unique across property types. (Character: ELEM, PBAR,
PSHELL, etc.)
REGION
Region identifier for constraint screening.

(Integer > 0)
ATTA, ATTB,
ATTi
Response attributes. See Table 1. (Integer > 0 or Real or blank)
(Continued)
A-25
See Remark 10 for defaults.
DRESP1

Table 1. Design Sensitivity Response Attributes.
Response
Type
(RTYPE)
Response Attributes
ATTA (Integer > 0)

Real > 0.0)
ATTi (Integer > 0)
WEIGHT
Blank
Blank
SEIDi or ALL
VOLUME
Blank
Blank
SEIDi or ALL
EIGN
Normal Modes Mode

Number
Approximation Code.
See Remark 19.
Blank
FREQ
Normal Modes Mode

Number
See Remark 18.
Approximation Code.
See Remark 19.
Blank
LAMA
Buckling Mode Number
Approximation Code.
See Remark 19.
Blank
DISP
Blank
Grid ID
STRAIN
Strain Item Code
Blank
STRESS
Stress Item Code
Blank
FORCE
Force Item Code
Blank
CSTRAIN
Strain Item Code
LAMINA Number
CSTRESS
Stress Item Code
LAMINA Number
CFAILURE
Failure Criterion Item

Code
LAMINA Number
FRDISP

0.0) See Remark 15.
Grid ID
FRVELO
Velocity Component

0.0) See Remark 15.
Grid ID
FRACCL

0.0) See Remark 15.
Grid ID
FRSPCF
SPC Force Component

0.0) See Remark 15.
Grid ID
FRSTRE
Stress Item Code

0.0) See Remark 15..
(Continued)
A-26
DRESP1
Response
Type
(RTYPE)
Response Attributes
ATTA (Integer > 0)

Real > 0.0)
ATTi (Integer > 0)
FRFORC
Force Item Code

0.0) See Remark 15.
TDISP

Remark 16.
Grid ID
TVELO
Velocity Component

Remark 16.
Grid ID
TACCL

Remark 16.
Grid ID
TSPCF
SPC Force Component

Remark 16.
Grid ID
TSTRE
Stress Item Code

Remark 16.
TFORC
Force Item Code

Remark 16.
TRIM
AESTAT or AESURF
Entry ID
Blank
Blank
STABDER
AESTAT or AESURF
Entry ID
Restraint Flag. (Integer 0

or 1) See Remark 13.
Component
FLUTTER
Blank
Method (PK or PKNL,

Default = PK).
See Remark 14.
Remarks:
1.
Stress, strain, and force item codes can be found in the MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference
Guide, Appendix A. For stress or strain item codes that have dual meanings, such as von
Mises or maximum shear, the option specified in the Case Control Section will be used;
i.e., STRESS(VONM) or STRESS(MAXS).
2.
RTYPE=CSTRESS, CSTRAIN, and CFAILURE are used only with the PCOMP entry.
CSTRESS and CSTRAIN item codes are described under Table 1. (Element
Stress/Strain Item Codes) in the MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference Guide, Appendix A.
CFAILURE item codes are described under Table Table 2. (Element Force Item Codes)
in the MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference Guide, Appendix A. Only force item codes that
refer to failure indices of direct stress and interlaminar shear stress are valid.
(Continued)
A-27
DRESP1
The CFAILURE response type requires the following specifications on the applicable
entries:
a.
Failure theory in the FT field on PCOMP entry.
b.
Allowable bonding shear stress in the SB field on PCOMP entry.
c.
Stress limits in the ST, SC, and SS fields on all MATi entries.
3.
ATTB is used only for responses of composite laminae, dynamics, and stability derivatives. For other responses, this field must be blank.
4.
All grids associated with a DRESP1 entry are considered to be in the same region for
screening purposes. Only up to NSTR displacement constraints (see DSCREEN entry)
per group per load case will be retained in the design optimization phase.
5.
DRESP1 identification numbers must be unique with respect to DRESP2 identification

numbers.
6.
If PTYPE = ELEM, the ATTi correspond to element identification numbers.
7.
If RTYPE = DISP, TDISP, TVELO, TACCL or TSPCF, multiple component numbers (any unique combination of the digits 1 through 6 with no embedded blanks) may be
specified on a single entry. Multiple response components may not be used on any other
response types.
8.
If RTYPE = FRDISP, FRVELO, FRACCL, or FRSPCF only one component number

may be specified in the ATTA field. Numbers 1 through 6 correspond to real (or magnitude) components and 7 through 12 imaginary (or phase) components. If more than one
component for the same grid is desired, then a separate entry is required.
9.
Real/imaginary representation is the default for complex response types. Magnitude/phase representation must be requested by the corresponding Case Control
command; e.g., DlSP(PHASE) = ALL.
10.
REGION is used for constraint screening. The NSTR field on DSCREEN entries gives the
maximum number of constraints retained for each region per load case.
IF RTYPE = WEIGHT, VOLUME, LAMA, EIGN or FREQ, no REGION identification
number should be specified. For all other responses, if the REGION field is left blank, the
default specified in Table 2 is used. Usually, the default value is appropriate.
If the REGION field is not blank, all the responses on this entry as well as all responses on
other DRESP1 entries that have the same RTYPE and REGION identification number will
be grouped into the same region.
(Continued)
A-28
DRESP1
Table 2. Default Regions for Design Sensitivity Response Types.
Response Type
Default Region
WEIGHT
No region
VOLUME
No region
LAMA
No region
EIGN
No region
FREQ
No region
DISP
FRDISP
FRVELO
FRACCL
FRSPCF
TDISP
TVELO
TACCL
TSPCF
FLUTTER
OTHER
One region per PROPERTY entry. If PTYPE = ELEM,

then one region per DRESP1 entry
11.
REGION is valid only among the same type of responses. Responses of different types
will never be grouped into the same region, even if they are assigned the same REGION
identification number by the user.
12.
If RTYPE = WEIGHT or VOLUME, field ATTi = ALL implies total weight/volume of all
superelements except external superelements.
13.
RTYPE = STABDER identifies a stability derivative response. ATTB is the restraint flag
for the stability derivative. ATTB = 0 means unrestrained, and ATTB = 1 means restrained. For example, ATTA = 4000, ATTB = 0, and ATT1 = 3 reference the unrestrained
Cz derivative for the AESTAT (or AESURF) entry ID = 4000.
(Continued)
A-29
DRESP1
14.
RTYPE = FLUTTER identifies a set of damping responses. The set is specified by ATTi:
ATT1 = Identification number of a SET1 entry that specifies a set of modes.
ATT2 = Identification number of an FLFACT entry that specifies a list of densities.
ATT3 = Identification number of an FLFACT entry that specifies a list of Mach numbers.
ATT4 = Identification number of an FLFACT entry that specifies a list of velocities.
15.
For RTYP = FRDISP, FRVELO, FRACCL, FRSPCF, FRFORC, and FRSTRE,

ATTB specifies a frequency value in cycles per unit time. If ATTB is specified, then the
responses are evaluated at the closest frequency selected by the OFREQ command. The
default for ATTB is all frequencies selected by the OFREQ command.
16.
For RTYPE = TDISP, TVELO, TACCL, TSPCF, TFORC, and TSTRE, ATTB
specifies a time value. If ATTB is specified, then the responses are evaluated at the closest time selected by the OTIME command. The default for ATTB is all time steps selected
by the OTIME command.
17.
Intermediate station responses on CBAR elements due to PLOAD1 and/or CBARAO entries may not be defined on the DRESP1 entry.
18.
RTYPE = EIGN refers to normal modes response in terms of eigenvalue (radian/time)2 while RTYPE = FREQ refers to normal modes response in terms of natural
frequency or units of cycles per unit time.
19.
For RTYPE = LAMA, EIGN or FREQ, the response approximation used for optimization
can be individually selected. (Approximation Code = 1 = direct linearization, = 2 = Inverse
Linearization).
A-30
DRESP2
DRESP2 equation responses that are used in the design, either

Design
Equation
Quantities
Defines
asSensitivity
constraints
or asResponse
an objective.
Format:
1
DRESP2
ID
LABEL
EQID
REGION
DESVAR
DVID1
DVID2
DVID3
DVID4
DVID5
DVID6
DVID7
DVID8
-etc.-
LABL1
LABL2
LABL3
LABL4
LABL5
LABL6
LABL7
LABL8
-etc.-
NR1
NR2
NR3
NR4
NR5
NR6
NR7
NR8
-etc.-
G1
C1
G2
C2
G3
C3
G4
C4
-etc.-
DPIP1
DPIP2
DPIP3
DPIP4
DPIP5
DPIP6
DPIP7
DPIP8
DPIP9
-etc.-
LBUCK
DESVAR
101
205
209
DTABLE
DRESP1
DNODE
DVPREL1
Example:
DRESP2
201
DTABLE
PI
YM
DRESP1
14
22
33
DNODE
14
22
43
101
102
DVPREL1
Field
Contents
ID
LABEL

(Continued)
A-31
10
DRESP2
EQID
REGION
Region identifier for constraint screening. See Remark 5. (Integer > 0)
DESVAR
Flag indicating DESVAR entry identification numbers. (Character)
DVIDi
DTABLE
Flag indicating that the labels for the constants in a DTABLE entry follow.
(Character)
LABLj
Label for a constant in the DTABLE entry. (Character)
DRESP1
Flag indicating DRESP1 entry identification numbers. (Character)
NRk
DRESP1 entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
DNODE
Flag signifying that the following fields are designed grid points. See Remark 7.
(Character)
Gm
Grid point identification number. (Integer > 0)
Cm
Degree of freedom number of grid point Gm. (1 Integer 3)
DVPREL1
Flag indicating DVPREL1 entry identification number. (Character)
DPIPi
DVPREL1 entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1.
DRESP2 entries may only reference DESVAR, DTABLE, DRESP1, and DVPREL1 entries. They may not reference other DRESP2 entries.
2.
Referenced DRESP1 entries cannot span analysis types or superelements.
3.
DRESP2 entries must have unique identification numbers with respect to DRESP1
entries.
4.
The DESVAR, DTABLE, DRESP1, DNODE, and DVPREL1 flags in field 2 must
appear in the order given above. Any of these words, along with the identification numbers associated with them, may be omitted if they are not involved in this DRESP2
relationship. However, at least one of these four types of arguments must exist.
5.
The REGION field follows the same rules as for the DRESP1 entries. DRESP1 and
DRESP2 responses will never be contained in the same region, even if they are assigned
the same REGION identification number. The default is to put all responses referenced
by one DRESP2 entry in the same region.
(Continued)
A-32

6.
DRESP2
The variables identified by DVIDi, LABLj, NRk, the Gm, Cm pairs and DPIPi are assigned
(in that order) to the variable names (x1, x2, x3, etc.) specified in the left-hand side of the
first equation on the DEQATN entry referenced by EQID. The variable names x1 through
xN (N = m + n + p + q) are assigned in the order DVID1, ..., DVIDm, LABL1, ..., LABLn,
NR1, ..., NRp, G1, ..., Gq, DPIP1, ..., DPIPr. In the example below,
DESVARs 101 and 3 are assigned to arguments A and B.
DTABLEs PI and YM are assigned to arguments C and D.
Grid 14, Component 1 is assigned to argument R.
DRESP2
LBUCK
DESVAR
101
DTABLE
PI
YM
DNODE
14
DEQATN
7.
F1(A, B, C, D, R) = A + B C (D 3 + 10.0) + sin(C R)
(Gm, Cm) refer to a designed grid component. Depending on the scheme used in generating basis vectors, a designed grid component can be one of the following:
a.
A component defined by a DVGRID entry if manual input of DVGRID entries is used.
b.
A grid component that is free to move in a full auxiliary model when the external displacement fields are used.
c.
When the auxiliary model boundary shape method is used, a designed grid component can be either a loaded grid component in the auxiliary model or a grid
component with motion that is obtained from interpolation of boundary shapes.
d.
When the interface using geometric boundary shapes is used, a designed grid component is either a grid component defined on a DVGRID entry or one with motion that
is obtained from interpolation of boundary shapes.
A-33
DSAPRT
DSAPRT
Specifies
design sensitivity output parameters.
Format:
ALL
FORMATTED
NOEXPORT
DSAPRT ( UNFORMATTED ,
, [ START = i ], [ BY = j ], [ END = k ] ) = n
EXPORT
NOPRINT
NONE
Examples:
DSAPRT(FORMATTED,EXPORT)
DSAPRT(FORMATTED,START = FIRST,BY = 3,END = LAST) = 101
DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED,START = FIRST)
DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED,EXPORT)
DSAPRT(FORMATTED,END = 4) = ALL
DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED,END = SENS) = ALL
DSAPRT(NOPRINT,EXPORT)
Describers
Meaning
FORMATTED
Output will be presented with headings and labels.
UNFORMATTED Output will be printed as a matrix print (see description of the MATPRN module
in the MSC/NASTRAN DMAP Module Dictionary).
NOPRINT
No output will be printed.
EXPORT
Output will be exported to an external binary file specified by PARAM,IUNIT.
NOEXPORT
Output will not be exported to an external binary file.
START = i
Specifies the first design cycle for output. (Integer > 0 or Character: FIRST or
LAST; Default = 1 or FIRST)
BY = j
Specifies the design cycle interval for output. (Integer 1, or > 0; Default = 0)
See Remark 2.
END = k
Specifies the last design cycle for output. (Integer > 0 or Character: FIRST,
LAST, or SENS; Default = LAST)
ALL
All design responses (defined in DRESP1 and DRESP2 entries) will be output.
Set identification of a previously appearing SET command. Only sensitivities of

responses with identification numbers that appear on this SET command will be
output. (Integer > 0)
(Continued)
A-34
DSAPRT
Remarks:
1.
Only one DSAPRT may appear in the Case Control Section and should appear above all
SUBCASE commands.
2.
Sensitivity data will be output at design cycles i, i + j, i + 2j, ..., k. Note that the BY = 0
default implies no sensitivity analysis at the intermediate design cycles.
3.
END = SENS requests design sensitivity analysis, and no optimization will be performed.
4.
Prior to Version 69, PARAM,OPTEXIT,4, 4, or 7 requested design sensitivity output and

may still be used in Version 69. However, if both DSAPRT and PARAM,OPTEXIT,4, 4,
or 7 are specified, then DSAPRT overrides PARAM,OPTEXIT,4, 4, or 7.
PARAM,OPTEXIT values and the equivalent DSAPRT commands are as follows:
OPTEXIT
Equivalent DSAPRT Command
DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED, END = SENS)
DSAPRT(NOPRINT,EXPORT,END = SENS)
DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED,START = LAST)
A-35
A-36
DSCREEN
DSCREENscreening data for constraint deletion.

Defines
Format:
1
DSCREEN
RTYPE
TRS
NSTR
0.7
10
Example:
DSCREEN STRESS
Field
Contents
RTYPE
Response type for which the screening criteria apply. See Table 1. (Character)
TRS
Truncation threshold. (Real; Default = 0.5)
NSTR
Maximum number of constraints to be retained per region per load case. See
Remark 3. (Integer > 0; Default = 20)
Remarks:
1.
Displacement and displacement derivative constraints associated with one particular load
case are grouped by the specification of DRESP1 entries. From each group, a maximum
of NSTR constraints are retained per load case.
Table 1. Default Region Specifications for RTYPE.
Default Region
RTYPE Specification
DISP
STRESS
STRAIN
FORCE
EQUA
CSTRESS
CSTRAIN
CFAILURE
FLUTTER
FRDISP
Default Region
RTYPE Specification
DRESP1
Property ID
Property ID
Property ID
DRESP2
Property ID
Property ID
Property ID
DRESP1
DRESP1
FRVELO
FRACCL
FRSTRE
FRFORC
FRSPC
TACCL
TDISP
TVELO
TSTRE
TFORC
TSPC
(Continued)
A-37
DRESP1
DRESP1
Property ID
Property ID
DRESP1
DRESP1
DRESP1
DRESP1
Property ID
Property ID
DRESP1
DSCREEN

2.
Stress-strain constraints are grouped by the property; i.e., all elements belonging to the
set of PIDs specified under ATTi on a DRESPi entry are regarded as belonging to the
same region. In superelement sensitivity analysis, if the property (PID) is defined in more
than one superelement, then separate regions are defined. A particular stress constraint
specification may be applied to many elements in a region generating many stress constraints, but only up to NSTR constraints per load case will be retained.
3.
If RTYPE = WEIGHT, VOLUME, EIGN, FREQ, LAMA, TRIM, or STABDER

then NSTR is not applicable.
4.
If a certain type of constraint exists but no corresponding DSCREEN entry is specified, all
the screening criteria used for this type of constraint will be furnished by the default
values.
5.
Constraints can be retained only if they are greater than TRS. See the Remarks under
the DCONSTR entry for a definition of constraint value.
6.
Constraint screening is applied to each superelement.
A-38
DTABLE
Table Constants
DTABLE a table of real constants that are used in equations (see DEQATN entry).
Defines
Table Constants
Format:
1
DTABLE
LABL1
VALU1
LABL2
VALU2
LABL3
VALU3
LABL4
VALU4
LABL5
VALU5
LABL6
VALU6
-etc.-
PI
3.142
10.1
1.0E6
0.1
5.5E5
100.
Example:
DTABLE
Field
Contents
LABLi
Label for the constant. (Character)
VALUi
Value of the constant. (Real)
Remarks:
1.
Only one DTABLE entry may be specified in the Bulk Data Section.
2.
LABLi are referenced by the LABi on the DVPREL2 or DRESP2 entries.
A-39
10
DVBSHAP
Design Variable to Boundary Shapes
DVBSHAP
Design Variable
Boundary Shapes
Associates a design variable identification number to a linear combination
of to
boundary
shape
vectors from a particular auxiliary model.
Format:
1
DVBSHAP
DVID
AUXMOD
COL1
SF1
COL2
SF2
COL3
SF3
1.6
10
Example:
DVBSHAP
Field
Contents
DVID
Design variable identification number of a DESVAR entry. (Integer > 0)
AUXMOD
COLi
Load sequence identification number from AUXMODEL Case Control command.

(Integer > 0)
SFi
Scaling factor for load sequence identification number. (Real; Default = 1.0)
Remarks:
1.
Design variable DVID must be defined on a DESVAR entry.
2.
Multiple references to the same DVID and/or COLi will result in the vector addition of the
referenced boundary shape vectors.
3.
Multiple DVBSHAP entries may be specified.
A-40
DVGRID
DVGRID the relationship between design variables and grid point locations.
Defines
Format:
1
DVGRID
DVID
GID
CID
COEFF
N1
N2
N3
108
0.2
0.5
0.3
1.0
10
Example:
DVGRID
Field
Contents
DVID
GID
Grid point (GRID) or geometric point (POINT) identification number. (Integer > 0)
CID
Coordinate system identification number. (Integer 0; Default = 0)
COEFF
Multiplier of the vector defined by Ni. (Real; Default = 0.0)
Ni
Components of the vector measured in the coordinate system defined by CID.

(Real; at least one Ni 0.0.)
Remarks:
1.
A CID of zero or blank (the default) references the basic coordinate system.
2.
Multiple references to the same grid ID and design variable result in vectorial addition of
the participation vectors defined by CID, COEFF, and Ni. There is no restriction on the
number of DVGRID entries that may reference a given grid (GID) or design variable
(DVID).
3.
The coordinate update equation is given as

0
{ g }i { g }i =
i COEFF j ( X DVID j X DVID j ){ N } j

0
where { g } i is the location of the i-th grid, [ g x g y g z ] .

T
The vector { N } = [ N x N y N z ] is determined from CID and Ni. Note that it is a change
0
in a design variable from its initial value X , and not the absolute value of the design
0
variable itself, that represents a change in a grid point location, { g } i { g } i .

(Continued)
A-41

4.
The DVGRID entry defines the participation coefficients (basis vectors) of each design
variable for each of the coordinates affected by the design process in the relationship
{ g }i =
5.
DVGRID
j { T }ij X j
DVGRID entries that reference grid points on MPCs or RSSCON entries produce incorrect
sensitivities. Often the sensitivities are 0.0 which may result in a warning message indicating zero gradients which may be followed by UFM 6499. Other rigid elements produce
correct results.
A-42
DVPREL1
DVPREL1 the relation between an analysis model property and design variables.
Defines
Format:
1
DVPREL1
ID
TYPE
PID
FID
PMIN
PMAX
C0
DVID1
COEF1
DVID2
COEF2
DVID3
-etc.-
12
PBAR
612
0.2
3.0
0.25
20
20.0
0.3
10
Example:
DVPREL1
Field
Contents
ID
TYPE
PID
FlD
Field position of the property entry, or word position in the element property table
of the analysis model. (Integer 0)
PMIN
location, then the default value for PMIN is 1.0+35. PMIN must be explicitly set
to a negative number for properties that may be less than zero (for example, field
ZO on the PCOMP entry). (Real; Default = 1.0E20)
PMAX
C0
Constant term of relation. (Real; Default = 0.0)
DVIDi
COEFi
Coefficient of linear relation. (Real)
Remarks:
1.
The relationship between the analysis model property and design variables is given by:
P i = C0 +
2.
i COEFi DVIDi
The continuation entry is required.

(Continued)
A-43
DVPREL1

3.
4.
on a property entry. If FID < 0, it identifies the word position of an entry in the element
property table. For example, to specify the area of a PBAR, either FID = +4 or FID = 3
can be used. However, if PTYPE = PBEAM, FID must be negative. See the following
element property table for the word positions for PBEAM.
Table 2. EPT Section for PTYPE = PBEAM.
Word
Type
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 through 13
14 through 21
22
23
24 through 29
30 through 37
38
39
40 through 45
46 through 53
54
55
56 through 61
62 through 69
70
71
72 through 77
78 through 85
86
87
88 through 93
94 through 101
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
Property ID
Material ID
Number of segments
Constant cross section flag (1 = yes, 0 = no)
Unused
Stress output request flag, SO (1 = yes, 0 = no)
X/XB ratio; at end A, X/XB = 0.0
A, I1, I2, I12, J, NSM
C1, C2, D1, D2, E1, E2, F1, F2
Repeat of words 6 through 21 for the 1st intermediate
station
2nd intermediate station
3rd intermediate station
(Continued)
A-44
DVPREL1
Word
Type
102
103
104 through 109
110 through 117
I
R
R
R
118
119
120 through 125
126 through 133
134
135
136 through 141
142 through 149
150
151
152 through 157
158 through 165
166
167
168 through 173
174 through 181
182 through 189
190 through 197
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
R
R
Item
End B
K1, K2, S1, S2, NSI(A), NSI(B), CW(A), CW(B)
M1(A), M2(A), M1(B), M2(B), N1(A), N2(A), N1(B),
N2(B)
A-45
DVPREL2
DVPREL2
Variable
Relation
Defines the relation between an analysis model property and design Design
variables
withtoaProperty
user-supplied
equation.
Format:
1
DVPREL2
ID
TYPE
PID
FID
PMIN
PMAX
EQID
DESVAR
DVID1
DVID2
DVID3
-etc.-
DTABLE
LABL1
LABL2
LABL3
-etc.-
13
PBAR
712
0.2
DESVAR
11
13
DTABLE
PI
YM
10
Example:
DVPREL2
Field
Contents
ID
TYPE
PID
FID
Field position of the property in the analysis model entry. (Integer 0)
PMIN
location field, then the default value for PMIN is 1.0+35. PMIN must be
explicitly set to a negative number for properties that may be less than zero (for
example, field ZO on the PCOMP entry). (Real; Default = 1.E20)
PMAX
EQID
DESVAR
DESVAR flag. Indicates that the IDs of DESVAR entries follow. (Character)
DVIDi
DTABLE
DTABLE flag. Indicates that the IDs for the constants in a DTABLE entry follow.
This field may be omitted if there are no constants involved in this relation.
(Character)
LABLi
Label for a constant on the DTABLE entry. (Integer > 0)

(Continued)
A-46
DVPREL2
Remarks:
1.
The variables identified by DVIDi and LABLi correspond to variable names (x1, x2, etc.)
listed in the left-hand side of the first equation on the DEQATN entry identified by EQID.
The variable names x1 through xN (where N = m + n) are assigned in the order DVID1,
DVID2, ..., DVIDn, LABL1, LABL2, ..., LABLm.
2.
If both DESVAR and DTABLE are specified in field 2, DESVAR must appear first.
3.
on a property entry. If FID < 0, it identifies the word position of an entry in EPT. For
example, to specify the area of a PBAR, either FID = +4 or FID = 3 may be used. However, if PTYPE = PBEAM, FID must be negative. See Remark 4 on the DVPREL1 entry
description for specification of the PBEAM element property tables.
4.
A-47
DVSHAP
Design Variable to Basis Vector(s)
DVSHAP
Variable
to Basis
Vector(s)
Defines a shape basis vector by relating a design variable identificationDesign
number
(DVID)
to columns
of a displacement matrix.
Format:
1
DVSHAP
DVID
COL1
SF1
COL2
SF2
COL3
SF3
2.0
1.0
10
Example:
DVSHAP
Field
Contents
DVID
Design variable identification number on the DESVAR entry. (Integer > 0)
COLi
Column number of the displacement matrix. See Remark 2. (1 Integer

maximum column number in the displacement matrix.)
SFi
Scaling factor applied to the COLi-th column of the displacement matrix. (Real;
Default = 1.0)
Remarks:
1.
DVID must be defined on a DESVAR entry.
2.
COLi must be a valid column number in the displacement matrix.
3.
Multiple references to the same DVID and/or COLi will result in a linear combination of
displacement vectors. In the example above, the shape basis vector is a linear combination of the fourth column and twice the second column.
4.
The displacement matrix must have been created by MSC/NASTRAN and be available on
a database, which is attached via the DBLOCATE FMS statement shown below:
ASSIGN
DBLOCATE
DISPMAT= physical filename of MASTER DBset

DATABLK=(UG/UGD,GEOM1/GEOM1D,GEOM2/GEOM2D) ,
LOGICAL=DISPMAT
A-48
MODTRAK

MODTRAK parameters for mode tracking in design optimization (SOL 200).
Specifies
Format:
1
MODTRAK
SID
10
LOWRNG HIGHRNG MTFILTER
Example:
MODTRAK
100
26
0.80
Field
Contents
SID
Sets identification number that is selected in the Case Control Section with the
MODTRAK command. (Integer; No Default) See Remark 1.
LOWRNG
Lowest mode number in range to search. See Remark 2.

Default = 0. If nonzero, LOWRNG < HIGHRNG.)
HIGHRNG
Highest mode number in range to search. See Remark 2. (Integer > 0,

Default = number of eigenvalues extracted. If nonzero, LOWRNG < HIGHRNG.)
MTFILTER
Filtering parameter used in mode cross-orthogonality check. See Remark 3.

(Real, Default = 0.9)
(Integer 0,
Remarks:
1.
Only the designed modes for the subcase will be tracked. A designed mode is one that is
used in the design model (in connection with either objective or constraints) and, therefore, identified on a DRESP1 entry.
2.
The range of modes LOWRNG through HIGHRNG, inclusive, will be used to track the designed modes. If LOWRNG and HIGHRNG are both blank, then all computed modes will
be used to search for the designed modes. Since large numbers of computed modes will
result in higher computational costs, limiting the search range with LOWRNG and HIGHRNG is recommended.
3.
Modes are considered to correlate if their mass normalized cross orthogonalities are
greater than MTFILTER.
A-49

Nas107 Optimization Seminar

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nas107 Optimization Seminar

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

The

Tel: (213) 258-9111

Design Sensitivity and Optimization in MSC/NASTRAN

The MacNeal-Schwendler Corporation

Your Name ____________________________

Ability of instructor to relate

Balance of material (i.e., theory

The MacNeal-Schwendler Corporation

Quality of course handouts.

Usefulness of maps. Were you

How were the seminar lunches?

Overall impression of seminar.

SPECIAL MODELING TOPICS I

SPECIAL MODELING TOPICS II

DYNAMIC RESPONSE OPTIMIZATION

CASE CONTROL COMMANDS AND BULK DATA ENTRIES

WHAT IS DESIGN OPTIMIZATION?

Automated modifications of the analysis model parameters to achieve

BASIC FEATURES IMPLEMENTED IN MSC/NASTRAN

MSC/NASTRAN Implementation of Structural

One time around the loop is referred to as a design cycle or design

Concepts Presented in this Course

STRENGTHS OF MSC/NASTRAN STRUCTURAL

SUMMARY OF NEW CAPABILITIES

SUMMARY OF NEW CAPABILITIES (Cont.)

SUMMARY OF NEW CAPABILITIES (Cont.)

BASIC OPTIMIZATION PROBLEM STATEMENT

EXAMPLE FORMULATIONS (Cont.)

Equilibrium position may be found by minimizing the total potential

EXAMPLE FORMULATIONS (Cont.)

Minimize structural mass with constraints on:

EXAMPLE FORMULATIONS (Cont.)

min plate plate 0

EXAMPLE FORMULATIONS (Cont.)

ONE BAR SUBJECT TO COMPRESSIVE LOAD

max = 200 N/mm

ONE BAR SUBJECT TO COMPRESSIVE LOAD (Cont.)

ONE BAR SUBJECT TO COMPRESSIVE LOAD (Cont.)

ONE BAR SUBJECT TO COMPRESSIVE LOAD (Cont.)

DESIGN VARIABLE HISTORY

MINIMIZATION OF FUNCTIONS OF A SINGLE

Consider the following function of a single variable X

The numerical optimizer samples this continuous function and uses

MINIMIZATION OF FUNCTIONS OF A SINGLE

MINIMIZATION OF FUNCTIONS OF A SINGLE

Gradient operator is defined as:

= ---------- e 1 + ---------- e 2 + + ---------- e n

f and f are continuous functions

Note that f points in the direction of increasing function values.

UNCONSTRAINED MINIMIZATION METHODS

The corresponding two-variable design space is illustrated on the

UNCONSTRAINED MINIMIZATION METHODS (Cont.)

Design updates given by:

UNCONSTRAINED MINIMIZATION METHODS (Cont.)

This method is popular, but inefficient. In MSC/NASTRAN we only

UNCONSTRAINED MINIMIZATION METHODS (Cont.)

(Bias the new search direction

This method is easy to code and is a dramatic improvement over

KUHN-TUCKER CONDITIONS FOR OPTIMALITY

k + m unrestricted in sign, but not used in MSC/NASTRAN

KUHN-TUCKER CONDITIONS FOR

SIMPLE CANTILEVER EXAMPLE

SIMPLE CANTILEVER EXAMPLE (Cont.)

SIMPLE CANTILEVER EXAMPLE (Cont.)